2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31iso4217:GBP2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-312138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-312138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-312138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-312138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:LaterThanThreeMonthsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:LaterThanThreeMonthsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfChangeInFairValueOfFinancialLiabilityAttributableToChangeInCreditRiskOfLiabilityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31iplc:OrdinaryShareholdersEquityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31iplc:PerpetualPreferenceShareCapitalAndPremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31iplc:ShareholdersEquityExcludingNonControllingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfChangeInFairValueOfFinancialLiabilityAttributableToChangeInCreditRiskOfLiabilityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31iplc:OrdinaryShareholdersEquityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31iplc:PerpetualPreferenceShareCapitalAndPremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31iplc:ShareholdersEquityExcludingNonControllingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222021-04-012022-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfChangeInFairValueOfFinancialLiabilityAttributableToChangeInCreditRiskOfLiabilityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31iplc:OrdinaryShareholdersEquityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31iplc:PerpetualPreferenceShareCapitalAndPremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31iplc:ShareholdersEquityExcludingNonControllingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfChangeInFairValueOfFinancialLiabilityAttributableToChangeInCreditRiskOfLiabilityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31iplc:OrdinaryShareholdersEquityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31iplc:PerpetualPreferenceShareCapitalAndPremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31iplc:ShareholdersEquityExcludingNonControllingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222022-04-012023-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfChangeInFairValueOfFinancialLiabilityAttributableToChangeInCreditRiskOfLiabilityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31iplc:OrdinaryShareholdersEquityMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31iplc:PerpetualPreferenceShareCapitalAndPremiumMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31iplc:ShareholdersEquityExcludingNonControllingInterestsMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember2138007Z3U5GWDN3MY222023-03-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember
Creating
enduring
worth
Investec annual report
2023
Investec plc silo (excluding Investec Limited)
annual financial statements
Alternative performance measures
We supplement our IFS figures with
alternative performance measures
used by management internally and
which provide valuable, relevant
information. These measures are
highlighted with the symbol shown here.
The description of alternative
performance measures and their
calculation is provided in the alternative
performance measures section.
Page references
Refers readers to information elsewhere
in this report.
Website
Indicates that additional information
is available on our website:
www.investec.com
Group sustainability
Refers readers to further information in
the Investec Group's 2023 sustainability
report which is published and available on our
website:
www.investec.com
Reporting_standard.png
Reporting standard
Denotes our consideration of a
reporting standard
Unaudited_information.png
Unaudited information
Indicated information which has not
been audited.
Integrating_sustainability.png
Integrating sustainability
Indicates where we have
incorporated sustainability content, aims and
ambitions.
Feedback
We value feedback and invite questions and comments on our
reporting. To give feedback please contact our Investor
Relations division.
For queries regarding information in this document:
Investor relations
Tel:(27) 11 286 7070
(44) 20 7597 5546
Email:investorrelations@investec.com
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Our business at a glance
Overview of the Investec Group’s and Investec plc’s
organisational structure
Overview of the activities of Investec plc
Salient features
02
Risk management and
governance
Risk management approach and framework
Year in review from a risk perspective
Principal risks
Investec plc Audit Committee report
Directors’ report
03
Annual financial
statements
Directors’ responsibilities
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Investec plc
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated cash flow statement
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Accounting policies
Notes to the annual financial statements
Notes to risk and capital management
Parent Company annual
financial statements
Balance sheet
Statement of changes in shareholders’ equity
Notes to the Investec plc parent company annual financial
statements
Alternative Performance Measures
Definitions
Glossary
Corporate information
01
Contents
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONTENTS
1
Operational
and strategic
overview
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
2
IN THIS SECTION
Our business at a glance
Overview of the Investec Group’s and Investec
plc’s organisational structure
Overview of the activities of Investec plc
Salient features
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
3
One Investec
Our purpose
Our purpose is to create enduring worth.
Our mission
Investec is a distinctive bank and wealth manager, driven by commitment to our purpose, values, core philosophies and
culture. We deliver exceptional service to our clients in the areas of banking and wealth management, striving to create long-
term value for all of our stakeholders and contributing meaningfully to our people, communities and the planet.
Our distinction
Our strategic direction
The Investec distinction is embodied in our
entrepreneurial culture, supported by a strong risk
management discipline, client-centric approach and an
ability to be nimble, flexible and innovative. We do not
seek to be all things to all people. Our aim is to build well-
defined, value-adding businesses focused on serving the
needs of select market niches where we can compete
effectively and build scale and relevance.
The One Investec strategy is, first and foremost, a
commitment to drawing on the full breadth and depth of
relevant capabilities to meet the needs of each client,
regardless of specialisation or geography.
One Investec is also about improving internal operating
efficiencies; ensuring that investments in infrastructure
and technology support our differentiated service offering
across the entire Group, not just within specific operating
units or geographies.
And in our allocation of capital, the One Investec strategy
demands a disciplined approach to optimising returns, not
merely for one region or business area but for the Group
as a whole.
Our unique positioning is reflected in our iconic brand, our
high-touch and high-tech approach and our positive
contribution to society, macro-economic stability and the
environment. Ours is a culture that values purposeful
thinking and stimulates extraordinary performance. We
take pride in the strength of our leadership team, our
people are empowered and committed to our values and
culture.
Our values*
Deep client partnerships, built on trust and out-of-the-ordinary service, are the bedrock of our business
We are dedicated to building meaningful relationships with all our stakeholders
We uphold cast-iron integrity in all we do
We are committed to living in society, not off it
We embrace our responsibility to the environment
We thrive on change and challenge convention with courage, constantly adapting to an ever-changing world
We believe in open and honest dialogue to test decisions, seek consensus and accept responsibility
We trust our people to exercise their judgement, promoting entrepreneurial flair and freedom to
operate within the context of prudent risk parameters and unwavering adherence to our values
We embrace diversity in a deeply caring organisation in which everyone can bring their whole selves.
*We have recently realigned our values through extensive consultation and dialogue, across the organisation, with all business areas and geographies, ensuring that they
reflect our steadfast beliefs and our aspirations. The processes has been bottom up and top down and then aggregated the wisdom of the organisation to reflect the
depth of our thinking and the way we conduct ourselves
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
OUR BUSINESS AT A GLANCE
4
Investec plc, which houses our non-Southern African businesses, has been listed
on the London Stock Exchange since 2002 with a secondary listing on the
Johannesburg Stock Exchange Limited (JSE) and A2X in South Africa.
All references in this report to the Group relate to Investec plc, whereas references to Investec, Investec Group or DLC relate to the
combined DLC Group comprising Investec plc and Investec Limited.
A circular on the establishment of our DLC structure was issued on 20 June 2002 and is available on our website.
How we are structured
Non-Southern African operations
centre peice.jpg
Southern African operations
Investec plc
Investec Limited
LSE primary listing
JSE primary listing
JSE secondary listing
NSX secondary listing
A2X secondary listing
BSE secondary listing
A2X secondary listing
Investec
Bank
Limited
Investec
Wealth &
Investment SA
Group
Investec Bank plc
Investec Wealth & Investment Limited
All shareholdings in the ordinary share capital of the subsidiaries shown are 100%.
Salient features of the DLC structure
•Investec plc and Investec Limited are separate legal entities and listings, but are bound together by contractual agreements
and mechanisms
•Investec operates as if it is a single unified economic enterprise
•Shareholders have common economic and voting interests as if Investec plc and Investec Limited were a single company
•Creditors, however, are ring-fenced to either Investec plc or Investec Limited as there are no cross-guarantees between
the companies.
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
OVERVIEW OF THE INVESTEC GROUP'S AND INVESTEC PLC'S ORGANISATIONAL
STRUCTURE
5
We provide our clients with a diversified, combined and integrated banking and
wealth management offering with extensive depth and breadth of product and
services.
Specialist Banking
Our teams are well positioned to provide solutions to meet
private, corporate and institutional clients' needs. Each business
provides specialised products and services to defined target
markets.
What makes us distinct?
•Provision of high-touch personalised service, with the ability
to execute quickly
•Ability to leverage international, cross-border platforms
•Well positioned to capture opportunities between the
developed and the emerging world
•Strong ability to originate, manufacture and distribute
•Balanced business model with good business depth
and breadth
•Provision of high-quality solutions to corporate and private
clients, with leading positions in select areas.
Focus on helping our clients create and preserve wealth
A highly valued partner and adviser to our clients
High net worth (HNW) private clients
Corporate, private, intermediary, government and
institutional clients
Private client
banking activities
Corporate and investment
banking activities
•Lending
•Private capital
•Transactional banking
•Savings
•Foreign exchange.
•Lending
•Treasury and risk management solutions
•Advisory
•Institutional research, sales and trading.
UK
Channel Islands
UK and Europe
Channel Islands
USA
India
Our high-touch and high-tech private client offering provides
transactional banking, lending, private capital, savings and
foreign exchange tailored to suit our clients’ needs.
Our target market includes HNW active wealth creators (with
>£300 000 annual income and >£3mn net asset value). Our
savings offering targets primarily UK retail savers.
Our client-centric, solution-driven offering provides
Corporate Banking and Investment Banking services to
private companies, private equity and sponsor-backed
companies and publicly listed companies.
Natural linkages between the private client and corporate business
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
OVERVIEW OF THE ACTIVITIES OF INVESTEC PLC
6
Wealth & Investment
A leading private client investment manager in the UK
We are one of the largest investment management firms in
the UK and are committed to providing bespoke personal
service to private clients, trusts, charities, intermediaries
and pension schemes.
With 14 offices across the UK, together
with offices in the Channel Islands and
Switzerland, combined we employ over
1 400 people with funds under
management (FUM) of £42.4bn.
What makes us distinct?
We put our clients first, providing a service suited to their
individual requirements. We aim to build long-term
relationships with our clients so they can live their lives
confident in the knowledge that their finances are being
expertly looked after.
Our client groups
•Private clients – domestic and international
•Clients of professional advisers
•Charities
•Trusts.
Distribution channels
•Direct
•Intermediaries
•Investec Private Bank
•Investec internationally.
We exist to free our clients from the burden of having to look after their financial affairs on their own. We strive to do this
every day, via the quality of our professional advice, the excellence of the service we deliver and through
the preservation and growth of our clients' wealth.
Our offering
UK and Europe
Investment
and savings
Financial
planning
Pensions
and retirement
•Discretionary and advisory
portfolio management services for
private clients
•Specialist investment
management services for
charities, pension schemes
and trusts
•Financial planning advice
for private clients
•Specialist portfolio management
services for international clients
•Platform-based managed portfolio
service (MPS) for advisers
•Range of specialist funds for
direct clients and advisers.
•Retirement planning
•Succession planning
•Bespoke advice and financial
reviews.
•Discretionary investment
management for company pension
and Self Invested Personal
Pensions (SIPPs)
•Advice and guidance on
pension schemes.
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
OVERVIEW OF THE ACTIVITIES OF INVESTEC PLC
CONTINUED
7
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
% change
Income statement and selected returns
Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders (£’000)
293 131
235 854
24.3%
Adjusted operating profit (£’000)
387 174
286 944
34.9%
Operating costs (£’000)
854 875
775 866
10.2%
Cost to income ratio
65.3%
71.3%
Return on average assets*
1.04%
0.88%
Return on average risk weighted assets*
1.69%
1.40%
Net interest income as a % of operating income
56.3%
44.4%
Non-interest income as a % of operating income
43.7%
55.6%
Annuity income as a % of total operating income
80.0%
73.6%
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
% change
Balance sheet
Total assets (£’million)
28 386
27 946
1.6%
Net core loans (£’million)
15 563
14 423
7.9%
Cash and near cash balances (£’million)
8 550
8 871
(3.6%)
Customer accounts (deposits) (£’million)
19 122
18 294
4.5%
Funds under management (£’million)
42 422
44 419
(4.5%)
Gearing ratio (total assets to equity)
10.4x
10.4x
Level 3 (fair value assets) as a % of total assets
6.5%
6.4%
Core loans to equity ratio
5.7x
5.4x
Loans and advances to customers as a % of customer deposits
81.4%
78.9%
Credit loss ratio
0.37%
0.17%
Stage 3 exposures as a % of gross core loans subject to ECL
2.3%
2.1%
Stage 3 exposures net of ECL as a % of net core loans subject to ECL
1.8%
1.6%
Other regulatory ratios
LCR
383%
457%
NSFR
147%
145%
Capital and leverage ratios^
Total Capital ratio
17.2%
16.5%
Tier 1 ratio
13.1%
12.8%
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio
11.7%
11.4%
Leverage ratio
9.2%
9.0%
*Average balances are calculated on a straight-line average
^The capital and leverage ratios are calculated applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements (including the CRR II changes introduced by the 'quick fix' regulation
adopted in June 2020).
01
Operational and
strategic overview
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
SALIENT FEATURES
8
Risk management
and governance
02
Risk management and
governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
9
IN THIS SECTION
Risk management
Risk management approach and framework
Year in review from a risk perspective
Principal risks
Investec plc Audit Committee report
Directors’ report
02
Risk management and
governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
10
Information provided in this section of the
annual report is prepared on an Investec
plc consolidated basis unless otherwise
stated.
Philosophy and approach
to risk management
The Group's comprehensive risk
management process involves
identifying, quantifying, managing,
monitoring, mitigating and reporting the
risks associated with each of the
businesses to ensure the risks remain
within the stated risk appetite.
The Board ensures that there are
appropriate resources to manage the
risks arising from running our businesses.
The DLC Board Risk and Capital
Committee (DLC BRCC) (comprising both
Executive and Non-Executive Directors)
is the Board mandated committee to
monitor and oversee risk. DLC BRCC
meets at least five times per annum and
recommends the overall risk appetite for
the Investec Group to the Board for
approval.
We monitor and control risk exposure
through independent credit, market,
liquidity, operational, legal, internal audit,
capital and compliance teams. This
approach is core to assuming a tolerable
risk and reward profile, helping us to
pursue controlled growth across our
business.
Group risk management operates within
an integrated but geographical and
divisional structure, in line with our
management approach, ensuring that the
appropriate processes are used to
address all risks across the Group.
There are specialist divisions in the UK
and smaller risk divisions in other regions
tasked with promoting sound risk
management practices.
Risk management units are locally
responsive yet globally aware. This helps
to ensure that all initiatives and
businesses operate within our defined
risk parameters and objectives. We
continually seek new ways to enhance
risk management techniques.
We believe that the risk management
systems and processes we have in place
are adequate to support the Group’s
strategy and allow the Group to operate
within its risk appetite tolerance.
Group risk management
objectives are to:
•Ensure adherence to our risk
management culture
•Support the long-term sustainability
of the Group by providing an
established, independent framework
for identifying, evaluating, monitoring
and mitigating risk with good customer
outcomes
•Set, approve and monitor adherence to
underlying risk parameters and limits
across the Group and ensure they
are implemented and adhered
to consistently within the Board-
approved risk appetite
•Aggregate and monitor our exposure
across risk classes
•Coordinate risk management activities
across the organisation, covering
all legal entities and jurisdictions
•Give the Board reasonable assurance
that the risks we are exposed to are
identified and appropriately managed
and controlled
•Resource risk teams suitably and with
appropriate expertise and facilitate
operating independence
•Establish appropriate risk committees
to provide oversight and assurance to
to the Board as mandated
•Maintain compliance in relation
to regulatory requirements.
Risk management
framework, committees
and forums
A number of committees and forums
identify and manage risk at Group level,
as shown in the diagram below. These
committees and forums, mandated by
the Board, operate together with Group
risk management, the IBP Board and sub
committees within respective operating
jurisdictions. The Board of IBP, our
regulated banking subsidiary, and the
Board of IW&I, our regulated wealth
subsidiary, are responsible for the
statutory matters and corporate
governance for the respective entities,
and ensure compliance with the
applicable legislation and governance
requirements of the jurisdictions within
which they operate. The Boards and
Board committees of IBP and IW&I report
to the Board and the Board committees
of the Group with the interconnection
between the respective Board
committees supported by the
membership or attendance of the
chairman of the Group Board committee
at the respective subsidiary Board
committees.
Investec plc Board
DLC Audit
Committee
DLC Remuneration
Committee
DLC Nominations
and Directors’
Affairs Committee
(DLC Nomdac)
DLC Board Risk and
Capital Committee
(DLC BRCC)
DLC Social and
Ethics Committee
(DLC SEC)
DLC IT Risk and
Governance
Committee
Investec plc Asset and
Liability Committee
DLC Capital
Committee
Group Executive Risk
Committee
(Group ERC)
Group ESG
Executive
Committee
Investec plc Capital
Committee
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
RISK MANAGEMENT APPROACH AND FRAMEWORK
11
A summary of the year in review
from a risk perspective
The executive management is integrally
involved in ensuring stringent
management of risk, liquidity, capital and
conduct through our risk appetite
framework, embedding a culture of risk
consciousness in all staff. The risk
appetite framework is set taking into
consideration prevailing market
conditions and Investec’s strategy. The
primary aim is to achieve a suitable
balance between risk and reward in our
businesses.
Against a backdrop of extreme volatility,
rising inflation and interest rates and
falling GDP growth, we have continued to
grow our business in a risk conscious
manner. The Group remains well
capitalised, maintains high levels of
liquidity, runs modest levels of market risk
and favours lending to clients with
predictable income streams that provide
sound collateral.
Liquidity is and has remained a key focus
against the backdrop of a mini banking
crisis which led to the failure of a number
of US regional banks as well as a
significant G-SIB. The US failures were
driven by a mismatch in interest rates and
duration of assets and liabilities, both of
which are closely monitored against
conservative risk appetites at Investec.
Loans and advances to customers as a
percentage of customer deposits
remained conservative at 81.4%. Investec
plc has a substantial portion of eligible
deposits that are covered by Financial
Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS)
protection. We are confident that we are
well funded should further disruption
occur in funding markets given our
diversified deposit base and bias towards
term rather than overnight funding. We
have limited reliance on wholesale
markets and took advantage of
opportunities to lengthen the duration of
this funding at favourable terms. As a
result we have no requirement to issue in
the wholesale markets in the financial
year to end March 2024.
Cash and near cash balances at
31 March 2023 amounted to £8.6 billion.
We maintain a high level of readily
available, high-quality liquid assets
(HQLA) – targeting a minimum cash to
customer deposit ratio of 25%. Current
cash and near cash is equivalent to
44.7% of customer deposits. HQLA is
primarily cash at central bank (BoE), and
short-dated government bonds. Given
the short-dated nature, the majority of
the HQLA securities portfolio is held at
FVOCI. At 31 March 2023, the Liquidity
Coverage ratio (LCR) for Investec plc was
383% and the Net Stable Funding ratio
(NSFR) was 147%, both metrics well
ahead of current minimum regulatory
requirements.
In December 2022 the IBP and DLC
Board approved a structural hedging
programme in the UK to reduce
sensitivity of earnings to interest rate
movements. No material earnings impact
has occurred for this reporting period
given the short duration of time since
initiating the hedge.
The Group’s focus remains on maintaining
a strong liquidity position in light of overall
market volatility. Funding continues to be
actively raised, across a diverse funding
base, supported by stable credit ratings.
IBP’s long-term Moody’s deposit rating is
A1 (stable outlook) and Investec plc’s
rating is Baa1 (stable outlook). IBP’s long-
term Fitch rating is BBB+ (stable outlook).
Activity levels remained high amongst
clients during the financial year despite a
complex macro-economic backdrop and
a rising interest rate environment globally.
Increased client activity and new client
acquisition resulted in an increase in the
Group's net core loan book by 7.9% to
£15.6 billion. Growth was driven by the
private client residential mortgage
portfolio as well as corporate client
lending portfolios across multiple asset
classes.
Credit exposures are focused on secured
lending to a select target market,
comprising high-income and high net
worth individuals, established corporates,
and medium-sized enterprises. Our risk
appetite continued to favour lower risk,
income-based lending, with exposures
well collateralised and with credit risk
taken over a short to medium term. We
remain focused on our target market,
supporting clients with significant wealth
and experience in their chosen sectors,
as indicated by our continued growth in
the private banking space as we execute
on our strategy to target this sector of the
market. Over the past few years we have
realigned and rebalanced our portfolios in
line with our risk appetite framework and
this is reflected in the movements in
asset classes on our balance sheet;
showing an increase in private client,
mortgages and corporate and other
lending, and maintaining lending
collateralised by property as a proportion
of net core loans. The Group’s net core
loan exposures remain well diversified
with commercial rent producing property
loans comprising approximately 7.8% of
net core loans, other lending
collateralised by property 7.2%, high net
worth and other private client lending
36.0% and corporate and other lending
49.0% (with most industry concentrations
well below 5%).
We remain confident that we have a well-
diversified portfolio across sectors.
The credit loss ratio is trending towards
the top end of the ‘through-the-cycle’
range at 0.37% at 31 March 2023
(31 March 2022: 0.17%) driven by
increased Stage 3 ECL charges, as well
as an increase in modelled ECLs due to
forward-looking macro-economic
assumptions offset by a release in the
management overlay held.
Stage 3 exposures total £343 million or
2.3% of gross core loans subject to ECL
at 31 March 2023 (31 March 2022: 2.1%).
The underlying loan portfolios continue
to perform well with no evident signs of
deteriorating trends in specific sectors.
Stage 2 exposures total £1 321 million or
8.7% as a proportion of gross core loans
subject to ECL at 31 March 2023
(31 March 2022: 7.1%) and remain
elevated relative to pre-pandemic levels
reflecting the forward-looking macro-
economic environment.
The measurement of ECL under IFRS 9
has increased complexity and reliance
on expert credit judgements. Key
judgemental areas under IFRS 9 are
highlighted in this document and are
subject to robust governance processes.
Investec plc applies the IFRS 9
transitional arrangements (including
COVID-19 ECL add-backs) to regulatory
capital calculations to absorb the impact
permissible of IFRS 9 over time.
The Group has maintained a lower level
of post-model management overlay
to account for risks assessed as
inadequately reflected in the models.
A portion of post-model management
overlays raised since the onset of
COVID-19 for potential risk migration have
been released and now catered for in-
model. Stage 3 ECLs continue to be
assessed using a combination of scenario
analysis, informed by expert judgement
and modelled ECL. Management will
continue to review the need and basis
of calculation for the overlay given the
evolving situation and significant
uncertainty faced with respect to the
economic outlook.
A remaining management overlay of
£4.9 million at 31 March 2023
(£16.8 million at 31 March 2022,
£8 million at 31 March 2019) is
considered appropriate in addition to the
Bank’s calculated model-driven ECL to
capture specific areas of model
uncertainty. The overlay is apportioned
to Stage 2 assets.
Further detail on key judgements
can be found on page 156.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
YEAR IN REVIEW FROM A RISK PERSPECTIVE
12
We continue to progress in entrenching
sustainability across all aspects of our
business. Our commitment to human
rights and support for internationally
recognised principles, guidelines and
voluntary ESG standards is tightly
integrated into our credit decision-
making process and considers the
important aspects of each geography
we operate in.
Market risk within our trading portfolio
remains modest with Value at Risk (VaR)
and stress testing scenarios remaining at
prudent levels. Trading revenues are
driven by client activity.
We continue to manage our investment
portfolio exposure in line with our
objective of optimising capital allocation,
reducing income volatility and aligning
the business with our client franchises.
The investment portfolio on the balance
sheet reduced by 29.5% over the year
under review to £489 million at
31 March 2023.
Following the distribution that took place
on 31 May 2022, Investec plc retains
a c.10% shareholding in Ninety One
(previously known as Investec Asset
Management) as an investment
(31 March 2022: c.15%).
The Group continued to maintain a sound
balance sheet with a low gearing ratio of
10.4 times and a core loans to equity ratio
of 5.7 times at 31 March 2023. The
Group’s leverage ratio was 9.2% ahead
of the minimum 6% target level.
We maintain a target Common Equity
Tier 1 (CET1) ratio in excess of 10% which
is currently considered appropriate for
our business, given our sound leverage
ratios and significant capital light
revenues. The Group is on the
standardised approach for capital. The
CET1 ratio was 11.7% at 31 March 2023
well in excess of regulatory minimums
and ahead of our capital targets.
Investec plc is in the early stages of a
process to migrate from the Standardised
approach to the Internal Ratings Based
(IRB) approach.
Non-financial risks that arise through the
group's operations remain highly topical
and continue to receive a significant
amount of management time, particularly
in light of the evolving technological
landscape.
The importance of operational resilience
to ensure minimal client disruption is
paramount. We take a highly disciplined
approach to recovery and resolution
planning and remain focused on
managing conduct, reputational and
operational risks.
Concentration risk related to big tech and
cloud platforms is increasing. Growing
reliance on technology service providers,
an industry-wide trend, heightens the
potential impact of third party disruption,
cyber threats, and data breaches. 
We will continually aim to strengthen and
test our systems and controls to mitigate
cyber risk and fulfil our moral and
regulatory obligations to combat money
laundering, fraud and corruption.
On 4 April 2023, the Group announced an
all-share combination of the UK Wealth &
Investment business with Rathbones
Group plc. This transaction, subject to
certain approvals (some of which have
since been obtained), will create the UK’s
leading discretionary wealth manager and
establish a long-term strategic
partnership between the enlarged
Rathbones and Investec. Work is
underway with a dedicated transition
team to ensure that execution risk of the
transaction is minimised.
The Group operates in a legal and
regulatory environment that exposes it to
litigation risks. As a result, the Group is
involved in disputes and legal
proceedings which arise in the ordinary
course of business. The Group evaluates
all facts, the probability of the outcome of
legal proceedings and advice from
internal and external legal counsel when
considering the accounting implications.
During the year, a number of stress
scenarios were considered and
incorporated into our processes including
assessing the potential impact of climate
change.
The Board, through its respective risk
and capital committees, continued to
assess the impact of its principal risks
and the Group’s stress testing scenarios
(including ‘bottom-up and reverse stress
testing analyses) on its business. The
Board has concluded that the Group has
robust systems and processes in place to
manage these risks and that, while under
a severe stress scenario business activity
would be very subdued, the Group would
continue to maintain adequate liquidity
and capital balances to support the
continued operation of the Group.
Fundamental risk performance during the
period has been solid and management
remains focused on maintaining the
sound underlying balance sheet,
notwithstanding the macro-economic
pressures we continue to face in our
areas of operation, including the
potentially higher-for-longer interest rate
environment. This is enabled by strong
ongoing management of the portfolios
and supported by a strong capital base
as well as high levels of liquidity and
diversified funding.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
YEAR IN REVIEW FROM A RISK PERSPECTIVE
CONTINUED
13
An overview of the principal risks
relating to our operations
The most material and significant risks
we face, which the Board and senior
management believe could have an
impact on our operations, financial
performance, viability and prospects are
summarised below with further
information pertaining to the
management and monitoring of these
principal risks shown in the references
provided.
The Board, through its various sub-
committees, has performed a robust
assessment of these principal risks and
regular reporting of these risks is made to
the Board.
The Board recognises that, even with
sound appetite and judgement, extreme
events can happen which are completely
outside of the Board’s control. It is,
however, necessary to assess these
events and their impact and how they
may be mitigated by considering the risk
appetite framework. It is the Group's
policy to regularly carry out multiple
stress testing scenarios (including
reverse stress testing) which, in theory,
test extreme but plausible events and
from that, assess and plan what can be
done to mitigate the potential outcome.
The Group’s stress testing framework is
well embedded in its operations and is
designed to identify and regularly test the
Group’s key vulnerabilities under stress.
A fundamental part of the stress testing
process is a full and comprehensive
analysis of the Group’s material business
activities, incorporating views from risk,
the business units and the executive –
a process called the ‘bottom-up’ analysis.
Resulting from the ‘bottom-up’ analysis,
the Investec-specific stress scenarios are
designed to specifically test the unique
attributes of the Group’s portfolio.
The key is to understand the potential
threats to our sustainability and
profitability and thus a number of risk
scenarios are developed and assessed.
These Investec-specific stress scenarios
form an integral part of our capital
planning process and IFRS 9 reporting.
The stress testing process also informs
the risk appetite review process and the
management of risk appetite limits and is
a key risk management tool of the Group.
Reverse stress tests are conducted to
stress the Group’s business plan to failure
and consider a broad variety of extreme
and remote events. These processes
allow the Group to proactively identify
underlying risks and manage them
accordingly.
The Group has a strong and embedded
risk and capital management culture with
policies, processes and systems in place
to address these principal risks. Risk
awareness, governance, controls and
compliance are embedded in all our day-
to-day activities through a levels of
defence model.
The levels of defence model is applied as
follows:
•Level 1 – Business line management:
responsible for identifying and
managing risks inherent in the
products, activities, processes and
systems for which it is accountable
and escalating risk events where
necessary
•Level 2 – Independent risk and
compliance functions: responsible for
building and embedding risk
frameworks, challenging the business
lines’ inputs to, and outputs from, the
Group’s risk management, risk
measurement and reporting activities
•Level 3 – Independent internal audit:
responsible for reviewing and testing
the application and effectiveness of
risk management procedures and
practices.
Overall Group risk appetite
The Group has a number of Board-
approved risk appetite statements and
policy documents covering our risk
appetite and approach to our principal
aspects of risk. The risk appetite
statements and frameworks for Investec
plc and Investec Limited set out the
Board’s mandated risk appetite. The risk
appetite statements ensure that limits/
targets are applied and monitored across
all key operating jurisdictions and legal
entities. The risk appetite frameworks act
as a guide to determine the acceptable
risk profile of the Group.
The risk appetite frameworks are a
function of business strategy, budget and
capital processes, our stress testing
reviews and the regulatory and economic
environment in which the Group is
operating. The risk appetite frameworks
are reviewed (in light of the above
aspects) and approved by the Board at
least annually or as business needs
dictate.
A documented process exists where our
risk profile is measured against our risk
appetite and this positioning is presented
to the Board. In the section that follows,
the Group's high-level summary of overall
risk appetite and positioning has been
detailed against the respective principal
risks.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
14
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Credit and
counterparty risk
Credit and counterparty risk is defined as the risk arising from an obligor’s (typically a
client or counterparty) failure to meet the terms of any agreement thereby resulting in a
loss to the Group, arising when funds are extended, committed, invested, or otherwise
exposed through contractual agreements, whether reflected on- or off-balance sheet
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Independent credit committees exist in the UK which also have oversight of regions where we
assume credit risk. These committees operate under Board-approved delegated limits, policies
and procedures
•There is a high level of executive involvement in decision-making with non-executive review and
oversight
•Our credit exposures are to a select target market comprising high-income and high net worth
individuals, established corporates, small and medium-sized enterprises, financial institutions and
sovereigns
•Our risk appetite continues to favour lower risk, income-based lending, with exposures well
collateralised and credit risk taken over a short to medium term
•Investec has a limited appetite for unsecured debt, thus the credit risk mitigation technique most
commonly used is the taking of collateral, with a strong preference for tangible assets
•Portfolio reviews (including stress testing analyses) are undertaken on all material businesses,
where the portfolios are analysed to assess any migration in portfolio quality, highlight any
vulnerabilities, identify portfolio concentrations and make appropriate recommendations, such as
a reduction in risk appetite limits or specific exposures.
       
Further information
Read more on pages 139
to 156.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We target a credit loss ratio of less than 0.5%
(less than 1.5% under a weak economic
environment/stressed scenario). We target
Stage 3 net of ECL as a % of net core loans
subject to ECL to be less than 2% (excluding
the legacy portfolio*; less than 4% under
a weak economic environment/stressed
scenario). We target Stage 3 net of ECL
as a % of CET1 less than 25%.
We currently remain within all tolerance levels
given the current weakened economic
environment. The Group credit loss ratio was
calculated at 0.37% for 31 March 2023 (31
March 2022: 0.17%). Stage 3 net of ECL as a %
of net core loans subject to ECL was 1.7%
(excluding the Legacy portfolio*). Stage 3 net
of ECL as a % of CET1 is 12.9%.
*Refer to definitions on page 193.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
15
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Concentration risk
Concentration risk refers to the risk that could arise from a single client or counterparty,
group of connected counterparties, or from a particular geography, asset class, supplier or
industry. Concentration risk may occur when counterparties are mutually affected by
similar economic, legal, regulatory or other factors which could hinder their ability to meet
contractual obligations
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•As a matter of course, concentration risk is well managed and exposures are well spread across
geographies and industries
•We target a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity,
market source, instrument and currency
•Consideration is given to concentration risk when assessing outsourcing and third parties, both
within the business and across the financial sector systemically
•We target a diversified loan portfolio, lending to clients we know and understand. Credit and
counterparty risk is always assessed with reference to the aggregate exposure to a single
counterparty or group of related parties to manage concentration risk. In order to manage
concentration, we will consider a sell-down of exposures to market participants
•Concentration risk can also exist where loan maturities are clustered to single periods in time.
Loan maturities are monitored on a portfolio and a transaction level.
     
More information
Read more on page 139.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We limit our core loan exposure to a single/
connected individual or company to
£120 million for Investec plc. We also have a
number of risk tolerance limits and targets for
specific asset classes.
Third party and outsourcing concentrations are
permitted in relation to regulated, systemically
important entities, external auditors or
specialist global network infrastructures.
Where strategic decisions result in
concentration risk in third parties outside of
these classifications, these decisions are
based on considered analysis where the
benefits outweigh the risks and appropriate
controls have been deployed for managing and
monitoring the associated risks.
We maintained this risk tolerance level
throughout the year.
Country risk
Country risk refers to the risk of lending to a counterparty operating in a particular country
or the risk inherent in a sovereign exposure, i.e. the risk of exposure to loss caused by
events in that country. Country risk covers all forms of lending or investment activity
whether to/with individuals, corporates, banks or governments
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Exposures are only to politically stable jurisdictions that we understand and have preferably
operated in before
•The legal environment should be tested, have legal precedent in line with the Organisation for
Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) standards and have good corporate
governance
•In certain cases, we may make use of political risk insurance to mitigate exposure where deemed
necessary.
   
Further information
Read more on page 140.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We have a preference for primary exposure in
the Group’s main operating geography (i.e. the
UK). We will accept exposures where we have
a branch or local banking subsidiary and
tolerate exposures to other countries where
we have developed a local understanding and
capability or we are facilitating a transaction
for a client.
We maintained this risk tolerance level in place
throughout the year.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
16
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Climate, nature and
biodiversity risk
The risk that our lending and investment activities give rise to unintended biodiversity and/
or physical climate deterioration through not managing transition risk in alignment with the
Paris goals
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•We recognise the complexity and urgency of climate change. We are committed to supporting the
transition to a clean and energy efficient world while preserving biodiversity and the wellbeing of
our people and our planet
•Investec’s climate change position statement and climate change framework stems from the belief
that the greatest impact we can have is to partner with our clients to decarbonise their activities
and to offer products and services that help accelerate a cleaner and healthier world
•Our environmental policy considers the risks and opportunities that climate change, nature and
biodiversity degradation present to the global economy
•Accordingly, climate-related, nature-related and biodiversity risks are considered by the relevant
credit committee or investment committee when making lending or investment decisions
•There is also oversight by the Group ESG Executive Committee and the DLC Social and Ethics
Committee on general sustainability issues, including climate-related, nature-related and
biodiversity matters
•The Group ESG Executive Committee coordinates climate-related and biodiversity risks and
opportunities across geographies and businesses from both a strategy and policy perspective.
More information
Read more on pages 140,
159 and 160 and page
107 to 122 of the Investec
Group's 2023 integrated
and strategic annual
report, and the Investec
Group’s 2023
sustainability report
which is published and
available on our website:
www.investec.com.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
We take a cautious approach with respect to
industries that are known to have negative
consequences on climate change or that cause
environmental and/or biodiversity damage.
Financial risk from climate change, nature and
biodiversity is a highly important topic which
helps to inform decisions. We acknowledge that
our approach will evolve as new regulations,
recommendations and best practices regarding
climate, nature and biodiversity (in specific the
Task force for Nature Related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD)) matures.
Positioning as of 31 March 2023
We maintained this risk tolerance level in place
throughout the year.
Environmental, social
and governance (ESG)
risk
The risk that our lending and investment activities give rise to unintended environmental,
social and economic consequences
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Investec has a holistic approach to sustainability, which runs beyond recognising our own footprint
on the environment, includes our many community activities and is based on a broader responsibility
to our environment and society
•Accordingly, ESG risks are considered by the relevant credit committee or investment committee
when making lending or investment decisions
•There is also oversight by the Group ESG Executive Committee and the DLC Social and Ethics
Committee on general ESG and sustainability matters
•The Group ESG Executive Committee coordinates general sustainability and ESG risks and
opportunities across geographies and businesses from both a strategy and policy perspective
•We have linked ESG metrics and KPIs to Executive Directors compensation.
More information
Read more on pages 140
159 and 160 and page
107 to 122 of the Investec
Group's 2023 integrated
and strategic annual
report, and the Investec
Group’s 2023
sustainability report
which is published and
available on our website:
www.investec.com.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
We take a cautious approach with respect to
industries falling in our high-risk ESG
categories and that may have negative
environmental and/or social impacts. It is
important to consider potential financial risk
that could result from unmanaged ESG risks.
We are continually monitoring best practice in
this area and will continue to develop and
enhance our approach over time.
Positioning as of 31 March 2023
We maintained this risk tolerance level in place
throughout the year.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
17
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Investment risk
Investment risk arises where the Group invests in unlisted companies and select property
investments, as well as certain listed investments (predominantly relating to Ninety One)
with risk taken directly on the Group’s balance sheet
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Independent credit and investment committees in the UK provide oversight of regions where we
assume investment risk
•Risk appetite limits and targets are set to limit our exposure to equity and investment risk
•As a matter of course, concentration risk is avoided and investments are well spread across
geographies and industries.
   
Further information
Read more on page 161.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We have moderate appetite for investment
risk, and set a risk tolerance of less than 30%
of CET1 capital for our unlisted principal
investment portfolio.
Our unlisted investment portfolio amounted to
£315 million, representing 15.2% of CET1.
Market risk in the
trading book
Traded market risk is the risk of potential value changes in the trading book as a result of
changes in market factors such as interest rates, equity prices, commodity prices,
exchange rates, credit spreads and the underlying volatilities where derivatives are
traded. The trading book is defined as positions in financial instruments and commodities,
including derivative products and other off-balance sheet instruments that are held within
the trading businesses
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•To identify, measure, monitor and manage market risk, we have independent market risk
management teams
•The focus of our trading activities is primarily on supporting our clients. Our strategic intent is that
proprietary trading should be limited and that trading should be conducted largely to facilitate
client flow
•Within our trading activities, we act as principal with clients or the market. Market risk exists where
we have taken on principal positions resulting from market making, underwriting and facilitation of
client business in the foreign exchange, interest rate, equity, credit and commodity markets
•Measurement techniques used to quantify market risk arising from our trading activities include
sensitivity analysis, Value at Risk (VaR), stressed VaR (sVaR), expected shortfall (ES) and extreme
value theory (EVT). Stress and scenario analyses are used to add insight to possible outcomes
under severe market disruptions.
   
Further information
Read more on pages
163 to 166.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
Market risk arises through our trading activities
which are primarily focused on supporting
client activity. Appetite for proprietary trading
is limited. We set an overall tolerance level
of a one-day 95% VaR of less than £3.5 million.
We met these internal limits; one-day 95% VaR
was £0.4 million at 31 March 2023.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
18
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk refers to the possibility that, despite being solvent, we have insufficient
capacity to fund increases in assets or are unable to meet our payment obligations as
they fall due, in normal and stressed conditions. This includes repaying depositors or
maturing wholesale debt. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows, and
is inherent in all banking operations and can be impacted by a range of institution-specific
and market-wide events
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Our banking entity in the UK is ring-fenced from the Investec Group's banking entity in South
Africa and is required to meet the UK regulatory liquidity requirements
•Each geographic entity must be self-sufficient from a funding and liquidity standpoint
•Investec plc undertakes an annual Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP) which
documents the approach to liquidity management across the firm, including IBP (solo basis). This
document is reviewed and approved by IBP BRCC, DLC BRCC and by the IBP and DLC Boards
•We maintain a liquidity buffer in the form of unencumbered cash, government or rated securities
(typically eligible for repurchase with the central bank), and near cash well in excess of the
regulatory requirements as protection against unexpected disruptions in cash flows
•The Group maintains contingency funding plans designed to protect depositors, creditors and
shareholders and maintain market confidence during adverse liquidity conditions
•The maintenance of sustainable prudent liquidity resources takes precedence over profitability
•We target a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity,
market source, instrument and currency
•Our core loans must be fully funded by stable funding
•The Group does not rely on committed funding lines for protection against unforeseen
interruptions to cash flow
•The balance sheet risk management teams independently monitor key daily funding metrics and
liquidity ratios to assess potential risks to the liquidity position, which further act as early warning
indicators of potential normal market disruptions
•Daily liquidity stress tests are carried out in order to help accurately measure the liquidity profile
and ensure that in the absence of market or funding liquidity during periods of stress, we would
continue to meet our obligations.
     
Further information
Read more on pages
167 to 173.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We carry a high level of liquidity in all our
banking subsidiaries in order to be able to
cope with shocks to the system, targeting a
minimum cash and near cash to customer
deposit ratio of 25%.
Total cash and near cash balances amounted
to £8.6 billion at year end representing 44.7%
of customer deposits.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
19
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Interest rate risk in
the banking book
(IRRBB)
IRRBB arises from the impact of adverse movements in interest rates on both net interest
earnings and economic value of equity. IRRBB is an inherent consequence of
conducting banking activities, and arises from the provision of retail and wholesale (non-
trading) banking products and services
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The daily management of IRRBB is centralised within the Treasury of each banking entity and is
subject to local independent risk and local Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) review
•Together with the business, the treasurer develops strategies regarding changes in the volume,
composition, pricing and interest rate characteristics of assets and liabilities to mitigate the
interest rate risk and ensure a high degree of net interest margin stability over an interest rate
cycle. These are presented, debated and challenged in the Liability Product and Pricing Forum and
the ALCO
•Each banking entity has its own Board-approved IRRBB policy and risk appetite, which is clearly
defined in relation to both income risk and economic value risk
•The policy dictates that long-term (>one year) IRRBB is materially eliminated. Where natural
hedges between banking book items do not suffice to reduce the exposure within defined limits,
interest rate swaps are used to transform fixed rate assets and liabilities into variable rate items
•IRRBB is measured and analysed by utilising standard tools of traditional interest rate repricing
mismatch and net present value (NPV) sensitivity to changes in interest rate risk factors.
 
Further information
Read more on
pages 171 to 172.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
A movement in rates can result in a negative
impact on revenues across the banking
industry. This risk is managed within the
Group's risk appetite framework as a
proportion of capital and net interest income in
order to limit volatility.
Investec plc is within these tolerance metrics.
The UK regulatory framework requires banks
to assess their Pillar II requirements, including
those related to IRRBB, as part of systems and
processes included in their ICAAP.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
20
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Capital risk
The risk that we do not have sufficient capital to meet regulatory requirements or that
capital is inefficiently deployed across the Group
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Investec plc's approach to capital management utilises both regulatory capital as appropriate to
the jurisdiction in which it operates and internal capital, which is an internal risk-based assessment
of capital requirements
•A detailed assessment of the regulatory and internal capital position is undertaken on an annual
basis and is documented in the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). The
ICAAP is reviewed by PLC and DLC Capital Committees before being recommended for approval
to DLC BRCC and the Board
•The determination of target capital is driven by our risk profile, strategy and risk appetite, taking
into account the regulatory and market factors applicable to the Group
•At the most fundamental level, we seek to balance our capital consumption between prudent
capitalisation in the context of the Group’s risk profile and optimisation of shareholder returns
•Our internal capital framework is designed to manage and achieve this balance
•The framework has been approved by the Board. The Investec plc Capital Committee is
responsible for assisting the DLC Capital Committee (mandated by DLC BRCC) for the oversight
and management of capital and leverage.
•The leverage ratio is considered and monitored as part of the capital management framework.
   
Further information
Read more on pages
177 to 181.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We intend to maintain a sufficient level of
capital to satisfy regulatory requirements and
our internal target ratios. We target a Total
Capital ratio range of between 14% and 17% on
a consolidated basis for Investec plc and we
target a minimum Tier 1 ratio of >11% and a
CET1 ratio of >10%.
We are a lowly leveraged firm and target a
leverage ratio in all our banking subsidiaries in
excess of 6%.
Investec plc met all these targets. Capital has
grown over the period.
The leverage ratio is 9.2%.
Reputational risk
Reputational risk is damage to our reputation, name or brand. Reputational risk is often
associated with strategic decisions made and also arises as a result of other risks
manifesting and not being appropriately mitigated or managed
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•We have various policies and practices to mitigate and/or manage reputational risk, including
strong values that are regularly and proactively reinforced
•Reputational risk is mitigated and/or managed as much as possible through detailed processes
and governance/escalation procedures from business units to the Board, and from regular, clear
communication with shareholders, customers and all stakeholders
•The Group has a disclosure and market communications policy which is reviewed and approved
annually by Group ERC and DLC BRCC.
Further information
Read more on page 78 of
the Investec Group's
2023 risk and
governance report.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We have a number of policies and practices in
place to mitigate and/or manage reputational
risks.
We have continued to mitigate and/or manage
these risks where possible throughout the
year.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
21
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Business and strategic
risk
Business and strategic risk relates to external market factors that can create income
volatility
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The risk of loss caused by income volatility is mitigated through diversification of income sources,
reducing concentration of income from any one type of business or geography and maintaining a
flexible cost base
•Group strategy is directed towards generating and sustaining a diversified income base for the
Group
•In the instance where income falls, we retain the flexibility to reduce costs (particularly variable
remuneration), thereby maintaining a competitive cost to income ratio.
     
Further information
Read more on pages 5 to
82 of the Investec
Group’s 2023 integrated
and strategic annual
report.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We seek to maintain an appropriate balance
between revenue earned from capital light and
balance sheet driven activities. Ideally capital
light revenue should exceed 50% of total
operating income, dependent on prevailing
market conditions.
We have a solid annuity income base
supported by diversified revenue streams,
and target an annuity income ratio in excess
of 65%.
We seek to maintain strict control over fixed
costs. The Group has a cost to income ratio
target of below 67%.
Capital light activities contributed 34.2% to
total operating income and balance sheet
driven activities contributed 65.8%.
Annuity income amounted to 80.0% of total
operating income.
The cost to income ratio amounted to 65.3%.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
22
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk
Operational risk is defined as the potential or actual impact to the Group as a result of
failures relating to internal processes, people, systems or from external events. The
impact can be financial as well as non-financial such as customer detriment, reputational
or regulatory consequences
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group manages operational risk through an embedded operational risk management
framework
•Operational risk sub-types which are significant in nature are managed by dedicated specialist
teams within the Group. These operational risk sub-types are addressed in specific, detailed risk
policies and procedures, but are included within the operational risk management framework and
are reported and monitored within the operational risk appetite
•These sub-types include:
–Business disruption and operational resilience risk
–Conduct risk
–Data management risk
–Financial crime risk
–Fraud risk
–Information security and cyber risk
–Legal risk
–Model risk
–People risk
–Physical safety and security risk
–Processing and execution risk
–Regulatory compliance risk
–Tax risk
–Technology risk
–Third party risk.
         
Further information
Read more on pages
174 to 175 and pages 79
to 81 of the Investec
Group’s 2023 risk and
governance report.
Risk appetite and tolerance metric
Positioning at 31 March 2023
We maintain sound operational risk practices
to identify and manage operational risk. We
monitor the level of acceptable operational risk
exposure/loss through qualitative and
quantitative measures.
The Group continued to monitor operational
risk losses against the tolerance levels with
appropriate escalation where required.
Operational risk –
Business disruption
and operational
resilience risk
The risk associated with disruptive incidents which may impact important business
services and critical functions/resources including processes, premises, staff, equipment,
third party services and systems
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group maintains continuity through appropriate resilience strategies that cater for disruptions,
irrespective of the cause
•These strategies include, but are not limited to, relocating the impacted business to alternate
processing sites, enabling staff to work from home, the application of high availability technology
solutions, obtaining third party dependency business continuity assurances and ensuring
readiness of physical solutions for critical infrastructure components
•Resilience testing is conducted annually to validate continuity strategies and ensure they remain
effective and appropriate. This includes annual recovery testing for all key systems that support
important/critical business services.
   
Further information
Read more on pages
174 to 175.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
23
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Conduct risk
The risk associated with inappropriate behaviours or business activities that may lead to
client, counterparty or market detriment, erosion of Investec values, culture and ethical
standards expected of its staff, reputational and/or financial damage to the Group
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Our approach to conduct risk is driven by our values and philosophies, ensuring that the Group operates
with integrity and puts the wellbeing of its clients at the heart of how the business is run
•Products and services are scrutinised and regularly reviewed to identify any issues early on and to
make sure they are escalated for appropriate resolution and, where necessary, remedial action taken
•The conduct risk policy is designed to create an environment for consumer protection and market
integrity within the business, supported with the right conduct risk management framework
•Risk and Conduct Forums have the objective of ensuring that the Group maintains a client-
focused and fair outcomes-based culture.
Further information
Read more on pages 174 ,
175 and page 79 of the
Investec Group's 2023
risk and governance
report.
Operational risk –
Data management risk
The risk associated with poor governance in acquiring, processing, storing and protecting
data. Issues with data quality, reliability or corruption can adversely impact business
decisions, client services and financial reporting
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group drives robust data governance principles across the business, including data
ownership, management, quality control, taxonomies and defined data architecture
•Consistent mechanisms are in place for data consolidation, storage and reporting
•Data flows and reconciliations are automated, and integration between systems is streamlined to
reduce the need for manual tasks, minimise data processing delays and eliminate single points of
failure
•Data quality is monitored, reported and enhanced in line with business needs and regulatory
principles
•Predictive intelligence is increasingly obtained through data analytics to support proactive risk
management
•Data retention and destruction processes are designed to meet business needs and comply with
applicable legal obligations.
     
Further information
Read more on pages
174 to 175.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
24
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Financial crime risk
The risk associated with the possibility of handling proceeds of crime, financing of
terrorism, proliferation financing, sanctions breaches and bribery or corruption, as well as
any related regulatory breaches
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Established policies and procedures are in place to promote business with clients in such a
manner that minimises the risk of the Group’s products being used for money laundering and
terrorist or proliferation financing
•There is regular reporting to the DLC Audit Committee as well as Group ERC
•A risk-based approach supports these objectives, while complying with the Group’s regulatory
compliance obligations. At a high level the control framework ensures that:
–Sufficient information about clients is obtained
–All clients and prospective clients are risk rated and verification commensurate with their risk
profile is conducted
–All prospective and existing clients and relevant related parties are screened against relevant
lists (including applicable sanctions list) to identify increased financial crime risk
–Staff are appropriately trained
–Suspicious transactions and terrorist financing are identified and reported
–Existing and prospective clients that are not within the Group’s financial crime risk appetite are
exited or declined.
   
Further information
Read more on pages 174,
175 and page 80 of the
Investec Group's 2023
risk and governance
report.
Operational risk –
Fraud risk
The risk associated with any kind of criminal conduct arising from fraud, corruption, theft,
forgery and misconduct by staff, clients, suppliers or any other internal or external
stakeholder
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group manages internal and external fraud risk through an integrated framework which
includes global policies, standards and methodologies
•Detection and prevention systems are utilised to help identify potential fraud, reaching out to
clients where appropriate to validate or discuss concerns
•Fraud risk assessments are conducted to proactively identify and map existing preventative and
detective controls to the relevant fraud risks to ensure effective mitigation
•Fraud prevention and detection controls are enhanced on an ongoing basis in response to
increased fraud losses across the industry and new fraud modus operandi
•Industry collaboration assists with fraud prevention efforts and the recovery of funds that have
been paid away
•Adherence to fraud prevention policies is proactively monitored
•Practices which comply with updated regulations, industry guidance and best practice are
embedded within the Group
•Awareness of existing and horizon fraud threats is created through internal training and education
of clients and intermediaries on fraud prevention and detection.
   
Further information
Read more on pages
174 and 175.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
25
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Information security
and cyber risk
The risk associated with unauthorised access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction
of information assets, including cyber threats to the Group’s operations and data
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•In light of the broad range of risks to which information resources are exposed, this risk is
managed by addressing both internal and external threat exposures
•Internal threats relate to data theft, inappropriate access or confidentiality breaches by staff
–These are mitigated by implementing risk-appropriate data protection controls to safeguard
information assets in line with data sensitivity and business criticality
–Access to systems and data is closely controlled and privileged IT access is restricted and
actively monitored
–A dedicated insider threat team drives proactive discovery of confidential data, targeted
monitoring, and response to potential data loss events.
•External threats relate to cyberattacks such as ransomware, denial of service and cyber fraud
–This is mitigated by an adaptive cyber strategy integrating prediction, prevention, detection and
response capabilities
–Robust security controls leverage defence-in-depth and advanced technologies to protect
against sophisticated attacks
–Cyber risk is actively monitored by a 24/7 global cyber team and threat intelligence services,
and security incident response processes are continuously improved
–Cyber controls are stress-tested through security assessments and attack simulations, run both
internally and in conjunction with independent specialists
–Periodic updates to the Board keep them abreast of the threat landscape and informed on the
Group’s security position
–Regular security training to all staff ensures high levels of awareness and vigilance.
     
Further information
Read more on pages
174 and 175.
Operational risk –
Legal risk
The risk associated with losses resulting from any of our rights not being fully enforceable
or from our obligations not being properly performed. This includes our rights and
obligations under contracts entered into with counterparties. Such risk is especially
applicable where the counterparty defaults and the relevant documentation may not
support the anticipated rights and remedies in the transaction
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•Members of the legal risk function are mandated to ensure we keep abreast of developments and
changes in the nature and extent of our activities, and to benchmark our processes against best
practice
•There is a central independent in-house legal team with embedded business unit legal officers
where business volumes or needs dictate
•The Group maintains adequate insurance to cover key insurable risks
•The legal risk function is supplemented by a pre-approved panel of third party legal firms to be
utilised where necessary
•The key principles of the legal risk policy describe the overall responsibility of the legal risk
function, outline how legal risks are to be assessed and how material legal risks should be
reported and escalated where necessary.
More information
Read more on page 78 of
the Investec Group's
2023 risk and
governance report.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
26
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Model risk
The risk associated with the adverse consequences that arise from decisions based on
incorrect or misused model outputs (including reports). Material sources of model risk
include: credit model risk, liquidity model risk, trading book model risk and non-trading
IRRBB model risk
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group manages model risk through embedded, risk specific frameworks and policies
•The frameworks address roles and responsibilities, governance processes and committees and
approaches to managing and monitoring model risk
•Models are subject to regular, independent validation by specialist risk teams
•The relevant committees are mandated to oversee model risk and have delegated further
oversight and approval to appropriate sub-committees.
   
Further information
Read more on pages
174 and 175.
Operational risk –
People risk
The risk associated with the inability to recruit, retain and engage diverse talent across
the organisation and remain aligned to the Investec cultures and values
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•We focus on building a strong, diverse and capable workforce by providing a workplace that
stimulates and rewards distinctive performance
•Investec invests significantly in opportunities for the development of all employees, and in
leadership programmes to enable current and future leaders of the Group
•Internal mobility is a valued mechanism for the development and retention of people
•Our people and organisation team plays a critical role in assisting the business to achieve its
strategic objectives, which are matched to learning strategies and market trends
•The people and organisation team is mandated to enable the attraction, development and
retention of talent who can perform in a manner consistent with our culture and values
•The people and organisation team also works with leadership to strengthen the culture of the
business, ensure its values are lived, build capability and contribute to the long-term sustainability
of the organisation.
     
Further information
Read more on pages 110
and 111 of the Investec
Group's 2023 integrated
and strategic annual
report and the Investec
Group’s 2023
sustainability report
which is published and
available on our website:
www.investec.com
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
27
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Processing and
execution risk
The risk associated with the failure to process, manage and execute transactions and/or
other processes (such as change) completely, accurately and timeously due to human
error or inadequate process design or implementation
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group seeks to minimise process failures or human error which can disrupt operations or
impact delivery of services to clients
•Policies, processes, procedures and monitoring controls which mitigate against control failures are
implemented to protect clients, markets and the Group from detriment
•We manage operational capacity to meet client and industry needs and continue to explore
automation to improve efficiency and reduce human error
•Key business processes are regularly reviewed and the relevant risks assessed through the risk
and control self-assessment process
•Material change is managed through dedicated projects with formalised project governance.
   
Further information
Read more on pages
174 and 175.
Operational risk –
Regulatory
compliance risk
The risk associated with changing legislation, regulation, policies, voluntary codes of
practice and their interpretation in the markets in which we operate
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group remains focused on achieving the highest levels of compliance with professional
standards and integrity in each of our jurisdictions
•Our culture is a major component of our compliance framework and is supported by robust
policies, processes and talented professionals who ensure that the interests of our stakeholders
remain at the forefront of everything we do
•An independent integrity (whistleblowing) line is in place to ensure that staff can report regulatory
breaches, allegations of fraud, bribery and corruption, and non-compliance with policies
•There are independent compliance, legal and risk management functions in each of our core
operating jurisdictions, which ensure that the Group implements the required processes, practices
and policies to adhere to applicable regulations and legislation.
   
Further information
Read more on pages 174 ,
175 and page 79 of the
Investec Group’s 2023
risk and governance
report.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
28
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Tax risk
The risk associated with inadequate tax planning, transaction execution, tax compliance
and reporting failures
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Monitoring and mitigation activities
•The Group’s control environment for the management and mitigation of tax risk includes a
formalised tax strategy, policy and framework
•The Group ensures that all transactions and financial products and services are commercially
motivated
•All advisory and tax planning work is conducted in accordance with the relevant tax laws,
regulations and intentions of legislators of the country in which the Group operates.
     
Further information
Read more on pages 174,
175 and page 81 of the
Investec Group's 2023
risk and governance
report.
Operational risk –
Technology risk
The risk associated with disruption to or malfunction of critical IT infrastructure, systems
or applications that support key business processes and client services
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Risk management and key mitigating actions
•The technology environment is proactively monitored for continuous visibility of operational
performance and availability
•Mature incident management processes and continuity plans support a resilient technology
environment that is able to withstand failure and minimise service disruption
•Strategic roadmaps direct implementation of new technologies to enhance capacity, scalability
and reduce reliance on legacy components within the technology environment
•Cloud computing is leveraged in a risk appropriate manner, to accelerate value delivery while
ensuring that required safeguards are in place
•Internal controls are automated where possible and augmented with monitoring to reduce human
error and enhance efficiency
•Technology governance structures review IT projects and provide oversight of new investments in
infrastructure and software
•Systems are aligned to approved standards and sound architectural principles to reduce technical
complexity and leverage common functions and services
•The risk of errors in production systems is reduced through design reviews, secure development
practices and robust testing.
       
Further information
Read more on page 174
and 175.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
29
Connected client
ecosystems
Growth initiatives
Optimisation of
returns
Entrepreneurial
culture
Digitalisation
Strategic use
of data
Operational risk –
Third party risk
The risk associated with the reliance on and use of external providers of services to the
Group
Link to strategy and
opportunities
Risk management and key mitigating actions
•Third party policies and practices govern the assessment, selection, approval and oversight of
third party services
•A global third party management team has been established to coordinate, streamline and
enhance consistency of third party processes
•Robust due diligence processes are in place to evaluate third party suitability, resilience and
controls with the appropriate level of rigour based on the scale, complexity and service materiality
•Service disruption or security risks that third parties may introduce are identified and managed
•Ongoing monitoring ensures that contractual obligations are met and required service levels are
maintained
•Appropriate supplier business contingency plans, including exit strategies for key/critical vendors,
are established and managed to minimise client impact following any disruption in service
•Regular monitoring is conducted to maintain an understanding of our strategic partnerships with
cloud providers and that of their fourth party providers.
       
Further information
Read more on pages 174
and 175.
Emerging and other risks
In addition to the principal risks outlined above, the risks below may have the potential to impact and/or influence our principal risks
and consequently the operations, financial performance, viability and prospects of the Group. A number of these risks are beyond
the Group’s control and are considered in our capital plans, stress testing analyses and budget processes, where applicable.
These emerging risks are briefly highlighted on page 23 and 24
of the Investec Group's 2023 risk and governance report and
should be read in the context of our approach to risk
management and our overall Group risk appetite framework.
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or
that we currently deem immaterial may in the future also
negatively impact our business operations. Emerging and other
risks are factored into the Board’s viability assessment. Read
more on page 44.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PRINCIPAL RISKS
CONTINUED
30
DLC_AuditCommittee_Zarina_Bassa_1Col.jpg
Quote_Open_Burgundy.jpg
Robust challenge, integrity and effective
governance are the pillars of a successful
organisation.
Quote_Close_Burgundy.jpg
Zarina Bassa
Chair of Investec plc Audit Committee
Introduction
I am pleased to present the Investec plc
Audit Committee (the Committee) report
for the financial year ended
31 March 2023 which provides details on
how we accomplished our statutory
obligations, as well as the Key Audit
Matters (KAMs) we considered.
The Committee has further discharged its
responsibilities and provided assurance
on the integrity of the 2022/23 annual
report and financial statements.
Role of the Committee
We provide independent challenge and
oversight across the Group’s financial
reporting and internal control procedures.
The Board has delegated the following
key functions to the Committee:
•Overseeing and ensuring the integrity
of the Group’s financial reporting
process, and satisfying itself that
significant judgements made by
management are sound
•Reviewing the Group’s internal controls
and assurance processes
•Managing and overseeing the
performance, conduct, quality and
effectiveness of the Group’s internal
audit functions
•Reviewing the annual work plan,
capacity, scope and staffing of internal
audit
•Overseeing Group compliance
functions
•Overseeing the Group’s subsidiary audit
committees, including in remote
locations
•Appointing, managing and overseeing
the relationship with the Group’s
external auditors, including scope, fees,
quality control, effectiveness and
independence of the external audit
function
•Managing the policy, fees and the
nature of non-audit services provided
by the external auditors
•Dealing with concerns, if any, from
outside Investec regarding the
application of accounting principles and
external reporting
•Managing the appropriateness of the
design and effectiveness of the
combined assurance model applied
which incorporates the various
disciplines of Risk Management
including Operational Risk, Legal,
Regulatory Compliance, internal audit,
external audit and other assurance
providers.
Website_Black.png
The Committee’s terms of
reference can be found at
www.investec.com.
Committee composition, skills,
experience and operation
The Committee is comprised entirely of
independent non-executive directors
who meet predetermined skills,
competency and experience
requirements as determined by the
DLC Nomdac.
The members' continuing independence,
as well as their required skill,
competencies and experience is
assessed annually.
David Friedland stepped down as a
member of the Committee on retiring
from the Board at the AGM in August
2022. In May 2022 Vanessa Olver was
appointed to the Investec plc Audit
Committee on her appointment as a Non-
Executive Director of the Board.
As I will be reaching my nine year tenure
on 1 November 2023 I will be stepping
down as Chair of the Committee at the 
August 2024 AGM.  The DLC Nomdac will
further embark on a process to appoint
an additional member and new Chair of
the Committee.
Read_More_Black.png
Further details of the experience
of the members can be found in
their biographies on pages 127 to
131 of the Investec Group’s 2023
integrated and strategic report.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
31
The Group Chief Executive (Group CEO),
the Group Finance Director (Group FD),
the Group Chief Operating Officer (Group
COO), the Group Chief Risk Officer (Group
CRO), Heads of Internal Audit, the Chief
Compliance Officers and representatives
from the joint external auditors are invited
to attend all meetings. Other members of
management, including business unit and
Tax heads, are invited to attend meetings
to provide the Committee with greater
insights into specific issues or areas of the
Group.
The Chair has regular contact with the
Group Executive Team to discuss and gain
broader insight on relevant matters
directly.
The internal and external auditors have
direct access to the Chair, including
closed sessions with the Committee
without management present, on any
matter that they regard as relevant to the
fulfilment of the Committee’s
responsibilities.
Members
Meetings attended /
Eligible to attend
Zarina Bassa
(Chair)
7/7
David Friedland1
2/2
Vanessa Olver2
5/5
Philisiwe Sibiya
7/7
1.David Friedland stepped down as a member of
the Committee effective 4 August 2022.
2.Vanessa Olver was appointed as a member of
the Committee effective 18 May 2022.
Structure of the Investec Group
Audit Committees
In terms of the DLC structure, the DLC
Board has mandated authority to the DLC
Audit Committee to be the Audit
Committee of the Group. The DLC Audit
Committee oversees and considers
Group audit-related matters. It has
responsibility for audit-related matters
that are common to Investec plc and
Investec Limited and works in
conjunction with these two Committees
to address all Group reporting.
The Investec plc Board, the Investec
Limited Board, Investec Wealth &
Investments Boards, Investec Bank plc
Board and Investec Bank Limited Board
have mandated authority to their
respective Audit Committees to be the
Audit Committees for the respective
companies and their subsidiaries.
The Committee receives regular reports
from the Group’s subsidiary audit
committees as part of the oversight of
subsidiary audit committees.
The Investec plc Audit Committee Chair
is also the Chair of the following Audit
Committees:
•Investec DLC
•Investec Limited
•Investec Bank Limited
•Investec Bank Mauritius (IBM)
•Investec Wealth and Investments
International Audit and Risk
Committee.
The Chair is also a member of the
following Audit Committees:
•Investec Bank plc
•Investec Life
•Investec Wealth and Investments UK.
The Investec plc Audit Committee Chair
is also a member of  the following
Committees:
•DLC IT Risk and Governance
Committee.
The DLC IT Risk and Governance
Committee
The DLC IT Risk and Governance
Committee is responsible for ensuring
that technology risk management
processes, investments, operations and
governance support the purpose, values
and strategic goals of the Group. The
DLC IT Risk and Governance Committee
reports to both the DLC BRCC and the
DLC Audit Committee and is attended by
the DLC Audit Committee and DLC BRCC
Chairs.
DLC Audit Committee
á
Investec plc
Audit Committee
Investec Limited Audit Committee
DLC IT Risk and
Governance
Committee
á
á
á
á
á
á
Investec Bank plc
Audit Committee
Investec Bank
Limited Audit
Committee
Investec Wealth
& Investments
International
Audit & Risk
Committee
Investec Life
Audit & Risk
Committee
Investec
Property Fund
Audit Committee
á
Investec Wealth
& Investments
Audit Committee
Investec Bank
Mauritius Audit
Committee
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
32
Areas covered by the Investec plc Audit Committee
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that in the view of the Committee:
•Required significant focus from the Committee
•Were considered to be significant or material in nature, requiring exercise of judgement; or
•Matters which were otherwise considered to be subjective or complex from an accounting or auditing perspective.
Common membership of the DLC, Investec plc and Investec Limited Audit Committees ensures that key audit matters and matters
of mutual interest are communicated and addressed, where applicable. The members of the Committee may also attend other
Audit Committee meetings, as appropriate.
The following key audit matters were deliberated by the Committee during the year:
Key audit matters
What we did
Expected credit losses (ECL)
assessment
•The appropriateness of the allowance for
ECL is highly subjective and judgemental.
•Challenged the level of ECL, model methodology and assumptions
applied to calculate the ECL provisions held by the Group
•Reviewed the appropriateness of the ECL models and approved the
forward-looking macro-economic scenarios applied 
•Evaluated the impact of ECL on the interim and annual results
•Reviewed and monitored the Group’s calculation of ECLs, trends in
staging changes, model changes, scenario updates, post-model
adjustments, Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR), and volatility
•Reviewed and satisfied ourselves on in-model adjustments
•Assessed the appropriateness of the ECL model overlays maintained for
emerging risks for which there was insufficient data available to model
the existing credit risk. Specific consideration was given to the
methodology and assumptions applied to calculate the overlay. We
further evaluated the appropriateness of the releases of the ECL model
overlays
•Reviewed and satisfied ourselves on staging of key exposures
•Assessed the appropriateness of the ECL provision raised by the Group
for large exposures in entities publicly perceived to be in financial
distress
•Assessed ECL experienced against forecasts and considered whether
the level of ECL was appropriate
•Evaluated the IFRS 9 disclosures for relevance and compliance with IFRS
•Reviewed for reasonableness the benchmarking of macro-economic
scenarios, ECLs, Credit Loss Ratio (CLR) and coverage ratios against
relevant UK peers.
Fair value of level 3 instruments and
the resulting IFRS 13 fair value
measurement (IFRS 13) disclosure
•For level 3 instruments such as unlisted
investments in private equity businesses,
investment properties, fair value loans and
large bespoke derivative structures, there is
a large degree of subjectivity surrounding
the inputs to the valuations and valuations
methodology. With the lack of observable
liquid market inputs, determining appropriate
valuations continues to be highly
judgemental.
•Received presentations on the material investments across the Group,
including an analysis of the key judgements and assumptions applied,
valuation methodology applied and approved the valuation adjustments
proposed by management for the year ended 31 March 2023
•Challenged and debated significant subjective exposures and
assumptions including:
–The valuation principles applied for the valuation of level 3
investments (unlisted and private equity investments) and fair value
loans
–The appropriateness of the IFRS 13 disclosures regarding fair value.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
33
Key audit matters
What we did
Uncertain tax and other legal matters
•Considered potential legal and uncertain tax matters with a view to
ensuring appropriate accounting treatment in the financial statements
•Evaluated the appropriateness of the accounting and disclosures
regarding the investigation by the Office of the Public Prosecutor in
Cologne, claims by the German Federal Tax Office in Bonn, and the
potential related civil claims. This was done by having closed sessions
with executive management and external audit. At these meetings
considered the feedback as received from external and internal legal
counsel and the probability of the outcomes including a commercial
settlement. Refer to note 53 of the annual financial statements
•Received regular updates from the Group Executive, Group Tax, Group
Finance and Group Legal Counsel on uncertain tax and legal matters
to enable the Audit Committee to probe and consider the matters and
evaluate the basis and appropriateness of the accounting treatment
•Analysed the judgements and estimates made and discussed the
potential range of outcomes that might arise to determine the liability,
if any, for uncertain tax positions as required by the International
Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 23
•Concluded on the appropriateness of the International Accounting
Standards (IAS) 37 accounting treatment, the scenarios and sensitivities,
and any overall disclosure in the financial statements. Refer to note 49
of the annual financial statements.
Investments in associates
•Evaluated the appropriateness of the accounting treatment of the
investment in Ninety One and the resulting gain recognised in the
income statement at an Investec plc level, that was previously
accounted for as an associate prior to the distribution of the Ninety One
shares and an investment measured at fair value through Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI) post this distribution
•Reviewed the technical accounting memoranda prepared by Group
Finance regarding the accounting treatment of Ninety One. The
memoranda addressed the appropriate accounting treatment of the
distribution of the Ninety One shares that resulted in the derecognition
of the investment as an associate
•Evaluated the appropriateness of the accounting and disclosure relating
to significant judgements and estimates, impairment, valuation methods
and assumptions applied.
Going concern and the
viability statement
•Considered reports on the Group’s budgets, forecasts, profitability,
capital, liquidity and solvency and the impact of legal proceedings,
if any, on both going concern and the three-year Viability Statement
•Considered the results of various stress testing analyses based on
different economic scenarios and the possible impact on the ability
of the Group to continue as a going concern
•Considered the reports issued by an independent external party post
a regulator required liquidity simulation of Investec DLC
•Considered the impact of strategic corporate actions on the capital
plans and the three year viability statement
•Recommended the approval of the going concern assumption and the
Group Viability Statement to the Investec plc Board for approval
•Noted the Investec Bank plc Viability Statement as recommended
for approval by the IBP Audit Committee to the IBP Board.
Information technology systems,
cyber security and controls impacting
financial reporting
•Received and reviewed reports in respect of IT systems, cyber security
and controls impacting financial reporting
•Received regular reports from internal audit on the effectiveness of IT
controls tested as part of the internal audit process
•Considered broader IT and Governance matters, including security, IT
strategy and operations through attendance by the Audit Committee
and BRCC Chairs at the DLC IT Risk and Governance Committee.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
34
Key audit matters
What we did
Information technology systems,
cyber security and controls impacting
financial reporting (continue)
•Focused on IT and cyber security throughout the year. Since 2015,
Investec has been using Targeted Attack Simulations (TAS) to
understand our cyber risk exposure and adequacy of our security
controls. Received a presentation on the results of the 2022/23 TAS
•Met with IT external auditors to discuss the results of the external audit
of IT systems.
External audit and audit quality
•Managed the relationship with the external auditor Ernst & Young LLP
•Considered the external auditors report on the progress of the review
engagement being performed on the interim results. Reviewed the
results announcements for both interim and final results
•Met with key members of Ernst & Young LLP prior to every Audit
Committee meeting to discuss the 2022/23 audit plan, key areas of
focus, findings, scope and conclusions
•Approved the external audit plan, audit fee and the main areas of focus
•Obtained feedback from the cross-reviews performed by the DLC team
across a DLC level
•Pre-approved all non-audit services provided by External Audit and
confirmed the services to be within the approved non-audit services
policy
•Discussed external audit feedback on the Group’s critical accounting
estimates and judgements
•Assessed the independence and objectivity of the external auditors
•Received updates from the external auditors on the audit of the Annual
Financial Statements (AFS) of the Group including the Summary of Audit
Differences for the year ended 31 March 2023. The Audit Committee
ensured that it was comfortable that the level of unadjusted audit
differences were within tolerable error for both actual and judgemental
differences and that there was no bias towards over or understatement
•Met separately with the leadership of Ernst & Young LLP to discuss
auditor accreditation, firm ratings and accreditations, independence,
firm quality control, results of internal and external regulator inspections
of the firm and individual partners
•Monitored audit quality and audit partner accreditation.The Investec plc
Audit Committee confirms its satisfaction with the performance
and quality of external audit, the external auditor and lead partner
•Noted the unqualified independent auditor’s report in relation to
the Group
•Recommended to the Board the re-appointment of Ernst & Young LLP
as the External Auditors of Investec plc and Investec Bank plc for the
year ending 31 March 2024.
Audit firm rotation
•Concluded a comprehensive independent tender process in respect of
the rotation of the external auditors of Investec plc. Deloitte LLP was
nominated as the new external auditor for the financial year starting
1 April 2024. A one year shadow period will commence, subject
to shareholders approval at the AGM to be held in August 2023
•Oversaw the allocation of non-audit work to the audit firm to ensure that
there were no independence breaches.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
35
Other matters considered by the Investec plc Audit Committee
The Committee considered the following matters during the year:
Other matters
What we did
Regulatory compliance
and reporting
•Received regular reports from the Regulatory Compliance function and
reviewed the adequacy of the scope and the effectiveness of the
regulatory compliance processes applied. This included the evaluation
of the quality of regulatory reporting, the regulatory compliance
universe, the scope and the integrity of the regulatory compliance
process, the adequacy of internal regulatory compliance systems and
processes, and the consideration and remediation of any findings of the
internal and external auditors or regulators
•Requested specific updates or presentations from management on
areas considered high risk or where exceptions had been identified
•Received regular updates from the compliance function in respect of
Regulatory Interactions, Risk Ratings and High-Risk exposures, Conduct,
Financial Crime, Compliance Monitoring, Training, Anti-Money
Laundering (AML) and Combating of Financing of Terrorism (CFT)
reviews conducted in respect of Group subsidiaries
•Considered regulatory developments and the potential impact on the
UK, following the addition of South Africa to the FATF Grey List in
February 2023
•Reviewed the reporting obligations in line with the listing rules
requirements in respect of the Investec Limited share buy-back of
Investec plc shares and the distribution of the Ninety One shares.
Post balance sheet disclosure
•Considered any post balance sheet events that may require the AFS to
be adjusted or require additional disclosure including in respect of
regulatory matters and the proposed combination of Investec Wealth &
Investment UK and Rathbones Group. Refer to note 57 of the annual
financial statements
•Reviewed and approved the publication of a no-change statement.
Climate, nature and biodiversity
and environmental, social and
governance (ESG)
•Reviewed ESG reporting and disclosures
•Considered the level of external assurance obtained on ESG reporting
and disclosures
•Considered the Task Force for Climate Related Disclosures (TFCD)
reporting requirements.
Internal controls
•The effectiveness of the overall control
environment, the status of any material
control issues with emphasis on the progress
of specific remediation plans.
•Attended regular meetings of the DLC BRCC. Based on reports
presented at those meetings, evaluated the impact of an evolving risk
environment, including operational risk, on the internal control
environment
•Evaluated and tracked the status of the most material control issues
identified by internal and external audit and tracked the progress of the
associated remediation plans against agreed time frames
•Reviewed reports from the independent audit committees of the Group’s
subsidiaries
•Evaluated the impact of working from home on the overall control
environment and operational risk
•Evaluated reports on the internal control environment from the internal
and external auditors with specific emphasis on culture and conduct
elements in the internal audit reports. Noted internal audit reports and
conclusions on internal controls, internal financial controls and the risk
management framework for the year under review
•Attended and received regular reports from the DLC IT Risk and
Governance Committee regarding the monitoring and effectiveness
of the Group’s IT controls. Considered updates on key internal and
external audit findings with respect to the IT control environment.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
36
Other matters
What we did
Internal controls (continued)
•Reviewed and approved the combined assurance model, ensuring
completeness of risks and adequacy and effectiveness of assurance
coverage
•Evaluated reports on cyber security within the Group and received
a presentation on the outcome of the 2022/23 TAS.
Combined assurance matrix
•Confirmed our satisfaction with the appropriateness of the design
and effectiveness of the combined assurance model applied, which
incorporates the various disciplines of Risk Management, including
Operational Risk, Legal, Regulatory Compliance, internal audit, external
audit and other assurance providers
•Confirmed our satisfaction with the levels of assurance and mitigants
so that, taken as a whole, there is sufficient and appropriate assurance
regarding mitigants for the key risks
•Reviewed the results of the Combined Assurance Matrix (CAM)
coverage plan at the year-end to assess the results of actual coverage
and conclusions relative to planned coverage for the year. Concluded
that the CAM formed an appropriate basis for assurance coverage and
outcomes
•Reviewed the year-end conclusions from internal audit on internal
controls, the risk management framework and internal financial controls
based on their planned and actual audit coverage for the year.
Fair, balanced and
understandable reporting
•The Group is required by the UK Corporate
Governance Code to assess and confirm that
its external reporting is fair, balanced and
understandable, and consider whether it
provides the information necessary for
stakeholders to assess the Group’s position
and performance, business model and
strategy.
•Undertook an assessment on behalf of the Board, to provide the Board
with assurance that it can make the statement
•Met with senior management to gain assurance that the processes
underlying the compilation of the annual financial statements were
appropriate
•Conducted an in-depth critical review of the annual financial statements
and, where necessary, requested amendments to disclosure
•Reviewed the accounting treatment of key judgements and the quality
of earnings assessment
•Assessed disclosure controls and procedures
•Confirmed that management had reported on and evidenced the basis
on which representations to the external auditors were made
•Obtained input and assurance from the external auditors and considered
the level of and conclusion on the summary of audit differences
•Considered feedback from Group Finance in respect of a project
launched to refine the annual integrated report in order to improve
disclosures, improve financial control and reporting processes
•Concluded that the processes underlying the preparation of the annual
report and financial statements for the financial year ended 31 March
2023 were appropriate in ensuring that those statements were fair,
balanced and understandable
•Reviewed feedback received from analysts in respect of the annual
report as provided by Investor Relations and incorporated the feedback
into the annual report
•Reviewed the outcomes of the combined assurance coverage model as
discussed above.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
37
Other matters
What we did
Business control environment
•The effectiveness of the control environment
in each individual business, including the
status of any material control issues and the
progress of specific remediation plans.
•Received regular reports from the subsidiary audit committees
•Attended the audit committees of all significant subsidiaries
•Assessed reports on individual businesses and their control
environments, scrutinised any identified control failures and closely
monitored the status of remediation plans
•Received updates from senior management and scrutinised action plans
following internal audit findings
•Reviewed the process for reporting to the DLC Audit Committee by key
subsidiaries and associates and considered regular reports from such
entities.
Finance function
•Considered the financial reporting as prepared by Group Finance
regarding the interim results for the period ended 30 September 2022
and final results for the 31 March 2023 year end
•In a closed session, discussed and concluded that the finance functions
of Investec plc and its subsidiaries were adequately skilled, resourced
and experienced to perform the financial reporting for the Group and
that appropriate succession was in place for key roles
•Concluded that the Group FD, Nishlan Samujh, had the appropriate
expertise and experience to meet the responsibilities of the position.
IFRS
•Reviewed various accounting papers prepared by Group Finance
addressing subjective accounting treatments and significant accounting
judgements, including the appropriateness of the accounting for the
Ninety One share distribution
•The Audit Committee chair discussed the key judgements and complex
accounting treatments with both external audit and management in the
weekly meetings leading up to the year-end sign off
•Concluded on the reasonableness of the significant accounting
judgements
•The 2022 AFS of Investec plc were subject to a review by the Financial
Reporting Council (FRC) in the current year. The outcome of the review
confirmed compliance with IFRS and regulatory disclosure requirements.
Related party disclosures
•Considered and reviewed related party disclosures for the Group
•DLC Nomdac reviewed key related party transactions during the year
and ensured compliance with Investec related party policies.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
38
Other matters
What we did
Internal audit
•The performance of Internal Audit and
delivery of the Internal Audit plan, including
scope of work performed, the level of
resources, the risk assessment methodology
and coverage of the internal audit plan
•The Committee is responsible for assessing
audit quality and the effectiveness of the
internal audit function.
•Scrutinised and reviewed internal audit plans, risk assessments,
methodology and staffing, and approved the annual plan
•Deliberated on and approved the revised Group internal audit charter
•Monitored delivery of the agreed audit plans, including assessing
Internal Audit resources, Continued Professional Development (CPD),
succession, core skills development and automation of audit processes
•Monitored and followed up internal audit control findings, including IT,
and ensured appropriate mitigation and timeous close-out by
management
•Tracked high and moderate risk findings, and monitored related
remediation plans
•Met with the heads of internal audit prior to each Audit Committee
meeting, without management being present, to discuss the remit
of and reports of internal audit and any issues arising from the internal
audits conducted
•Monitored audit quality in relation to internal audit. The methodology,
process and skills were presented to a separately convened Audit
Committee to consider audit quality
•Discussed and considered the internal audit quality assurance
programme. The internal audit quality assurance programme is designed
in line with the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) International
Professional Practices Framework (which includes the International
Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing and the
Code of Professional Conduct, including the Code of Ethics)
•Confirmed our satisfaction with the performance of the internal audit
function
•Reviewed the Investec plc written assessment of the overall
effectiveness of the organisation’s governance, risk, and control
framework, including an assessment of internal financial controls, the
risk management framework, adherence to the risk appetite and the
effectiveness of the overall assurance achieved relative to that planned
for the year through the CAM
•Discussed and considered the quality assurance programme. The quality
assurance programme is multi-faceted, and includes the attraction,
development and retention of adequately skilled staff that exercise
proficiency and due professional care, adherence to the Global internal
audit governance framework and audit methodology, oversight and
detailed review of every audit engagement and a quarterly post-
engagement quality assurance programme
•Reviewed the results of the post-engagement quality assurance
programme which inform any training interventions required within the
team. The results are consolidated and presented to the Audit
Committee on an annual basis
•IT Audit and Data Analysis - Internal audit developed automated test
scripts, allowing for more comprehensive testing of controls covering
the full population. This full population testing provides greater coverage
than the traditional audit methodology which calls for a sample testing
approach. Reviewed and considered the implications of the approach on
the audit for the Group.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
39
Other matters
What we did
Internal audit (continued)
•Held a closed session regarding internal audit where the capacity,
appropriate skills, independence and quality of the internal audit
function was assessed
•Considered succession and the skills matrix for internal audit
•Assessed the effectiveness of the internal audit function through
completion of a questionnaire which is based on the Internal Audit
Financial Code of Practice.  The results of the exercise were shared with
the Committee, together with action plans to address any concerns
raised, which will be tracked to completion.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
40
External Audit
Non-audit services
Our policy regarding the engagement of
the external auditors to provide non-
audit services was developed by the
Committee to safeguard auditor
objectivity and independence. The policy
includes guidelines on permitted and
non-permitted services and the approval
process required by the Committee.
Total audit fees paid for the year ended
31 March 2023 amounted to £8.6 million
(2022: £7.0 million), of which £2.4 million
(2022: £1.4 million) related to the
provision of non-audit services. The non-
audit services related to services
required to be provided by the external
auditor, such as, regulatory audits and
work to be performed as reporting
accountant. Non-audit fees were pre-
approved by the Chair of the Committee
prior to every assignment.
The Committee further required the
policy to be applied to any external
services provided by Deloitte LLP to
ensure the independence of the firm
prior to its appointment as external
auditor for the financial year
commencing 1 April 2024.
Total Audit Fees
£m
Based on the above-mentioned policy
and reviews, the Committee was
satisfied that the level and type of
non-audit work undertaken throughout
the year did not impair the independence
of Ernst & Young LLP.
Auditor independence and objectivity
and audit quality
The Committee treated audit quality and
independence as a Key Audit Matter
(KAM) and accordingly critically
evaluated audit quality, effectiveness,
independence and audit rotation
requirements. Regulator reviews were
considered at a firm and individual
partner level. Continuity, quality control
on assignment as well as the
independence of staff on the assignment
were considered. The Committee was
satisfied that in reviewing audit quality
and independence, it had followed a
comprehensive process during which
detailed feedback was received and
evaluated.
•The Committee considers the
independence of the external auditors
on an ongoing basis
•The external auditors have confirmed
their independence and were
requested to review and confirm the
level of staff transactions with
Investec, if any, to ensure that all
auditors on the Group audit meet the
independence criteria
•The key audit partners are required to
rotate every five years. The tenure of
each of the partners was reviewed
and concluded to be aligned with this
policy.
Following due consideration, the
Committee believes the safeguards as
implemented by the Committee are
adequate to ensure the objectivity and
effectiveness of the audit process,
based on the following:
•The additional cross-reviews by the 
Investec plc auditors across the Group
supported by partner rotation
•Limitations on delivering non-audit
services, including pre-approval of
non-audit work
•The confirmation of the independence
of the firms and auditors involved
•Formal audit quality process
undertaken by the Committee.
Audit Firm Rotation
The Company has complied with the
requirements of the Statutory Audit
Services for Large Companies Market
Investigation (Mandatory Use of
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014
(the Order), which relates to the
frequency and governance of tenders for
the appointment of the external auditors.
The external auditors of Investec plc are
Ernst & Young LLP. Ernst & Young LLP
have been Investec plc’s auditors since
2000 and are subject to a mandatory
rotation by the end of March 2024 at the
latest.  Following a comprehensive
tender process Deloitte LLP have been
nominated as the new external auditors
for the financial year starting
1 April 2024.
The appointment of Deloitte LLP in a
shadow capacity, for the 2024 financial
year, will be recommended for approval
by ordinary shareholders at the AGM to
be held in August 2023.
Year
Auditors
Shadow
Auditors
2022/23
EY LLP
2023/24
EY LLP
Deloitte LLP
2024/25
Deloitte LLP
Re-election and appointment of
auditors
The Committee has considered the
following in selecting external auditors:
•The level of specialisation, footprint,
capacity and experience required by a
firm in performing a joint audit of a
Bank or financial services or group
which is of systemic importance
•Transformation
•Technology
•Credentials and Partners
•Regulatory reviews
•Legal cases and reputational matters
•The level of quality control within the
audit firms as evidenced by the results
of internal and external regulatory
reviews performed on audit firms and
engagement partners
•The level of inherent risk in auditing a
financial services group and the
consequent audit risks
•The independence of the external
auditor
•The fundamental demands on audit
quality, the level of audit risk given the
turmoil in the audit profession,
balanced against shareholder views on
firm rotation
•Understanding of the Investec
business, culture and financial
statement risks.
The Investec plc audit committee
confirms its satisfaction with the
performance and quality of External
Audit, the external auditor and lead
partners.
The Board and the Committee is
recommending the re-election of         
Ernst & Young LLP as auditors of
Investec plc at its AGM in August 2023
for the financial year ending 31 March
2024.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
41
Looking ahead
The role of the Committee will remain
focused on:
•Ensuring the effective functioning of
the Group’s financial systems and
processes, financial control
environment, monitored by an
effective combined assurance model
•Audit quality and independence
•Management’s response in respect of
future changes to IFRS, legislation and
other regulations impacting disclosure
requirements
•Ensuring a smooth transition of the
external audit firms and maintaining
audit quality
•The implications of ESG risk in
measuring the sustainability and
societal impact of an investment in a
company or business together with
ESG accounting disclosures and
assurance processes
•Continuing to exercise oversight over
subsidiary audit committees, including
in remote locations
•Identifying an additional Audit
Committee member and a successor
to take over from me as the Chair of
the Committee.
Vote of thanks
The Audit Committee offers its sincere
thanks to David Friedland for his
exemplary service and commitment to
the Committee.
Zarina-sig-01.png
Zarina Bassa
Chair, Investec plc Audit Committee
27 June 2023
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INVESTEC PLC AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
CONTINUED
42
The directors' report for the year ended
31 March 2023 comprises pages 31 to 51
of this report, together with the sections
of the annual report incorporated by
reference.
The directors’ report deals with the
requirements of Investec plc.
As permitted by Section 414C(11) of the
UK Companies Act, some of the matters
required to be included in the directors'
report have instead been included in the
strategic report on pages 5 to 122 of the
Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic report, as the Board considers
them to be of strategic importance.
Specifically, these are:
•Future business developments
(throughout the strategic report)
•Risk management on page 11
•Information on how the directors have
had regard to the Group's
stakeholders, and the effect of that
regard, on pages 32 to 40 of the
Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic report.
The strategic report (as contained in the
Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic report) and the directors’ report
together form the management report for
the purposes of Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules (DTR) 4.1.8R.
For information on the corporate
governance of the Investec Group, refer
to the corporate governance sections of
the Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic report and the Investec Group’s
2023 risk and governance report.
Information relating to the use of financial
instruments by the Company can be
found on pages 91 to 105 and is
incorporated by reference.
Additional information for shareholders
of Investec plc is detailed in schedule A
to the directors’ report on pages 50
and 51.
Other information to be disclosed in the
directors' report is given in this section.
The directors' report fulfils the
requirements of the corporate
governance statement for the purposes
of DTR 7.2.3R.
Directors
The membership of the Board and
biographical details of the
directors are provided on pages
127 to 131 of the Investec Group’s
2023 integrated and strategic
report.
Changes to the composition of the Board
during the year and up to the date of this
report are shown in the table below:
Role
Effective
date of
departure/
appointment
Departures
David Friedland
Non-Executive
Director
4 August 2022
Appointments
Vanessa Olver
Non-Executive
Director
18 May 2022
In accordance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code, all of the directors
will retire and those willing to serve again
will submit themselves for re-election at
the AGM.
To simplify the Board structure, Richard
Wainwright and Ciaran Whelan will not
stand for re-election at the 2023 AGM,
and will accordingly step down from the
Board in August 2023.
Khumo Shuenyane, who will reach nine
years of service with the Group in August
2023, will also not stand for re-election at
the 2023 AGM.
Company Secretary
The Company Secretary of Investec plc is
David Miller.
The Company Secretary is professionally
qualified and has gained experience over
many years. His performance is
evaluated by Board members during the
annual Board evaluation process. He is
responsible for the flow of information to
the Board and its committees and for
ensuring compliance with Board
procedures. All directors have access to
the advice and services of the Company
Secretary, whose appointment and
removal is a Board matter.
In compliance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code and the UK Companies
Act, the Board has considered and is
satisfied that the Company Secretary is
competent, and has the relevant
qualifications and experience.
Induction, training and
development
The Chair leads the training and
development of directors and the
Board generally.
A comprehensive development
programme operates throughout the
year, and comprises both formal and
informal training and information
sessions.
On appointment to the Board, all
directors benefit from a comprehensive
induction, which is tailored to the new
director’s individual requirements. The
induction schedule is designed to provide
the new director with an understanding
of how the Group works and the key
issues that it faces. The Company
Secretary consults the Chair when
designing an induction schedule, giving
consideration to the particular needs of
the new director. When a director joins a
Board committee, the schedule includes
an induction to the operations of that
committee.
Directors and their
interests
Details of the directors’
shareholdings and options to
acquire shares are detailed in the
Investec Group’s 2023
remuneration report.
Directors' conflicts
of interest
The Group has procedures in place for
managing conflicts of interest. Should a
director become aware that they, or any
of their connected parties, have an
interest or a potential interest in an
existing or proposed transaction with the
Group, they are required to notify the
Board in writing or at the next
Board meeting. Internal controls are in
place to ensure that any related party
transactions involving directors, or their
connected parties, are conducted on an
arm's length basis. Directors have a
continuing duty to update any changes to
their declarations.
Directors' and officers’
liability insurance
The Group maintains directors' and
officers' liability insurance which provides
appropriate cover for any potential legal
action brought against its directors.
Change of control
The Articles of Association of
Investec plc and the Memorandum of
Incorporation of Investec Limited ensure
that a person cannot make an offer for
one company without having made an
equivalent offer to the shareholders of
both companies on equivalent terms.
02
Risk management
and governance
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
43
Pursuant to the terms of the agreements
establishing the DLC structure, if either
Investec plc or Investec Limited serves
written notice on the other at any time
after either party becomes a subsidiary of
a third party, or after both Investec plc
and Investec Limited become
subsidiaries of a third party, the
agreements establishing the DLC
structure will terminate.
All of the Investec Group's share plans
contain provisions relating to a change of
control. Outstanding awards and options
would normally vest and become
exercisable on a change of control and,
where applicable, subject to the
satisfaction of any performance
conditions at that time.
Powers of directors
The Board manages the business of the
Group under the powers set out in the
Articles of Association of Investec plc,
which include the ability of directors to
issue or buy-back shares. Directors were
granted authority to issue and allot
shares and to buy-back shares at the
2022 AGM. Shareholders will be asked
to renew this authority at the 2023 AGM.
Contracts
Details of contracts with directors
can be found on pages 21 and 22
of the Investec Group's 2023
remuneration report.
Authorised and issued
share capital
Details of the share capital are set out on
pages 118 and 120 in note 40 to the
annual financial statements.
Investec plc did not issue any ordinary
shares during the financial year ended
31 March 2023.
Investec plc did not repurchase any of its
ordinary shares during the financial year
ended 31 March 2023.
Investec Limited purchased 42 485 632
of Investec plc’s ordinary shares during
the financial year ended 31 March 2023
representing 6.1% of the issued share
capital. These shares are being held
exclusive of voting rights in treasury.
At 31 March 2023, Investec plc held
49 720 148 shares in treasury
(2022: 48 997 877), for allotment under
share plans. The maximum number of
shares held in treasury by Investec plc
during the period under review was
50 288 648 shares.
Ordinary dividends
An interim dividend of 13.5p per ordinary
share (2021: 11.0p) was paid on
9 January 2023, as follows:
•13.5p per ordinary share to
non-South African resident shareholders
registered on 9 December 2022, and
•South African resident shareholders
registered on 9 December 2022,
through a dividend paid by Investec
Limited on the SA DAS share,
equivalent to 13.5p per ordinary share.
The directors have proposed a final
dividend to shareholders registered on
18 August 2023, of 17.5p (2022: 14.0p)
per ordinary share, subject to the
approval of the members of Investec plc
at the AGM which is scheduled to take
place on 3 August 2023. If approved, this
will be paid on 4 September 2023, as
follows:
•17.5p per ordinary share to
non-South African resident shareholders
registered on 18 August 2023, and
•South African resident shareholders
registered on 18 August 2023, through
a dividend paid by Investec Limited on
the SA DAS share, equivalent to 17.5p
per ordinary share.
Preference dividends
Non-redeemable, non-
cumulative, non-participating
preference shares
Preference dividend number 33
for the period 1 April 2022 to
30 September 2022, amounting to
11.44521p per share, was declared to
members holding preference shares
registered on 9 December 2022 and was
paid on 23 December 2022.
Preference dividend number 34 for the
period 1 October 2022 to 31 March 2023,
amounting to 21.58904p per share, was
declared to members holding preference
shares registered on 9 June 2023 and
was paid on 23 June 2023.
Rand-denominated non-
redeemable, non-cumulative,
non-participating preference
shares
Preference dividend number 23
for the period 1 April 2022 to
30 September 2022, amounting to
402.51369 cents per share, was declared
to members holding Rand-denominated
non-redeemable, non-cumulative,
non-participating preference shares
registered on 9 December 2022 and
was paid on 23 December 2022.
Preference dividend number 24 for the
period 1 October 2022 to 31 March 2023,
amounting to 490.94179 cents per share,
was declared to members holding
preference shares registered on
9 June 2023 and was paid on
23 June 2023.
Going concern
In adopting the going concern basis
for preparing the consolidated financial
statements, the directors have
considered the Group’s business
activities, objectives and strategy,
principal risks and uncertainties in
achieving its objectives, and performance
that are set out on pages 5 to 9, pages
23 to 25 and pages 89 to 104 of the
Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic annual report. The directors
have performed a robust assessment of
the Group’s financial forecasts across a
range of scenarios over a 12-month
period from the date the financial
statements are authorised for issue.
Based on these, the directors confirm
that they have a reasonable expectation
that the Company and the Group, as a
whole, has adequate resources to
continue in operational existence for the
12 months from the date the financial
statements are authorised for issue. The
directors therefore  consider it
appropriate to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting in preparing the
accompanying consolidated financial
statements.
Viability statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code, in addition to providing
a going concern statement, the Board is
required to make a statement with respect
to the Group’s viability (i.e. its ability to
continue in operation and meet its
liabilities), taking into account the current
position of the Group, the Board’s
assessment of the Group’s prospects and
the principal risks it faces. Following
confirmation by the DLC BRCC (comprising
a majority of Non-Executive Directors,
which includes members of the Audit
Committee, the Audit Committee
recommended the viability statement for
Board approval.
The Board has identified the principal and
emerging risks facing the Group and these
are highlighted on pages 14 to 30.
Through its various committees, notably
the DLC Audit Committee and the DLC
BRCC, the Board regularly carries out a
robust assessment of these risks and their
potential impact on the performance,
liquidity, solvency and operational
resilience of the Group. The activities of
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
44
these Board sub-committees and the
issues considered by them are described
in the Group’s 2023 Risk and Governance
Report.
Taking these risks into account, together
with the Group’s strategic objectives and
the prevailing market environment, the
Board approved the overall mandated
risk appetite frameworks for Investec plc.
The risk appetite frameworks set broad
parameters relating to the Board’s
expectations around performance,
business stability and risk management.
The Board considers that prudential risk
management is paramount in all it does.
Protection of depositors, customers’
interests, capital adequacy and
shareholder returns are key drivers.
To manage the Group’s risk appetite,
there are a number of detailed policy
statements and governance structures
in place. The Board ensures that there
are appropriate resources in place to
manage the risks arising from running the
business by having independent Risk
Management, Compliance, and Financial
Control functions. These are
supplemented by an Internal Audit
function that reports independently to a
Non-Executive Audit Committee Chair.
The Board believes that the risk
management systems and processes,
supported by the conclusions of the
Internal Audit function and the results of
their combined assurance coverage and
each assurance function, are adequate to
support the Group’s strategy and allow
the Group to operate within its risk
appetite framework. A review of the
Group’s performance/measurement
against its risk appetite framework is
provided at each DLC BRCC meeting and
at the main Board meetings.
In terms of the FCA and PRA
requirements, the Group is also required
to meet regulatory standards with
respect to capital and liquidity. In terms
of these requirements, the Group is
required to stress its capital and liquidity
positions under a number of severe
stress conditions. Investec’s stress
testing framework is well embedded in its
operations and is designed to identify
and regularly test the Group’s key
‘vulnerabilities under stress’.
In order to manage liquidity risk, liquidity
stress testing is performed for a range of
scenarios, each representing a different
set of assumptions. These include
market-wide, firm specific, and combined
scenarios (combination of the market-
wide and firm specific stresses). The
Group manages its liquidity risk appetite
in relation to combined stress parameters
which represent extreme but plausible
circumstances. The objective is to have
sufficient liquidity under a combined
stress scenario to continue to operate for
a minimum period as detailed in the
Board-approved risk appetite. In addition
to these stress scenarios, the Group’s risk
appetite also requires it to maintain
specified minimum levels for both the
liquidity coverage ratio and net stable
funding ratio, greater than those required
by the regulators; a minimum cash and
near cash to customer deposit ratio of
25%; and to maintain low reliance on
wholesale funding to fund core asset
growth. Each banking entity within the
Group is required to be fully self-funded.
The Group currently has £8.6 billion in
cash and near cash assets, representing
44.7% of customer deposits.
The Group develops annual capital plans
(refreshed after six months) that look
forward over a three-year period. The
capital plans are refreshed on an ad hoc
basis if a material event occurs or is likely
to occur. These plans are designed to
assess the capital adequacy of the
Group’s respective banking entities under
a range of economic and internal
conditions, with the impact on earnings,
asset growth, risk appetite and liquidity
considered. The output of capital
planning allows senior management and
the Board to make decisions to ensure
that the Group continues to hold
sufficient capital to meet internal and
regulatory capital targets over the
medium term (i.e. three years). The
Group targets a CET1 ratio in excess of
10%, a tier 1 ratio greater than 11%, a
minimum capital adequacy ratio of 14%
to 17%, and a leverage ratio in excess
of 6% for each of its banking entities.
The parameters used in the capital and
liquidity stresses are reviewed regularly,
taking into account the principal and
emerging risks facing the Group, changes
in the business environments and inputs
from business units. Scenarios are
designed considering macro-economic
downside risks, portfolio-specific risk
factors and business model
vulnerabilities. Multiple scenarios are
considered to account for the uncertain
forward-looking macro-economic
environment. The scenarios described
below were as at 31 March 2023, and we
have experienced an evolving macro-
economic environment since the financial
year-end which has resulted in higher
interest rates than were previously
assumed in the base case forecast
horizon. Nevertheless these scenarios are
still considered appropriate to assess the
ongoing viability of the Group given the
severity of the two downside scenarios.
•Base case: The UK economy recovers
from a period of weakness, a trajectory
which is followed by a number of other
western economies, while inflation falls
sharply. This is underpinned by the
absence of sharp energy price
increases and indeed UK natural gas
prices are expected to remain
materially lower than in 2022. The
expected recession over 2023 is
expected to be relatively short and
shallow with a peak to trough drop in
output of around 0.5%. The Bank rate
is 4.50% and falls later in 2023 as
inflation declines and the economy
remains weak. The unemployment rate
increases from a starting point below
4% to 5.3% as economic conditions are
unfavourable but also because the
decline in labour participation rates is
gradually reversed. The housing
market goes through a difficult period
in 2023. National house prices
experience a peak-to-trough decline
of 7% with no recovery before the end
of the year. Globally, the situation is
projected to be similar to that of the
UK with many economies struggling,
inflation pressures falling and with
some central banks easing monetary
policy this year.
•Inflation Entrenched: The entrenched
inflation scenario assumes that upside
inflation risks materialise, with core
inflation remaining persistent across
the forecast horizon, for example
inflation is expected to still average 4%
at the end of the forecast period. As
such central banks tighten policy
further and maintain high policy rates,
The Bank of England base rate is
4.50% and is maintained at that level
throughout the scenario horizon.
Amidst this high interest rate, high
inflation environment, a recession
ensues in the near term and remains
stagnant across the forecast period
as a whole
•BoE Annual Cyclical Scenario (ACS):
The Bank of England’s regulatory
scenario which encompasses a severe
global economic downturn, which both
at the domestic and global level is
more severe than the Global Financial
Crisis of 2008/09, with world GDP
assumed to fall 2.5%. The context of
the scenario is an economic shock
driven by energy and other cost
pressures which cause a sharp rise in
inflation, in turn prompting a sharp rise
in interest rates; the BoE’s Bank rate is
assumed to rise to 6%. In the UK a year
long recession ensues before a
recovery is witnessed, supported by an
easing in monetary policy. Notably
there are severe shocks across various
sectors, UK house prices are expected
to fall 30% for example, whilst global
financial markets witness a significant
repricing, equity indices such as the
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
45
FTSE 100 fall 45%, whilst credit
spreads widen sharply.
The Group implements regulatory
scenarios when they are published by
regulators (UK BoE Annual Cyclical
Scenario). The BoE published their new
ACS in September 2022 and this scenario
has been implemented as part of the
Investec Plc 2023 stress testing program.
The Board has assessed the Group’s
viability in its ‘base case’ and stress
scenarios. The Board has also assessed
the Group’s viability with regards to the
impact of the proposed combination of
the Rathbones Group and Investec
Wealth & Investment Limited in its ‘base
case’ and stress scenario. In assessing
the Group’s viability, a number of
assumptions are built into its capital and
liquidity plans. In the stress scenarios
these include, for example, foregoing or
reducing dividend payments and asset
growth being curtailed.
We also carry out ‘reverse stress tests’,
i.e., scenarios that would cause the
Group business model to fail. Reverse
stress scenarios are developed
thematically, and their impact is assessed
in qualitative and quantitative terms with
respect to regulatory capital and liquidity
threshold conditions, taking into account
the loss absorbing effects of the bank’s
capital stack. Escalating losses may
expose the business model to
unacceptable levels of risk well before
regulatory threshold conditions are
breached, and mitigation actions are
identified with the aim to prevent the
failure of the Group. Reverse scenarios
are extreme tail events and are
considered remote, and mainly serve the
purpose of identifying and addressing
potential weaknesses that may not be
identified through the ongoing risk
management and stress testing
processes.
In addition, Investec plc performs climate
scenario analysis and risk assessments in
line with the requirements stipulated by
Supervisory Statement SS3/19
‘Enhancing banks’ and insurers’
approaches to managing the financials
risks from climate change’, on a
proportionate basis for the size and
complexity of the firm. The BoE’s ‘2021
Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario’ has
been used as the framework for scenario
analysis. To date, findings indicate that
transition and physical risk is low and
Investec plc has sufficient capital and
liquidity to continue as a going concern
and meet regulatory capital and liquidity
requirements.
Furthermore, the Group is required to
have a contingency funding and recovery
plan as well as a resolution pack. The
purpose of the recovery plans is to
document how the Board and senior
management will ensure that the Group
recovers from extreme financial stress to
avoid liquidity and capital difficulties in its
separately regulated companies.
The Group maintains an operational
resilience framework that defines
important business services and impact
tolerances and plans to respond
effectively to a disruption. This not only
ensures continuity of business operations
but also safeguards the interests of key
stakeholders including clients and
regulators, as well as maintaining our
reputation, brand and value-creating
activities.
The capital and liquidity plans, stress
scenarios, contingency funding and
recovery plan, resolution pack and the
risk appetite statement are reviewed at
least annually. In times of severe
economic distress and if applicable,
stress scenarios are reviewed more
regularly; for example, as was the case
with the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition,
senior management hosts an annual risk
appetite process at which the Group’s
risk appetite frameworks are reviewed
and modified to take into account risk
experience and changes in the
environment. Furthermore, strategic
budget processes take place within each
business division at least annually. These
focus on, amongst other things: the
business and competitive landscape;
opportunities and challenges; and
financial projections. A summary of these
divisional budgets, together with a
consolidated Group budget, is presented
to the Board during its strategic review
process early in the year.
In assessing the Group’s viability, the
Board has taken all of the above-
mentioned factors, documents and
processes into consideration. The
directors can confirm that they have a
reasonable expectation that Investec will
continue to operate and meet its liabilities
as they fall due over the next three years.
The Board has used a three-year
assessment period as this is aligned to
the Group’s medium-term capital plans
which incorporate profitability, liquidity,
leverage and capital adequacy
projections and include impact
assessments from a number of stress
scenarios. Detailed management
information therefore exists to provide
senior management and the Board
sufficient and realistic visibility of the
Group’s viability over the three years to
31 March 2026.
The viability statement should be read
in conjunction with the following sections
in the annual report, all of which have
informed the Board’s assessment of the
Group’s viability:
•Pages 5 to 8, which give an overview
of the business
•Pages 14 to 30, which provide detail
on the principal and emerging risks the
Group faces and the processes in
place to assist the Group in mitigating
its principal risks
•Page 14 which highlights information
on the overall Group’s risk appetite
•Page 11 which provides an overview of
the Group’s approach to risk
management
•Pages 14, 140, 163 and 178, which
highlight information on the Group’s
various stress testing processes
•Pages 167 to 173, which specifically
focus on the Group’s philosophy and
approach to liquidity management
•Page 176 which provide detail on the
recovery plan
•Pages 177 to 181, which explain the
Group’s capital management
framework.
This forward‐looking viability statement
made by the Board is based on
information and knowledge of the Group
at 27 June 2023. There could be a
number of risks and uncertainties arising
from (but not limited to) domestic and
global economic and business conditions
beyond the Group’s control that could
cause the Group’s actual results,
performance or achievements in the
markets in which it operates to differ
from those anticipated.
Social and Ethics
Committee (SEC)
The Board of Investec plc has delegated
the duties of the Social and Ethics
Committee, as set out in the South
African Companies Act, to the DLC SEC.
Further details of the role,
responsibilities, membership and
activities of the DLC SEC are set
out on pages 97 to 100 of the
Investec Group’s 2023 risk and
governance report.
Sustainability report
For information on our approach
to social, environmental and
ethical matters, please refer to the
Investec Group’s 2023
sustainability report which is
published and made available on
our website www.investec.com
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
46
Investec plc carbon footprint
Streamlined energy and carbon reporting (SECR)
2022/23
2021/22
Metric
Unit
UK and
offshore1
Global
(excluding
UK and
offshore)
Total
Investec plc
UK and
offshore
Global
(excluding UK
and offshore)
Total
Investec plc
Emissions from activities for which the
company own or control including
combustion of fuel & operation of
facilities (Scope 1)
tC02e
44
—
44
43
—
43
Emissions from purchase of electricity
(Scope 2 location based)
tC02e
807
164
971
783
249
1 032
Total gross Scope 1 & Scope 2
emissions (location based)
tC02e
851
164
1 015
826
249
1 075
Energy consumption used to calculate
above emissions2
kWh
4 420 786
441 222
4 862 008
4 013 719
566 017
4 579 736
Intensity ratio: Location based gross
Scope 1 + 2 emissions per employee3
tC02e/
Headcount
0.25
0.92
0.29
0.25
1.46
0.31
Total gross Scope 3
operational emissions
tC02e
4 873
30
4 903
1 502
8
1 510
Total gross Scope 1, Scope 2 &
Scope 3 operational emissions
(location based)
tC02e
5 724
194
5 918
2 328
257
2 585
Intensity ratio: Location based gross
Scope 1, 2 + 3 operational emissions
per employee3
tC02e/
Headcount
1.71
1.09
1.69
0.71
1.50
0.75
Scope 2 market based4
tC02e
—
—
—
—
—
—
Carbon offsets5
tC02e
4 917
30
4 947
1 545
8
1 553
Total annual net emissions
(market based)
tC02e
—
—
—
—
—
—
Boundary, methodology, and exclusions
An ‘operational control’6 approach has been used to define the Greenhouse Gas emissions boundary6.
This approach captures emissions associated with the operation of all office buildings, company travel in private vehicles, and
travel on public transportation for instance. This report covers all countries where Investec plc has operational control over their
emissions. This information was collected and reported in line with the methodology set out in the UK Government’s Environmental
Reporting Guidelines, 2019. The emissions have been calculated using the latest conversion factors provided by the UK
Government (2022). Beyond what has been reported, other aspects such as refrigerant usage have not been included because
Investec plc are tenants in their respective premises. The reporting period is April 2022 to March 2023, as per the financial
accounts. Investec plc's Scope 1 emissions refer to natural gas, its Scope 2 emissions refer to electricity used in its premises, and
its Scope 3 emissions refer to category 1: paper, category 5: waste, category 6: business travel, and category 7: employees
working from home.
Energy efficiency and carbon reduction initiatives
During the 2022/2023 period, Investec plc implemented energy efficiency measures by configuring all Lincat boilers to operate in
economy mode. This measure led to a reduction in the consumption of each boiler for boiling water production. Moreover, Investec
maintained and improved the integrated ISO 50001/ 14001 standards, which enables optimisation of energy-related performance
and ongoing efficiency improvements.
Disclaimer
There has been a change in both Investec’s virtual energy manager and auditor, with a resulting change in methodology for 2022/ 2023. The emissions figures quoted for
2021/ 22 in this report are calculated on a comparable basis but are unaudited as a result. The Group's carbon footprint has not undergone corresponding adjustments.
1.The offshore area as defined in the Companies (Directors Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon) Regulations 2018 includes Guernsey, Jersey,
and Isle of Man. However, our overseas sites in America, Europe, and Asia are not included in the offshore area. These sites are included in the global total, excluding
the UK and offshore.
2.Consumption data for Scope 3 emissions is not available in kWh so the total energy usage has been calculated for mandatory emissions only (Scope 1 and 2).
3.For the purposes of this report, an employee is an individual who performs services for the Company for compensation and is under the Company's control with
respect to the performance of those services. This includes full-time, part-time, and temporary employees, as well as independent contractors.
4.We have offset our Scope 2 emissions by purchasing 100% of our power from renewable sources through green tariffs and renewable energy certificates.
5.The remaining unavoidable emissions were offset through the purchase of VCS certified carbon credits. These carbon credits were sourced from Wonderbag.
6.An operational control approach to GHG emissions boundary is defined as: ‘Your organisation has operational control over an operation if it, or one of its subsidiaries,
has the full authority to introduce and implement its operating policies at the operation.’
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
47
Climate-related financial
disclosures report
Refer to the Investec Group’s
2023 climate and nature-related
financial disclosures report for our
progress on the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TFCD)
recommendations.
Nominations and Directors’
Affairs Committee
(Nomdac)
The Board of Investec plc has delegated
the duties of the Directors’ Affairs
Committee to the DLC Nomdac.
Further details of the role,
responsibilities, membership and
activities of the DLC Nomdac are
set out on pages 94 to 96 of the
Investec Group’s 2023 risk and
governance report.
Remuneration Committee
The Board of Investec plc has delegated
the duties of the Remuneration
Committee to the DLC Remuneration
Committee.
Further details of the role,
responsibilities, membership and
activities of the DLC
Remuneration Committee are set
out on pages 4 to 7 of the
Investec Group’s 2023
remuneration report.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprising
independent Non-Executive Directors
meets regularly with senior management,
the external auditors, operational risk,
internal audit, compliance and the finance
division to consider the nature and scope
of the internal and external audit reviews
and the effectiveness of our risk and
control systems, taking note of the key
deliberations of the subsidiary Audit
Committees as part of the process.
Further details on the role and
responsibility of the Audit
Committee are set out on
pages 31 to 42.
Independent auditor and
audit information
Each director, at the date of approval of
this report, confirms that, so far as the
director is aware, there is no relevant
audit information of which the Company’s
auditor is unaware and that each director
has taken all steps that he or she ought
to have taken as a director to make
himself or herself aware of any relevant
audit information and to establish that
the Company’s auditor is aware of that
information. This confirmation is given
pursuant to Section 418 of the UK
Companies Act and should be interpreted
in accordance with and subject to those
provisions.
Ernst & Young LLP have indicated their
willingness to continue in office as
auditors of Investec plc.
The Board having satisfied itself as
to their independence and effectiveness,
has proposed a resolution to re-appoint
Ernst & Young LLP as auditors at the
AGM scheduled to take place on
3 August 2023.
Following a comprehensive tender
process, Deloitte LLP was nominated as
the new external auditor for Investec plc,
subject to regulatory approval, for the
financial year starting 1 April 2024. A
formal transition process will commence
during 2023, whereby Deloitte LLP  will
observe the full audit cycle performed by
the incumbent external auditors. The
formal shadow period will commence
from 1 April 2023 for the year ending
31 March 2024. The appointment of
Deloitte LLP in a shadow capacity, for the
2024 financial year, will be recommended
for approval at the AGM to be held in
August 2023.
Major shareholders
The largest shareholders of
Investec plc are shown on page
164 of the Investec Group’s 2023
integrated and strategic annual
report.
Special resolutions
At the AGM held on 4 August 2022,
special resolutions were passed in terms
of which:
•A renewable authority was granted to
Investec plc to acquire its own ordinary
shares in accordance with the terms of
Section 701 of the UK Companies Act
•A renewable authority was granted to
Investec plc to acquire its own
preference shares in accordance with
the terms of Section 701 of the
UK Companies Act.
AGM update statement
At the AGM on 4 August 2022,
resolution 38 (political donations), passed
with a less than 80% majority.
As stated in the notices to the AGMs,
Investec plc does not give any money
for political purposes in the UK nor does
it make any donations to UK political
organisations or incur UK political
expenditure. However, the definitions
of political donations and political
expenditure used in the UK Companies
Act are very wide. In line with UK market
practice, the authority is therefore
requested only as a precautionary
measure to ensure that Investec plc and
any company which is or becomes
a subsidiary of Investec plc does not
inadvertently breach the relevant
provisions of the UK Companies Act.
Diversity and inclusion
Our diversity and inclusion framework has
a sense of belonging for all our people,
irrespective of difference, as its goal. We
aim to make Investec a place where it is
easy to be yourself. It is a responsibility
we all share and is integral to our purpose
and values as an organisation. Continually
mindful of our biases and consciously
inclusive, we encourage each other to
embrace opportunities for growth. We
recognise that a diverse and inclusive
workforce is essential to our ability to be
an innovative organisation that can adapt
and prosper in a fast changing world.
Investec’s approach is to recruit and
develop based on aptitude and attitude,
with the deliberate intention to build a
diverse workforce, which represents the
population of the relevant jurisdiction and
reflects its clients. Our recruitment
strategies actively seek difference,
engaging with minority groups, females
and people with disabilities. Investec is
committed to being an equal opportunity
employer. In accordance with our policies
and practices, and relevant International
Labour Organisation (ILO) conventions
and legislation, we do not tolerate any
form of discrimination based on gender,
gender reassignment, race, ethnicity,
religion, belief, age, disability, nationality,
political opinion, sensitive medical
conditions, pregnancy, maternity, civil
partnership and sexual orientation. People
with different abilities are an essential
part of a diverse talent pool and every
effort is made to facilitate an accessible
environment for all.
Further information is provided
in the Investec Group’s 2023
sustainability report.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
48
Empowerment and
transformation
Investec recognises that economic
growth and societal transformation is
vital to creating a sustainable future for
all the communities in which it operates,
and that as a financial services provider,
it plays a critical role in enabling this.
Further information is provided
in the Investec Group’s 2023
sustainability report.
Research and development
In the ordinary course of business, the
Group develops new products and
services in each of its business divisions.
Political donations and
expenditure
The Group did not make any political
donations in the financial year ended
31 March 2023 (2022: Nil).
Subsidiary and associated
companies
Details of principal subsidiary and
associated companies are
reflected on pages 189 to 193
Uncertain tax and other
legal matters
The Board considered legal and uncertain
tax matters with a view to ensuring
appropriate accounting treatment in the
financial statements. Refer to note 49 on
page 125.
Events after the reporting
date
Refer to Note 57 of the Annual
Financial statements.
Signed on behalf of the Board
of Investec plc
Philip Hourquebie
Group Chair
27 June 2023
FT_Signature.png
Fani Titi
Group Chief Executive
27 June 2023
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
49
Additional information for
shareholders
Set out below is a summary of certain
provisions of Investec plc’s current
Articles of Association (the Articles)
and applicable English law concerning
companies (the UK Companies Act).
This is a summary only and the relevant
provisions of the Articles or the UK
Companies Act should be consulted
if further information is required.
Share capital
The issued share capital of Investec plc
at 31 March 2023 consists of
696 082 618 ordinary shares of £0.0002
each, 2 754 587 non-redeemable, non-
cumulative, non-participating preference
shares of £0.01 each, 131 447 ZAR non-
redeemable, non-cumulative, non-
participating preference shares of R0.001
each, 318 904 709 special converting
shares of £0.0002 each, the special
voting share of £0.001, the UK DAN share
of £0.001 and the UK DAS share of
£0.001 (each class as defined in the
Articles).
Purchase of own shares
Subject to the provisions of the Articles,
the UK Companies Act, the UK
Uncertificated Securities Regulations
2001 and every other statute for the time
being in force concerning companies and
affecting Investec plc, the approval of
shareholders as provided in the Articles,
and without prejudice to any relevant
special rights attached to any class of
shares, Investec plc may purchase, or
may enter into a contract under which
it will or may purchase any of its own
shares of any class, including without
limitation any redeemable shares, in any
way and at any price (whether at par or
above or below par).
Dividends and distributions
Subject to the provisions of the UK
Companies Act, Investec plc may by
ordinary resolution from time-to-time
declare dividends not exceeding the
amount recommended by the Board. The
Board may pay interim dividends
whenever the financial position of
Investec plc, in the opinion of the Board,
justifies such payment.
The Board may withhold payment of all
or any part of any dividends or other
monies payable in respect of Investec
plc’s shares from a person with a 0.25%
or more interest in the nominal value of
the issued shares if such a person has
been served with a notice after failure
to provide Investec plc with information
concerning interests in those shares
required to be provided under the
UK Companies Act.
Voting rights
Subject to any special rights or
restrictions attaching to any class of
shares, at a general meeting, every
member present in person has, upon a
show of hands, one vote and, on a poll,
every member who is present in person
or by proxy has one vote for each share.
In the case of joint holders of a share, the
vote of the senior who tenders a vote,
whether in person or by proxy, shall be
accepted to the exclusion of the votes
of the other joint holders and for this
purpose seniority shall be determined by
the order in which the names stand in the
register of members in respect of the
share. Under the UK Companies Act,
members are entitled to appoint a proxy,
who need not be a member of Investec
plc, to exercise all or any of their rights
to attend and vote on their behalf at
a general meeting or class meeting.
A member may appoint more than one
proxy in relation to a general meeting
or class meeting, provided that each
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights
attached to a different share or shares
held by that member. A member that is
a corporation may appoint an individual
to act on its behalf at a general meeting
or class meeting as a corporate
representative. The person so authorised
shall be entitled to exercise the same
powers on behalf of such corporation as
the corporation could exercise if it were
an individual member of Investec plc.
Restrictions on voting
No member shall be entitled to vote
either in person or by proxy at any
general meeting or class meeting in
respect of any shares held by them if any
call or other sum then payable by them in
respect of that share remains unpaid. In
addition, no member shall be entitled to
vote if they have been served with a
notice after failure to provide Investec plc
with information concerning interests in
those shares required to be provided
under the UK Companies Act.
Deadlines for exercising
voting rights
Votes are exercisable at a general
meeting of Investec plc in respect of
which the business being voted upon
is being heard. Votes may be exercised
in person, by proxy, or in relation to
corporate members, by corporate
representatives. The Articles provide a
deadline for submission of proxy forms
of not less than 48 hours before the time
appointed for the holding of the meeting
or adjourned meeting.
Variation of rights
Subject to the UK Companies Act, the
Articles specify that rights attached to
any class of shares may be varied with
the written consent of the holders of not
less than three-fourths in nominal value
of the issued shares of that class, or with
the sanction of an extraordinary
resolution passed at a separate general
meeting of the holders of those shares.
The rights conferred upon the holders
of any shares shall not, unless otherwise
expressly provided in the rights attaching
to those shares, be deemed to be varied
by the creation or issue of further shares
ranking pari passu with them. Where,
under the Company’s share incentive
plan, participants are the beneficial
owners of the shares, but not the
registered owners, the participants are
not entitled to exercise any voting rights
until the shares are released to the
participants. Under the Company’s
employee trust, the trustee does not vote
in respect of unallocated shares.
Transfer of shares
All transfers of shares may be effected
by transfer in writing in any usual or
common form or in any other form
acceptable to the directors. The
instrument of transfer shall be signed by
or on behalf of the transferor and (except
in the case of fully paid shares) by or on
behalf of the transferee. Transfers of
shares which are in uncertificated form
are effected by means of the CREST
system. The directors may, in the case of
shares in certificated form, in their
absolute discretion and without assigning
any reason, refuse to register any
transfer of shares (not being fully paid
shares), provided that such discretion
may not be exercised in such a way as to
prevent dealings in the shares of that
class from taking place on an open and
proper basis. The directors may also
refuse to register an allotment or transfer
of shares (whether fully paid or not) in
favour of more than four persons jointly.
The directors may decline to recognise
any instrument of transfer unless the
instrument of transfer is in respect of only
one class of share and, when submitted
for registration, is accompanied by the
relevant share certificates and such other
evidence as the directors may reasonably
require. Subject to the UK Companies Act
and regulations and applicable CREST
rules, the directors may determine that
any class of shares may be held in
uncertificated form and that title to such
shares may be transferred by means of
the CREST system or that shares of any
class should cease to be so held and
transferred.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
SCHEDULE A TO THE DIRECTORS’ REPORT
50
A number of the Company’s employee
share plans include restrictions on
transfer of shares while the shares are
subject to the plans, in particular, the
share incentive plan.
Investec plc preference
shares
The following are the rights and
privileges which attach to the Investec
plc preference shares:
•On a return of capital, whether or not
on a winding up (but not on a
redemption or purchase of any shares
by Investec plc) or otherwise, the plc
preference shares will rank, pari passu
inter se and with the most senior
ranking preference shares of Investec
plc in issue (if any) from time-to-time
and with any other shares of Investec
plc that are expressed to rank pari
passu herewith as regards to
participation in the capital, and
otherwise in priority to any other class
of shares of Investec plc
•Investec plc may, at its option, redeem
all or any of the plc preference shares
for the time being issued and
outstanding on the first call date or any
dividend payment date thereafter
•Holders of plc preference shares will
not be entitled to attend and vote at
general meetings of Investec plc.
Holders will be entitled to attend and
vote at a class meeting of holders of
plc preference shares.
Non-redeemable, non-
cumulative, non-
participating preference
shares
The following are the rights and
privileges which attach to the perpetual
preference shares:
•Each perpetual preference share will
rank as regards to dividends and a
repayment of capital on the winding
up of Investec plc prior to the ordinary
shares, the plc special converting
shares, the UK DAN share, the UK DAS
share, but pari passu with the plc
preference shares. The perpetual
preference shares shall confer on the
holders, on a per perpetual preference
share and equal basis, the right to a
return of capital on the winding up of
Investec plc of an amount equal to the
aggregate of the nominal value and
premiums in respect of perpetual
preference shares issued, divided by
the number of perpetual preference
shares in issue
•Each perpetual preference share may
confer upon the holder thereof the
right to receive out of the profits of
Investec plc which it shall determine
to distribute, in priority to the ordinary
shares, the plc special converting
shares, the UK DAN share and the UK
DAS share, but pari passu with the plc
preference shares, the preference
dividend calculated in accordance with
the Articles
•The holders of the perpetual
preference shares shall be entitled to
receive notice of and be present but
not to vote, either in person or by
proxy, at any meeting of Investec plc,
by virtue of or in respect of the
perpetual preference shares, unless
either or both of the following
circumstances prevail at the date
of the meeting:
–The preference dividend or any part
thereof remains in arrears and
unpaid as determined in accordance
with the Articles after six months
from the due date thereof; and/or
–A resolution of Investec plc is
proposed which directly affects the
rights attached to the perpetual
preference shares or the interests
of the holders thereof, or a resolution
of Investec plc is proposed to wind
up or in relation to the winding up
of Investec plc or for the reduction
of its capital;
in which event the preference
shareholders shall be entitled to vote only
on such resolution.
Rand-denominated non-
redeemable, non-
cumulative, non-
participating perpetual
preference shares (the
ZAR perpetual preference
shares)
The ZAR perpetual preference shares are
subject to substantially similar terms and
conditions as the existing Pounds Sterling
non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-
participating preference shares, as
outlined above, save that they are
denominated in South African Rands.
Shares required for the
DLC structure
Investec SSC (UK) Limited, a UK trust
company, specially formed for the
purpose of the DLC structure, holds the
plc special voting share, the plc special
converting shares, the UK DAN share and
the UK DAS share. These shares can only
be transferred to another UK trust
company, in limited circumstances.
The plc special voting shares are
specially created shares so that
shareholders of both Investec plc and
Investec Limited effectively vote together
as a single decision-making body on
matters affecting shareholders of both
companies in similar ways, as set out in
the Articles.
Prior to a change of control, approval of
termination of the sharing agreement
(which regulates the DLC), liquidation or
insolvency of Investec plc, the plc special
converting shares have no voting rights,
except in relation to a resolution
proposing the:
i.Variation of the rights attaching to the
shares or
ii.Winding up, and they have no rights
to dividends. The special converting
shares are held on trust for the
Investec Limited ordinary shareholders.
Investec plc and Investec Limited have
established dividend access trust
arrangements as part of the DLC.
Investec plc has issued two dividend
access shares, the UK DAS share and UK
DAN share which enables Investec plc
to pay dividends to the shareholders of
Investec Limited. This facility may be
used by the Board to address imbalances
in the distributable reserves of Investec
plc and Investec Limited and/or to
address the effects of South African
exchange controls and/or if they
otherwise consider it necessary
or desirable.
02
Risk management
and governance
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
SCHEDULE A TO THE DIRECTORS’ REPORT
CONTINUED
51
Annual
financial
statements
03
Annual financial statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
52
IN THIS SECTION
Directors’ responsibilities
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Investec plc
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated cash flow statement
Consolidated statement
of changes in equity
Accounting policies
Notes to the financial statements
Notes to risk management (including capital
management)
Parent company annual financial statements
03
Annual financial statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
53
Directors’ responsibilities
The following statement, which should be
read in conjunction with the auditor’s
report set out on pages 55 to 57, is made
with a view to distinguishing for
shareholders the respective
responsibilities of the directors and of the
auditors in relation to the accounts.
The directors are responsible for
preparing the annual report and the Group
financial statements in accordance with
applicable UK law and regulations.
The directors are required by the
UK Companies Act to prepare financial
statements for each financial year.
Under those laws the directors have
elected to prepare the Group financial
statements in accordance with UK
adopted international accounting
standards and with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued
by the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB). At
31 March 2023, UK adopted IAS are
identical in all material respects to current
IFRS applicable to the Group, with
differences only in the effective dates of
certain standards. The parent company
financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with Section 408 of the UK
Companies Act 2006. Under company law
the directors must not approve the Group
financial statements unless they are
satisfied that they give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs of the Group
and the Company and of the profit or
loss of the Group and the Company for
that period.
Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s
(FCA’s) Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules (DTR), Group financial
statements are required to be prepared
in accordance with UK adopted
international accounting standards and
with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
In preparing the financial statements the
directors are required to:
•Select suitable accounting policies
in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting
Policies, Changes in Accounting
Estimates and Errors and then apply
them consistently;
•Make judgements and accounting
estimates that are reasonable and
prudent;
•Present information, including
accounting policies, in a manner that
provides relevant, reliable, comparable
and understandable information;
•Provide additional disclosures when
compliance with the specific
requirements in IFRS or in respect
of the parent company financial
statements (FRS 101) is insufficient
to enable users to understand the
impact of particular transactions, other
events and conditions on the Group’s
financial position and financial
performance;
•In respect of the Group financial
statements, state whether the
accounting standards have been
followed, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in
the financial statements;
•In respect of the parent company
financial statements, state whether
applicable UK Accounting Standards,
including FRS 101, have been followed,
subject to any material departures
disclosed and explained in the financial
statements; and
•Prepare the financial statements on the
going concern basis unless it is
appropriate to presume that the
Company and/or the Group will not
continue in business.
The directors are responsible for keeping
adequate accounting records that are
sufficient to show and explain the
Company’s and Group’s transactions and
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any
time the financial position of the
Company and the group and enable them
to ensure that the Company and the
Group financial statements comply with
the UK Companies Act. They are also
responsible for safeguarding the assets
of the parent company and Group and
hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the
directors are also responsible for
preparing a strategic report, directors’
report, directors’ remuneration report and
corporate governance statement that
comply with that law and those
regulations. The directors are responsible
for the maintenance and integrity of the
corporate and financial information
included on the Investec website.
Directors’ responsibility
statement
The directors, whose names and
functions are set out on pages 127 to 131
of Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic annual report, confirm to the
best of their knowledge:
•That the consolidated financial
statements, prepared in accordance
with UK adopted international
accounting standards and with IFRS as
issued by the IASB, give a true and fair
view of the assets, liabilities, financial
position and profit or loss of the
Company and the undertakings
included in the consolidation taken as a
whole;
•That the annual report, including the
strategic report (as contained in the
Investec Group’s 2023 integrated and
strategic report), includes a fair review
of the development and performance
of the business and the position of the
Company and undertakings included
in the consolidation taken as a whole,
together with a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties that
they face; and
•That they consider that the annual
report, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and
provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Company’s
position, performance, business model
and strategy.
Financial results
The financial results of Investec plc
are set out in the annual financial
statements and accompanying notes
for the year ended 31 March 2023.
The preparation of these results was
supervised by the Investec Group
Finance Director, Nishlan Samujh.
Approval of annual
financial statements
The directors’ report and the annual
financial statements of the Group, and
the Company, which appear on pages
31 to 51 and pages 58 to 193, were
approved by the Board of directors on
27 June 2023.
The directors are responsible for the
maintenance and integrity of the
corporate and financial information
included on the company’s website.
Legislation in the UK governing the
preparation and dissemination of the
annual financial statements may differ
from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Signed on behalf of the Board
Philip Hourquebie
Group Chair
27 June 2023
Fani Titi
Group Chief Executive
27 June 2023
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
54
Opinion
We have audited the special purpose financial statements of
Investec Plc (the Group and Parent Company) for the year
ended 31 March 2023, which comprise the consolidated
balance sheet, consolidated income statement, consolidated
statement of total comprehensive income, consolidated
statement of changes in equity, consolidated cash flow
statement and the related notes 1 to 57 and 58, 59 and 64
excluding the information marked as “unaudited” and the
information in note 65 marked as ‘‘audited’’. The financial
reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation
is a special purpose framework comprising the accounting
policies set out on pages 64 to 75.
These annual financial statements have been prepared to
present the financial position and results of Investec plc and its
subsidiaries as if the contractual arrangements which create the
dual listed company (DLC) structure did not exist and, with this
exception and the exclusion of certain other remuneration and
related party disclosures, are prepared in accordance with UK
adopted international accounting standards. For an
understanding of the financial position, results and cash flows
of the Investec DLC Group, the user is referred to the Investec
annual report 2023 – Investec annual financial statements.
Investec DLC Group consists of two separate legal entities,
being Investec plc and Investec Limited, that operate under
a DLC structure. The effect of the DLC structure is that Investec
plc and its subsidiaries and Investec Limited and its subsidiaries
operate together as a single economic entity, with neither
assuming a dominant role, and accordingly are reported as
a single reporting entity under International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). These Group annual financial statements are
prepared in accordance with UK adopted international
accounting standards and IFRS as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
As explained in the accounting policies set out on pages 64
to 75, these special purpose financial statements have been
prepared to present the financial position, results and cash
flows of Investec plc and its subsidiaries. For the avoidance
of doubt, they exclude Investec Limited and its subsidiaries.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of the
Group for the year ended 31 March 2023 are prepared, in all
material respects, in accordance with the accounting policies
set out on pages 64 to 75.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) including ‘ISA (UK) 800
(Revised) Special Considerations – Audits of Financial
Statements Prepared in Accordance with Special Purpose
Frameworks’.  Our responsibilities under those standards are
further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit
of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are
independent of the Group and Parent Company in accordance
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of
the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial
Reporting Council (FRC) Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these
requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the
directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our
evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s ability
to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting has
included:
•understanding management’s going concern assessment
process, including obtaining an understanding of the business
planning process, assessing the Board approved budgets and
the reasonableness and completeness of assumptions
applied. In assessing these assumptions, we considered the
impact of the current macro-economic environment in which
the Group operates on future operating performance and the
principal risks affecting the Group;
•involving specialists to assess the results of management’s
stress testing, including consideration of principal and
emerging risks on funding, liquidity and regulatory capital.
We performed independent stress testing of capital and
liquidity ratios and evaluated the plausibility of the outcome
under which regulatory minimum requirements would be
breached. In addition, we evaluated the viability of
management actions available to mitigate erosion of capital
and liquidity. We also assessed the impact of the disclosed
proposed combination of Investec Wealth & Investment UK
and Rathbones Group;
•assessed the Group’s compliance with external debt
covenants
•inspecting correspondence with the Prudential Regulatory
Authority (PRA) and Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) for
matters that may impact the going concern assessment; and
•evaluating the appropriateness and conformity of the going
concern disclosure included in the annual report with the
reporting standards and management’s going concern
assessment.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the
Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern for a 12 month period from the date the financial
statements are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections
of this report.  However, because not all future events or
conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee
as to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF INVESTEC PLC
55
Emphasis of Matter - Basis of Accounting
and Restriction on Distribution and Use
We draw attention to the accounting policies set out on pages
64 to 75 of the financial statements, which describe the basis of
accounting. The financial statements are prepared to assist the
board of Investec plc in complying with the financial reporting
provisions of the contractual agreements referred to above. As
a result, the financial statements may not be suitable for
another purpose. Our report is intended solely for the members
of Investec plc in accordance with our engagement letter dated
9 April 2021, and should not be distributed to or used by parties
other than the members of Investec Plc. Our opinion is not
modified in respect of this matter
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the
annual report in sections 1 (pages 2 to 8), section 2 (pages 9 to
51), and pages marked as unaudited in section 3 (pages 52 to
191), other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information
contained within the annual report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the
other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly
stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance
conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing
so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge
obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies
or apparent material misstatements, we are required to
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the
financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of
the other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of directors
Management is responsible for the preparation of the special
purpose financial statements in accordance with the financial
reporting provisions under the contractual arrangements
implementing the dual listed company structure, and for such
internal control as management determines is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, management is
responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting
unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to
cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing
the Group’s financial reporting process.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of
the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable
assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will
always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of
users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Explanation as to what extent the audit was
considered capable of detecting irregularities,
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including
fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to
fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from
error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for
example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through
collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of
detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and
detection of fraud rests with both those charged with
governance of the entity and management.
•We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory
frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined
that the most significant are those that relate to the reporting
framework (UK-adopted IAS and IFRS), the Companies Act
2006 and the UK Corporate Governance Code, the FCA
Listing Rules, regulations and supervisory requirements of the
PRA, FRC, FCA and other overseas regulatory requirements,
and the relevant tax compliance regulations in the
jurisdictions in which the Group operates.
•We understood how the Group and the Parent Company are
complying with these legal and regulatory frameworks by
making enquiries of management, internal audit, and those
responsible for legal and compliance matters. We also
reviewed correspondence between the Group and the Parent
Company and regulatory bodies; reviewed minutes of the
Board, Audit Committee and Risk and Capital Committee; and
gained an understanding of the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s approach to governance.
•For laws and regulations, we considered the extent of
compliance with those laws and regulations as part of our
procedures on the related financial statement items.
•Based on this understanding, we designed our audit
procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and
regulations. Our procedures involved: making enquiry of
those charged with governance and senior management of
their awareness of any non-compliance of laws or
regulations, inquiring about the policies that have been
established to prevent non-compliance with laws and
regulations by officers and employees and inspecting
correspondence with the PRA and FCA.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF INVESTEC PLC
CONTINUED
56
•The Group and the Parent Company operate in the banking
industry which is a highly regulated environment. As such the
Senior Statutory Auditor considered the experience and
expertise of the engagement team to ensure that the team
had the appropriate competence and capabilities, which
included the use of specialists where appropriate.
•We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial
statements to material misstatement, including how fraud
might occur by considering the controls that the Group and
the Parent Company have established to address risks
identified by the Group and the Parent Company, or that
otherwise seek to prevent, deter, or detect fraud.  We also
considered performance incentives and their potential to
influence management to manage earnings.
•Based on this understanding we designed our audit
procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and
regulations identified above. Our procedures involved
inquiries of management, internal audit and those responsible
for legal and compliance matters. In addition, we tested
journal entries using a risk based approach analysing the
general ledger data, with the focus on nonstandard journals.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting
Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities.  This description forms part of our
auditor’s report.
Other matter
Investec plc has prepared a separate set of combined
consolidated statutory financial statements for the year ended 
31 March 2023 in accordance with UK adopted international
accounting standards and IFRS as issued by the IASB, on which
we issued a separate auditor’s report to the shareholders
of Investec plc dated 27 June 2023.
EYMDosanjh.png
Manprit Dosanjh
(Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of
Ernst & Young LLP
London
27 June 2023
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF INVESTEC PLC
CONTINUED
57
For the year to 31 March
£’000
Notes
2023
2022
Interest income
2
1 435 214
718 446
Interest income calculated using effective interest method
1 106 969
618 404
Other interest income
328 245
100 042
Interest expense
2
(698 226)
(235 727)
Net interest income
736 988
482 719
Fee and commission income
3
456 703
510 228
Fee and commission expense
3
(15 442)
(14 913)
Investment income
4
18 223
31 255
Share of post-taxation profit of associates and joint venture holdings
29
4 950
13 878
Trading income/(loss) arising from
–customer flow
87 366
60 372
–balance sheet management and other trading activities
13 134
(7 103)
Other operating income
5
6 879
11 533
Total operating income before expected credit loss impairment charges
1 308 801
1 087 969
Expected credit loss impairment charges
6
(66 752)
(25 159)
Operating income
1 242 049
1 062 810
Operating costs
7
(854 875)
(775 866)
Operating profit before goodwill, acquired intangibles and strategic actions
387 174
286 944
Impairment of goodwill
33
(805)
—
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
34
(12 625)
(12 936)
Closure and rundown of the Hong Kong direct investments business
12
(480)
(1 203)
Operating profit
373 264
272 805
Financial impact of Group restructures
12
(5 340)
(1 017)
Profit before taxation
367 924
271 788
Taxation on operating profit before goodwill, acquired intangibles and strategic actions
10
(76 824)
(37 612)
Taxation on goodwill, acquired intangibles and strategic actions
10
2 031
1 678
Profit after taxation
293 131
235 854
Loss attributable to other non-controlling interests
—
—
Earnings attributable to shareholders
293 131
235 854
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
58
For the year to 31 March
£’000
Notes
2023
2022
Profit after taxation
293 131
235 854
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement:
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges taken directly to other comprehensive income
27 635
—
Gains on realisation of debt instruments at FVOCI recycled through the income statement*
10
(314)
(307)
Fair value movements on debt instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other
comprehensive income*
10
218
(2 276)
Foreign currency adjustments on translating foreign operations
5 738
5 450
Effect of rate change on deferred taxation relating to adjustment for IFRS 9
10
(7)
617
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:
Fair value movements on equity instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other
comprehensive income
10
(76 400)
22 864
Gains attributable to own credit risk*
—
11 059
Movement in post-retirement benefit liabilities
75
40
Total comprehensive income
250 076
273 301
Total comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests
—
—
Total comprehensive income attributable to ordinary shareholders
233 196
256 421
Total comprehensive income attributable to perpetual preference securities and
Other Additional Tier 1 securities
16 880
16 880
Total comprehensive income
250 076
273 301
*Net of £0.2 million tax credit (31 March 2022: £4.2 million tax credit), except for the impact of rate changes on deferred taxation relating to adjustment for IFRS 9 as
shown separately above.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
59
At 31 March
£’000
Notes
2023
2022
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
18
5 400 401
5 379 994
Loans and advances to banks
19
893 297
1 467 770
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
20
1 338 699
1 447 473
Sovereign debt securities
21
1 221 744
1 165 777
Bank debt securities
22
204 691
61 714
Other debt securities
23
697 275
427 761
Derivative financial instruments
24
634 123
693 133
Securities arising from trading activities
25
127 537
163 165
Investment portfolio
26
489 204
694 324
Loans and advances to customers
27
15 567 809
14 426 475
Other loans and advances
27
142 626
122 717
Other securitised assets
28
78 231
93 087
Interests in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings
29
52 320
66 895
Deferred taxation assets
30
112 347
110 377
Current taxation assets
34 324
33 448
Other assets
31
965 449
1 139 439
Property and equipment
32
121 014
155 055
Goodwill
33
255 267
249 836
Software
34
9 415
7 066
Other acquired intangible assets
34
40 550
40 807
28 386 323
27 946 313
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
2 172 171
2 026 601
Derivative financial instruments
24
704 816
863 295
Other trading liabilities
36
28 184
42 944
Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent
20
139 529
154 828
Customer accounts (deposits)
19 121 921
18 293 891
Debt securities in issue
37
1 449 545
1 648 177
Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets
28
81 609
95 885
Current taxation liabilities
5 370
2 460
Other liabilities
38
1 232 729
1 379 327
24 935 874
24 507 408
Subordinated liabilities
39
731 483
758 739
25 667 357
25 266 147
Equity
Ordinary share capital
40
202
202
Ordinary share premium
42
555 812
806 812
Treasury shares
43
(181 797)
(161 522)
Other reserves
(109 679)
(23 914)
Retained income
2 178 683
1 782 961
Ordinary shareholders’ equity
2 443 221
2 404 539
Perpetual preference share capital and premium
41
24 794
24 794
Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests
2 468 015
2 429 333
Other Additional Tier 1 securities in issue
44
250 000
250 000
Non-controlling interests in partially held subsidiaries
45
951
833
Total equity
2 718 966
2 680 166
Total liabilities and equity
28 386 323
27 946 313
fanitit.png
Fani Titi
Group Chief Executive
27 June 2023
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
60
For the year to 31 March
£’000
Notes
2023
2022
Profit before taxation adjusted for non-cash items
47
511 667
367 615
Taxation paid
(75 068)
(49 407)
Increase in operating assets
47
(1 229 997)
(749 706)
Increase in operating liabilities
47
425 009
3 035 217
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities
(368 389)
2 603 719
Cash flow on acquisition of Group operations, net of cash acquired
(9 720)
—
Cash flow on disposal of Group operations and subsidiaries
12
14 274
Derecognition of cash on disposal of subsidiaries
—
(4 152)
Cash flow on net disposal of non-controlling interests
118
443
Cash flow on net disposal/(acquisition) of associates and joint venture holdings
565
(8 780)
Cash flow on acquisition of property, equipment, software and other intangible assets
(11 712)
(4 931)
Cash flow on disposal of property, equipment, software and other intangible assets
23 975
4 273
Net cash inflow from investing activities
3 238
1 127
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders
(88 463)
(63 316)
Dividends paid to other equity holders
(17 420)
(17 227)
Cash flow on acquisition of treasury shares, net of related costs
(36 832)
(47 694)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt
345 590
347 536
Redemption of subordinated debt
(347 926)
(307 962)
Lease liabilities paid
(44 089)
(43 253)
Net cash outflow from financing activities
(189 140)
(131 916)
Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
773
(607)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(553 518)
2 472 323
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
6 841 770
4 369 447
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
6 288 252
6 841 770
Cash and cash equivalents is defined as including:
Cash and balances at central banks
5 400 401
5 379 994
On demand loans and advances to banks
887 851
1 461 776
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
6 288 252
6 841 770
Cash and cash equivalents have a maturity profile of less than three months. Loans and advances to banks with a maturity profile
of greater than three months are £5.4 million (31 March 2022: £6.0 million).
The Group is required to maintain reserve deposits with central banks and other regulatory authorities and these amounted to
£50.5 million (31 March 2022: £43.2 million). These deposits are not available to finance the Group's day-to-day operations.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
61
£’000
Ordinary
share
capital
Ordinary
share
premium
Treasury
shares
At 1 April 2021
202
806 812
(134 185)
Movement in reserves 1 April 2021 – 31 March 2022
Profit after taxation
—
—
—
Effect of rate change on deferred taxation relating to adjustment for IFRS 9
—
—
—
Gains on realisation of debt instruments at FVOCI recycled through the income statement
—
—
—
Fair value movements on debt instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
Fair value movements on equity instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other comprehensive income
—
—
—
Foreign currency adjustments on translating foreign operations
—
—
—
Gains attributable to own credit risk
—
—
—
Movement in post-retirement benefit liabilities
—
—
—
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
—
Share-based payments adjustments
—
—
—
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders
—
—
—
Dividends declared to perpetual preference shareholders
—
—
—
Dividends paid to perpetual preference shareholders
—
—
—
Dividends declared to Other Additional Tier 1 security holders
—
—
—
Dividends paid to Other Additional Tier 1 security holders
—
—
—
Net equity impact of non-controlling interest movements
—
—
—
Movement of treasury shares
—
—
(27 337)
At 31 March 2022
202
806 812
(161 522)
Movement in reserves 1 April 2022 – 31 March 2023
Profit after taxation
—
—
—
Effect of rate change on deferred taxation relating to adjustment for IFRS 9
—
—
—
Gains on realisation of debt instruments at FVOCI recycled through the income statement
—
—
—
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges taken directly to other comprehensive income
—
—
—
Fair value movements on debt instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
Fair value movements on equity instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other comprehensive income
—
—
—
Fair value movements on equity instruments transferred to retained earnings
—
—
—
Foreign currency adjustments on translating foreign operations
—
—
—
Gains attributable to own credit risk
—
—
—
Movement in post-retirement benefit liabilities
—
—
—
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
—
Share-based payments adjustments
—
—
—
Employee benefit liability recognised
—
—
—
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders
—
—
—
Dividends declared to perpetual preference shareholders
—
—
—
Dividends paid to perpetual preference shareholders
—
—
—
Dividends declared to Other Additional Tier 1 security holders
—
—
—
Dividends paid to Other Additional Tier 1 security holders
—
—
—
Transfer from share premium to retained income
—
(251 000)
—
Distribution to shareholders
—
—
—
Net equity impact of non-controlling interest movements
—
—
—
Movement of treasury shares
—
—
(20 275)
At 31 March 2023
202
555 812
(181 797)
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
62
Other reserves
Capital
reserve
account
Fair value
reserve
Cash
flow
hedge
reserve
Foreign
currency
reserves
Own
credit
reserve
Retained
income
Ordinary
shareholders'
equity
Perpetual
preference
share
capital and
premium
Shareholders'
equity
excluding
non-controlling
interests
Other
Additional
Tier 1
securities
in issue
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
(195 383)
139 841
—
1 579
(11 723)
1 624 130
2 231 273
24 794
2 256 067
250 000
390
2 506 457
—
—
—
—
—
235 854
235 854
—
235 854
—
—
235 854
—
(47)
—
—
664
—
617
—
617
—
—
617
—
(307)
—
—
—
—
(307)
—
(307)
—
—
(307)
—
(2 276)
—
—
—
—
(2 276)
—
(2 276)
—
—
(2 276)
—
22 864
—
—
—
—
22 864
—
22 864
—
—
22 864
—
—
—
5 450
—
—
5 450
—
5 450
—
—
5 450
—
—
—
—
11 059
—
11 059
—
11 059
—
—
11 059
—
—
—
—
—
40
40
—
40
—
—
40
—
20 234
—
5 450
11 723
235 894
273 301
—
273 301
—
—
273 301
—
—
—
—
—
3 480
3 480
—
3 480
—
—
3 480
—
—
—
—
—
(63 316)
(63 316)
—
(63 316)
—
—
(63 316)
—
—
—
—
—
(347)
(347)
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(347)
(347)
—
—
(347)
—
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
(16 880)
—
(16 880)
16 880
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
—
(16 880)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
443
443
4 365
—
—
—
—
—
(22 972)
—
(22 972)
—
—
(22 972)
(191 018)
160 075
—
7 029
—
1 782 961
2 404 539
24 794
2 429 333
250 000
833
2 680 166
—
—
—
—
—
293 131
293 131
—
293 131
—
—
293 131
—
(7)
—
—
—
—
(7)
—
(7)
—
—
(7)
—
(314)
—
—
—
—
(314)
—
(314)
—
—
(314)
—
—
27 635
—
—
—
27 635
—
27 635
—
—
27 635
—
218
—
—
—
—
218
—
218
—
—
218
—
(76 400)
—
—
—
—
(76 400)
—
(76 400)
—
—
(76 400)
—
(48 318)
—
—
—
48 318
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5 738
—
—
5 738
—
5 738
—
—
5 738
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
75
75
—
75
—
—
75
—
(124 821)
27 635
5 738
—
341 524
250 076
—
250 076
—
—
250 076
—
—
—
—
—
5 095
5 095
—
5 095
—
—
5 095
—
—
—
—
—
(4 540)
(4 540)
—
(4 540)
—
—
(4 540)
—
—
—
—
—
(88 463)
(88 463)
—
(88 463)
—
—
(88 463)
—
—
—
—
—
(540)
(540)
540
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(540)
(540)
—
—
(540)
—
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
(16 880)
—
(16 880)
16 880
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
—
(16 880)
—
—
—
—
—
251 000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(91 474)
(91 474)
—
(91 474)
—
—
(91 474)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
118
118
5 683
—
—
—
—
—
(14 592)
—
(14 592)
—
—
(14 592)
(185 335)
35 254
27 635
12 767
—
2 178 683
2 443 221
24 794
2 468 015
250 000
951
2 718 966
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
CONTINUED
63
Basis of presentation
These annual financial statements have been prepared to
present the financial position and results of Investec plc and its
subsidiaries as if the contractual arrangements which create the
dual listed company (DLC) structure did not exist and, with the
exception of certain other remuneration and related party
disclosures, are prepared in accordance with UK adopted
international accounting standards. For an understanding of the
financial position, results and cash flows of the Investec DLC
Group, the user is referred to Investec’s integrated annual
report.
Investec DLC Group consists of two separate legal entities,
being Investec plc and Investec Limited, that operate under
a DLC structure. The effect of the DLC structure is that Investec
plc and its subsidiaries and Investec Limited and its subsidiaries
operate together as a single economic entity, with neither
assuming a dominant role, and accordingly are reported as a
single reporting entity under International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS).
These Group annual financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with UK adopted international accounting
standards and with IFRS as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
The Group annual financial statements have been prepared
on a historical cost basis, except for debt instruments at FVOCI,
derivative financial instruments, financial assets and financial
liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss or subject
to hedge accounting.
As stated on page 44, the directors consider that it is
appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis
in preparing the financial statements.
The accounting policies adopted by the Group are consistent
with the prior year.
Presentation of information
Disclosure under IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures
and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements: relating
to the nature and extent of risks have been included in the
notes to risk and capital management on pages 139 to 181.
Certain disclosures required under IAS 24 Related Party
Disclosures have been included in the section marked as
audited in the remuneration report which forms part of the
Investec Group's integrated annual report.
Basis of consolidation
As discussed above, these annual financial statements have
been prepared to present the financial position and results
of Investec plc and its subsidiaries as if the contractual
arrangements which create the DLC structure did not exist.
All subsidiaries or structured entities are consolidated when the
Group controls an investee. The Group controls an investee if it
is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns from its
involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the investee. The financial
results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated annual
financial statements of the Group from the date on which
control is obtained until the date the Group can no longer
demonstrate control.
The Group performs a reassessment of control whenever there
is a change in the substance of the relationship between the
Group and an investee. A change in the ownership interest
of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as
an equity transaction.
If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the
related assets (including goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling
interest and other components of equity, while any resultant
gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any investment
retained is recognised at fair value.
The Group also holds investments, for example, in private equity
investments, which give rise to significant, but not majority,
voting rights. Assessing these voting rights and whether the
Group controls these entities requires judgement that affects
the date at which subsidiaries are consolidated
or deconsolidated.
Entities, other than subsidiary undertakings, in which the Group
exercises significant influence or joint control over operating
and financial policies, are treated as interests in associated
undertakings and joint venture holdings. Interests in associated
undertakings and joint venture holdings are accounted for using
the equity method from the date that significant influence or
joint control commences until the date that significant influence
or joint control ceases. In circumstances where interests in
associated undertakings and joint venture holdings arise in
which the Group has no strategic intention, these investments
are classified as ‘venture capital’ holdings and are elected as
held at fair value through profit or loss.
For equity accounted associates and joint venture holdings, the
consolidated annual financial statements include the
attributable share of the results and reserves of associated
undertakings and joint venture holdings. The Group’s interests
in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings are
included in the consolidated balance sheet at cost plus the
post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the net assets
of the associated undertakings and joint venture holdings.
The consolidated balance sheet reflects the associated
undertakings and joint venture holdings net of accumulated
impairment losses.
All intergroup balances, transactions and unrealised gains or
losses within the Group that do not reflect an impairment to the
asset are eliminated in full regarding subsidiaries and to the
extent of the interest in associated undertakings and joint
venture holdings.
Segmental reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that
engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues
and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that
relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other
components, where operating results are reviewed regularly
by chief operating decision-makers who are considered to be
executive members of the Board and for which discrete
financial information is available.
The Group’s segmental reporting is presented in the form of a
business analysis. The business analysis is presented in terms
of the Group’s four principal business divisions namely, Wealth &
Investment, Private Banking, Corporate, Investment Banking,
and Other and Group Investments.
Group costs that are disclosed separately largely relate to
Group brand and marketing costs and a portion of executive
and support functions which are associated with Group-level
activities. These costs are not incurred by the operating
divisions and are necessary to support the operational
functioning of the Group.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
64
Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition
method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the
aggregate of the consideration transferred, at the acquisition
date fair value and the amount of any prior non-controlling
interest in the acquiree. For each business combination, the
Group measures the non-controlling interest in the acquiree
either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the
acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition costs incurred are
expensed immediately in the income statement.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial
assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and
the designation in accordance with the contractual terms,
economic circumstances and pertinent conditions at the
acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded
derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the
acquisition date fair value of the Group’s previously held equity
interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at each
acquisition date through the income statement.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group
will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date.
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent
consideration, which is deemed to be an asset or liability, will be
recognised in accordance with IFRS 9, either in the income
statement or as a change to other comprehensive income. If the
contingent consideration is classified as equity, it will not be
remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the
aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount
recognised for non-controlling interest over the net identifiable
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration and
amount recognised for non-controlling interest is less than the
fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired, the discount
on acquisition is recognised directly in the income statement as
a gain in the year of acquisition.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any
accumulated impairment losses. The Group tests goodwill
acquired in a business combination for impairment annually,
irrespective of whether an indication of impairment exists and in
accordance with IAS 36.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a
business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to
each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to
benefit from the combination.
Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit, and part of
the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill
associated with the operation disposed of is included in the
carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or
loss on disposal of the operation.
Goodwill disposed of in these circumstances is measured based
on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the
portion of the cash-generating units retained.
Share-based payments to employees
The Group engages in equity-settled share-based payments in
respect of services received from employees.
The fair value of the services received in respect of equity-
settled share-based payments is determined by reference to
the fair value of the shares or share options on the date of grant
to the employee. The cost of the share-based payment,
together with a corresponding increase in equity, is recognised
in the income statement over the period the service conditions
of the grant are met, with the amount changing according to the
number of awards expected to vest. The cumulative expense
recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting
date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the
vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the
number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.
Fair value measurements are based on option pricing models,
taking into account the risk-free interest rate, volatility of the
underlying equity instrument, expected dividends and share
prices at grant date.
Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the
minimum expense recognised in staff costs is the expense as if
the terms had not been modified. An additional expense is
recognised for any modification which increases the total fair
value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise
beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of
modification.
The loss of control of an employing subsidiary of the Group
gives rise to an acceleration of the equity-settled share-based
payments charge for the related employees and, on loss of
control, the Group recognises the amount that would have been
recognised for the award if it remained in place on its original
terms.
Employee benefits
The Group operates various defined contribution schemes.
In respect of the defined contribution schemes, all employer
contributions are charged to the income statement as incurred,
in accordance with the rules of the scheme, and included under
staff costs.
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related
service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount
expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or
constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past
service provided by the employee and the obligation can be
estimated reliably.
The long-term employment benefits liability relates to the
obligation of the Investec Group to deliver ordinary shares
of Ninety One plc and Ninety One Limited to employees over
a predetermined vesting period. The fair value of this liability
is calculated by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing
model at each reporting date. The changes in fair value will
be recognised as an employee benefit expense. The liability
is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.
The Group has no liabilities for other post-retirement benefits.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
65
Foreign currency transactions and foreign
operations
The presentation currency of the Group is Pound Sterling, being
the functional currency of Investec plc.
Foreign operations are subsidiaries, interests in associated
undertakings and joint venture holdings or branches of the
Group, the activities of which are based in a functional currency
other than that of the reporting entity. The functional currency
of Group entities is determined based on the primary economic
environment in which the entity operates.
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional
currency of the entity in which the transactions arise based on
rates of exchange ruling at the date of the transactions.
At each balance sheet date foreign currency items are
translated as follows:
•Monetary items (other than monetary items that form part of
the net investment in a foreign operation) are translated using
closing rates, with gains or losses recognised in the income
statement
•Exchange differences arising on monetary items that form
part of the net investment in a foreign operation are
determined using closing rates and recognised as a separate
component of equity (foreign currency translation reserve)
upon consolidation and are reclassified to the income
statement upon disposal of the net investment
•Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost are
translated using the exchange rates ruling at the date of the
transaction.
On consolidation, the results and financial position of foreign
operations are translated into the presentation currency of the
Group, as follows:
•Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are
translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet
•Income and expense items are translated at exchange rates
ruling at the date of the transaction
•All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other
comprehensive income (foreign currency translation reserve),
which is recognised in the income statement on disposal of
the foreign operation
•Cash flow items are translated at the exchange rates ruling at
the date of the transactions.
On loss of control or disposal of a foreign operation, the
cumulative amount of the exchange differences relating to that
foreign operation recognised in other comprehensive income is
reclassified from equity to profit or loss and included in the
profit on loss of control.
Revenue recognition
Revenue consists of interest income, fee and commission
income, investment income, trading income arising from
customer flow, trading income arising from balance sheet
management and other trading activities, share of post-taxation
profit of associates and joint venture holdings and other
operating income.
Interest income on debt instruments at amortised cost or FVOCI
is recognised in the income statement using the effective
interest method. Calculation of the effective interest rate takes
into account fees payable or receivable that are an integral part
of the instrument's yield, premiums or discounts on acquisition
or issue, early redemption fees and transaction costs.
The effective interest method is based on the estimated life of
the underlying instrument and, where this estimate is not readily
available, the contractual life. Interest on instruments at fair
value through profit or loss is recognised based on the
contractual rates.
Fee and commission income includes revenue from contracts
with customers earned from providing advisory services as well
as portfolio management.
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised in
accordance with five steps to: identify the contract; identify the
performance obligations; determine the transaction price;
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations;
and recognise revenue when the performance obligations are
satisfied.
Investment advisory and management fees are earned over the
period in which the services are provided. Performance fees
can be variable and recognition is constrained until such time as
it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur and the services
related to the transactions have been completed under the
terms of the contract.
Investment income includes income, other than margin from
securities held for the purpose of generating interest yield,
dividends and capital appreciation.
Customer flow trading income includes income from trading
activities arising from making and facilitating client activities.
Trading income arising from balance sheet management and
other trading activities consists of proprietary trading income
and other gains or losses arising from balance sheet
management.
Trading profit includes the unrealised profit on trading
portfolios, which are marked-to-market daily. Equity
investments received in lieu of corporate finance fees are
included in investment portfolio and valued accordingly.
Dividend income is recognised when the Group’s right to
receive payment is established and the cash is received.
Included in other operating income is incidental rental income,
gains on realisation of properties, operating lease income,
income from interests in associated undertakings and revenue
from other investments. Operating costs associated with these
investments are included in operating costs in the income
statement.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
66
Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date in the principal
or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which
the Group has access at that date. The fair value of an asset
or a liability reflects its non-performance risk.
When available, the Group measures the fair value of an
instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that
instrument.
A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset
or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume
to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group
uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant
observable inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs.
The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors
that market participants would take into account in pricing
a transaction.
If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has a bid price
and an ask price, then the Group measures assets and long
positions at a bid price and liabilities and short positions at
an ask price.
The Group classifies disclosed fair values according to
a hierarchy that reflects the significance of observable market
inputs.
A transfer is made between the hierarchy levels when the
inputs have changed or there has been a change in the
valuation method. Transfers are deemed to occur at the end
of each semi-annual reporting period.
Financial instruments
Financial instruments are initially recognised at their fair value.
For financial assets or financial liabilities not held at fair value
through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial assets
or financial liabilities are included in the initial measurement.
All other transaction costs are recorded in the income
statement immediately. Regular way purchase and sales
transactions in respect of financial assets that require delivery
of a financial instrument within the time frame established by
market convention are recorded at trade date.
Business model assessment
For financial assets, IFRS 9 requires that a business model
assessment is carried out which reflects how the Group
manages the assets in order to generate cash flows. The
assessment is at a portfolio level, being the level at which the
portfolio is managed. Factors considered by the Group in
determining the business model for a Group of assets include
past experience on how the cash flows for these assets were
collected, how the assets’ performance is evaluated and
reported and how risks are assessed and managed.
The standard sets out different types of business models:
▪Hold to collect: it is intended to hold the asset to maturity to
earn interest, collecting repayments of principal and interest
from the customer. These assets are accounted for at
amortised cost
▪Hold to collect and sell: this model is similar to the hold to
collect model, except that the entity may elect to sell some
or all of the assets before maturity to achieve the objectives
of the business model. These assets are accounted for at
FVOCI
▪Hold to sell/managed on a fair value basis: the entity
originates or purchases an asset with the intention of
disposing of it in the short or medium term to benefit from
capital appreciation or the portfolio is managed on a fair value
basis. These assets are accounted for at FVPL.
However, the Group may make the following irrevocable
election/designation at initial recognition of a financial asset
on an asset-by-asset basis:
▪Elect to present subsequent changes in fair value of an equity
investment that is neither held for trading nor contingent
consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business
combination to which IFRS 3 applies, in OCI
▪A debt instrument that meets the amortised cost or FVOCI
criteria as measured at FVPL if doing so eliminates or
significantly reduces an accounting mismatch (referred
to as the fair value option).
The classification into one of these categories is based on the
Group’s business model for managing the assets and the
contractual cash flow characteristics of the assets.
Solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI)
Where the business model is to hold assets to collect
contractual cash flows or to collect contractual cash flows
and sell, the Group assesses whether the assets’ cash flows
represent solely payments of principal and interest (the
SPPI test). In making this assessment, the Group considers
whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic
lending arrangement (i.e. interest includes only consideration
for the time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks
and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending
arrangement). Where the contractual terms introduce exposure
to risk or volatility that are inconsistent with a basic lending
arrangement, the related asset is classified and measured
at FVPL.
Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered
in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows
are solely payments of principal and interest.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
67
Financial assets and liabilities measured at
amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect the contractual cash
flows and that contain contractual terms that give rise to cash
flows that are solely payments of principal and interest, such
as most loans and advances to banks and customers and some
debt securities, are measured at amortised cost. In addition,
most financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost.
The Group may commit to provide a loan which has not yet
been drawn. When the loan that arises from the lending
commitment is expected to meet the criteria to be measured
at amortised cost, the undrawn commitment is also considered
to be and is included in the impairment calculation.
The carrying value of these financial assets at initial recognition
includes any directly attributable transaction costs. If the initial
fair value is lower than the cash amount advanced, such as in
the case of some leveraged finance and syndicated lending
activities, the difference is deferred and recognised over the life
of the loan through the recognition of interest income, unless
the loan is credit impaired.
Financial assets measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
Financial assets held for a business model that is achieved
by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and that
contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates
to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest
are measured at FVOCI. They are recognised on the trade date
when the Group enters into contractual arrangements to
purchase and are normally derecognised when they are either
sold or redeemed.
They are subsequently remeasured at fair value and changes
therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest
income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses)
are recognised in other comprehensive income until the assets
are sold. Upon disposal, the cumulative gains or losses in other
comprehensive income are recognised in the income statement
as ‘Gains less losses arising from derecognition of debt
instruments measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income’.
Financial assets measured at FVOCI are included in the
impairment calculations set out below and impairment
is recognised in profit or loss.
Equity instruments measured at FVOCI
The Group measures equity instruments at FVOCI when it
considers the investments to be strategic or held for long-term
dividend yield. The equity instruments are not held for trading.
Gains or losses on the derecognition of these equity securities
are not transferred to profit or loss.
Otherwise, equity instruments are measured at fair value
through profit or loss (except for dividend income, which is
recognised in profit or loss).
Impairment of financial assets held at amortised
cost or FVOCI
At each balance sheet date, each financial asset or portfolio
of advances categorised at amortised cost or at FVOCI, issued
financial guarantee and loan commitment is measured for
ECL impairment.
The costs of loss allowances on assets held at amortised cost
and at FVOCI are presented as impairments in the income
statement. Allowances in respect of financial guarantees and
loan commitments are presented as other liabilities and charges
recorded within income statement impairments. Financial assets
held at amortised cost are presented net of allowances, except
where the asset has been wholly or partially written off.
Stage 1
Financial assets that are considered performing and have not
had a significant increase in credit risk are reported as Stage 1
assets. Stage 1 financial assets have loss allowances measured
at an amount equal to a 12-month ECL.
Stage 2
Financial assets are considered to be in Stage 2 when their
credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition.
A loss allowance equivalent to a lifetime ECL is required
to be held.
The Group’s primary indicator for Stage 2 assets are distressed
loans, potential problem loans and exposures in arrears that
require additional attention and supervision from watchlist
committees and are under management review.
Assets in forbearance are considered to be, at a minimum,
Stage 2. Forbearance measures refer to concessions such
as modification of the terms and conditions or refinancing
that has been granted to a debtor in financial difficulty.
These exposures are assessed on a case-by-case basis
to determine whether the proposed modifications will be
considered as forbearance. Where the Credit Committee
considers it likely that the client will be able to return to perform
against the original contractual obligations within a reasonable
time frame these assets will be considered performing and
in Stage 2. Forbearance is distinguished from commercial
renegotiations which take place as part of normal business
activity and standard banking practice.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
68
In addition to loans under management review, an asset may
also move from Stage 1 to Stage 2 if the model calculated
probability of default (PD) has significantly increased since
origination. This is tested on both a relative and absolute basis
to assess whether a significant deterioration in lifetime risk of
default has occurred. There is a common definition across the
Bank’s exposures regarding what constitutes a significant PD
movement. The test involves both an absolute and relative
movement threshold. An asset is considered to have been
subjected to a significant increase in credit risk if the
appropriate PD has doubled relative to the value at origination
and on an absolute basis has increased by more than 1%. Any
asset with an original rating that is classified as investment
grade will be judged to have had a significant movement if the
new PD would classify it as sub-investment grade and the
equivalent rating has moved by more than three notches.
The Group adopts the view that all financial assets that are
more than 30 days past due have experienced a significant
increase in credit risk.
Exposures move back to Stage 1 once they no longer meet the
criteria above for a significant increase in credit risk and as cure
periods (specifically relating to forborne exposures) are met.
Stage 3
Financial assets are included in Stage 3 when there is objective
evidence of credit impairment. The Group assesses a loan as
Stage 3 when contractual payments of either principal or
interest are past due for more than 90 days, the debtor is
assessed as unlikely to pay and credit impaired, or the loan is
otherwise considered to be in default, for example, due to the
appointment of an administrator or the client is in receivership.
Forborne loans that are considered non-performing, for
example, if a loan is not expected to meet the original
contractual obligations in a reasonable time frame, the loan will
be classified as Stage 3. Loans which are 90 days or more past
due are considered to be in default.
The Group calculates the credit adjusted effective interest rate
on Stage 3 assets, which is calculated based on the amortised
cost of the financial asset (i.e. gross carrying amount less ECL
allowance) instead of its gross carrying amount and
incorporates the impact of the ECLs in estimated future cash
flows.
Definition of default
The Group has aligned the IFRS 9 and regulatory definitions of
default, credit impaired and non-performing exposure. Assets
that are more than 90 days past due, or considered by
management as unlikely to pay their obligations in full without
realisation of collateral are considered as exposures in default.
ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are
required to be unbiased, probability-weighted and should
incorporate all available information relevant to the assessment,
including information about past events, current conditions and
reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions
at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL should
take into account the time value of money. As a result, the
recognition and measurement of impairment is intended to be
forward‑looking and therefore, potentially volatile.
Write-offs
The Group has developed specific guidelines on write-off aimed
at granting full compliance with IFRS 9 and the document
'Guidance to banks on non-performing loans' issued by the
European Central Bank.
A loan or advance is normally written off in full against the
related ECL impairment allowance when the proceeds from
realising any available security have been received or there is a
reasonable amount of certainty that the exposure will not be
recovered. This is assessed on a case-by-case basis with
considerations to indicators such as whether the exposure has
been restructured or the given financial position of the borrower
and guarantors. Any recoveries of amounts previously written
off decrease the amount of impairment losses.
Process to determine ECL
ECLs are calculated using three main components:
•A probability of default (PD)
•A loss given default (LGD)
•The exposure at default (EAD).
The 12-month and lifetime PDs represent the probability of a
default occurring over the next 12 months or the lifetime of the
financial exposures, respectively, based on conditions existing
at the balance sheet date and future forecast macro-economic
conditions that affect credit risk.
The LGD represents losses expected on default, taking into
account the mitigating effect of collateral, its expected value
when realised and the time value of money.The forecast value
for the collateral is also affected by the range of forward-
looking probability-weighted macro-economic scenarios.
The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into
account the repayment of principal and interest from the
balance sheet date to the default event together with any
expected drawdown of a committed facility.
The calculation of the 12-month ECL is based on the 12-month
PD and LGD along with the EAD and EIR for the asset. Lifetime
ECL is calculated using the lifetime PD curve, and the
appropriate LGDs and EADs and discount rates derived from
the EIR based on the remaining life of the financial asset.
Expert judgement models or appropriate proxies for PD’s are
also utilised for certain portfolios where the ECL is found to be
minimal, either due to the portfolio’s small relative size or the
low default nature of these portfolios, such as cash and
balances held at central banks.
Management adjustments are made to modelled output to
account for situations where additional information and known
or expected risk factors have not been captured in the
modelling process.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
69
Financial assets and liabilities held at fair value
through profit or loss (FVPL)
Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss
include all instruments classified as held for trading, those
instruments designated as held at fair value through profit
or loss and those financial assets which do not meet the criteria
for amortised cost or FVOCI.
Financial instruments classified as FVPL are initially recorded
at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in fair value
subsequently recognised in the income statement. Financial
instruments are classified as held for trading when they are
held with the intention of short-term disposal, held with the
intention of generating short-term profit, or are derivatives
which are not designated as part of effective hedges. Financial
instruments designated as held at fair value through profit
or loss are designated as such on initial recognition of the
instrument and remain in this classification until derecognition.
Financial assets and liabilities are designated as held at fair
value through profit or loss only if:
•They eliminate or significantly reduce a measurement or
recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from
measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains and
losses on them on different bases; or
•A Group of financial liabilities or both financial assets and
financial liabilities is managed and their performances
evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a
documented risk management or investment strategy and
information about the Group is provided internally on that
basis to the Group’s key management personnel; or
•A financial liability contract contains one or more embedded
derivatives (which significantly modifies the cash flows that
would be required by the contract and is not clearly
prohibited from separation from the host contract) and the
Group has designated the entire hybrid contract as a financial
instrument at fair value through profit or loss.
Changes in own credit risk on financial liabilities designated
at fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income.
Any other changes are recognised in the income statement.
Securitisation/credit investment and trading
activities exposures
The Group makes use of securitisation vehicles as a source
of finance, as a means of risk transfer and to leverage returns
through the retention of equity tranches in low default rate
portfolios. The Group predominantly focuses on the
securitisation of residential and commercial mortgages and
lease receivables. The Group also trades in structured credit
investments.
The structured entities are consolidated under IFRS 10
Consolidated Financial Statements when the Group has
exposure to, or rights to, variable returns from its involvement
with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns
through its power over the investee.
Loans and advances that are originated are transferred to
structured entities, and the structured entities issue debt
securities to external investors to fund the purchase of the
securitised assets. When the Group consolidates the structured
entity, the Group recognises the assets and liabilities on a gross
basis. When the Group does not consolidate the structured
entity, the securitised assets are derecognised and only any
position still held by the Group in the structured entity is
reflected.
Day-one profit or loss
When the transaction price differs from the fair value of other
observable current market transactions in the same instrument
or based on the valuation technique whose variables include
only data from observable markets, the difference between the
transaction price and fair value is recognised immediately in the
income statement.
In cases where fair value is determined using data which is not
observable, the difference between the transaction price and
model value is only recognised in the income statement when
the inputs become observable, or when the instrument is
derecognised or over the life of the transaction.
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
A financial asset, or a portion thereof, is derecognised when the
Group’s rights to cash flows have expired or when the Group
has transferred its rights to cash flows relating to the financial
assets and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all
the risks and rewards associated with the financial assets or (b)
the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all
the risks and rewards associated with the financial assets but
has transferred control of the assets.
The treatment of a renegotiation or modification of the
contractual cash flows of a financial asset depends upon
whether the modification is done for commercial reasons,
in which case if they are significant the old asset is
derecognised and a new asset recognised, or because
of financial difficulties of the borrower. Where such
modifications are solely due to IBOR reform and result in an
interest rate which is economically equivalent, they are treated
as a change to the floating rate of interest and so do not result
in any adjustment to the carrying value of the asset.
A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished,
that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expired.
When an existing financial liability is replaced or modified with
substantially different terms, such a replacement or
modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability
and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the
respective carrying amounts is recognised in the income
statement.
Reclassification of financial instruments
Financial assets are only reclassified where there has been
a change in business model. Financial liabilities cannot be
reclassified.
Derivative instruments
All derivative instruments of the Group are recorded on the
balance sheet at fair value positive and negative fair values are
reported as assets and liabilities, respectively.
Derivative positions are entered into either for trading purposes
or as part of the Group’s asset and liability management
activities to manage exposures to interest rate and foreign
currency risks. Both realised and unrealised profit or losses
arising on derivatives are recognised in the income statement
as part of trading income (other than circumstances in which
cash flow hedging is applied as detailed in the hedge
accounting section below).
Derivative instruments entered into as economic hedges which
do not qualify for hedge accounting and derivatives that are
entered into for trading purposes are treated in the same way
as instruments that are held for trading.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
70
Credit derivatives are entered into for trading purposes. Credit
derivatives are initially recognised at their fair values, being the
transaction price of the derivative. Subsequently the derivatives
are carried at fair value, with movements in fair value through
the income statement, based on the current market price or
remeasured price. The counterparty risk from derivative
transactions is taken into account when reporting the fair value
of derivative positions. The adjustment to the fair value is
known as the credit value adjustment (CVA).
Hedge accounting
When the Group first implemented IFRS 9, it made an election
to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of
IAS 39 as an accounting policy.
The Group applies either fair value or cash flow hedge or hedge
accounting of net investments in foreign operations accounting
when the transactions meet the specified hedge accounting
criteria.
To qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the Group ensures
that all of the following conditions are met:
•At inception of the hedge, the Group formally documents the
relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged
item(s) including the risk management objectives and the
strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction. Also at the
inception of the hedge relationship, a formal assessment
is undertaken to ensure the hedging instrument is expected
to be highly effective in offsetting the designated risk in the
hedged item. A hedge is expected to be highly effective if the
changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged
risk during the period for which the hedge is designated are
expected to offset in a range of 80% to 125%
•For cash flow hedges, a forecasted transaction that is the
subject of the hedge must be highly probable and must
present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could
ultimately affect the income statement
•The effectiveness of the hedge can be reliably measured,
i.e. the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item that are
attributable to the hedged risk and the fair value of the
hedging instrument can be reliably measured
•The hedge effectiveness is assessed on an ongoing basis
and determined actually to have been highly effective
throughout the financial reporting periods for which the
hedge was designated.
For qualifying fair value hedges, the change in fair value of the
hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement.
Changes in fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to
the hedged risk are also recognised in the income statement.
For qualifying cash flow hedges in respect of non-financial assets
and liabilities, the change in fair value of the hedging instrument
relating to the effective portion is initially recognised directly in
other comprehensive income in the cash flow hedge reserve and
is included in the initial cost of any asset/liability recognised or in
all other cases released to the income statement when the
hedged firm commitment or forecasted transaction affects net
profit. If the forecast transaction or firm commitment is no longer
expected to occur, the balance included in other comprehensive
income is reclassified to the income statement immediately and
recognised in trading income from balance sheet management
and other trading activities.
For qualifying cash flow hedges in respect of financial assets
and liabilities, the change in fair value of the hedging
instrument, which represents an effective hedge, is initially
recognised in other comprehensive income and is reclassified
to the income statement in the same period during which the
relevant financial asset or liability affects the income statement.
Any ineffective portion of the hedge is immediately recognised
in the income statement.
For qualifying hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation,
including a hedge of a monetary item that is accounted for as
part of the net investment, changes in the fair value of the
hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the
hedge are recognised in other comprehensive income while any
gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognised
in the income statement. On disposal of the foreign operation,
the cumulative value of any such gain or loss recorded in other
comprehensive income is reclassified to the income statement.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when it is determined that
the instrument ceases to be highly effective as a hedge; when
the derivative expires, or is sold, terminated or exercised; when
the hedged item matures or is sold or repaid; when a forecasted
transaction is no longer deemed highly probable or when the
designation as a hedge is revoked.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk,
including but not limited to the discount rates used for calculating
the fair value of derivatives, hedges using instruments with a non-
fair value, and notional and timing differences between the zero
hedged items and hedging instruments.
The Group applies the IBOR reform Phase 1 reliefs to hedging
relationships directly affected by IBOR reform. A hedging
relationship is affected if IBOR reform gives rise to uncertainties
about the timing and/or amount of benchmark-based cash
flows of the hedged item or the hedging instrument. The reliefs
require that for the purpose of determining whether a forecast
transaction is highly probable, it is assumed that the IBOR
on which the hedged cash flows are based is not altered as a
result of IBOR reform.
IBOR reform Phase 1 requires that for hedging relationships
affected by IBOR reform, the Group must assume that for the
purpose of assessing expected future hedge effectiveness, the
interest rate is not altered as a result of IBOR reform. Also, the
Group is not required to discontinue the hedging relationship
if the results of the assessment of retrospective hedge
effectiveness fall outside the range of 80% to 125%, although
any hedge ineffectiveness must be recognised in profit or loss,
as normal.
The reliefs cease to apply once certain conditions are met.
These include when the uncertainty arising from IBOR reform
is no longer present with respect to the timing and amount of
the benchmark-based cash flows of the hedged item, if the
hedging relationship is discontinued or once amounts in the
cash flow hedge reserve have been released.
The Group also applies the IBOR reform Phase 2. IBOR reform
Phase 2 provides temporary reliefs that allow the Group’s
hedging relationships to continue upon the replacement of an
existing interest rate benchmark with an RFR. The reliefs require
the Group to amend the hedge designations and hedge
documentation and are set out above.
Refer to page 172 for more detail on the impact of IBOR reform
in the prior period.
Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are offset when there is both an
intention to settle on a net basis (or simultaneously) and a
currently enforceable legal right to offset exists.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
71
Issued debt and equity financial instruments
Financial instruments issued by the Group are classified as
liabilities if they contain a contractual obligation to deliver cash
or another financial asset.
Financial instruments issued by the Group are classified as
equity where they confer on the holder a residual interest in the
Group, and the Group has no obligation to deliver either cash or
another financial asset to the holder. The components of
compound issued financial instruments are accounted for
separately with the liability component separated first and any
residual amount being allocated to the equity component.
Equity instruments issued by subsidiaries of Investec plc are
recorded as non-controlling interests on the balance sheet.
Equity instruments are initially measured net of directly
attributable issue costs.
Treasury shares represent Investec plc shares repurchased by
the Group which have not been cancelled. Treasury shares are
deducted from shareholders’ equity and represent the purchase
consideration, including directly attributable costs. Where
treasury shares are subsequently sold or reissued, net proceeds
received are included in shareholders’ equity.
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction
from equity at the earlier of payment date or the date that it is
approved by Investec plc shareholders.
Sale and repurchase agreements
(including securities borrowing and
lending)
Securities sold subject to a commitment to repurchase, at a
fixed price or a selling price plus a lender’s return, remain
on-balance sheet. Proceeds received are recorded as a liability
on the balance sheet under ‘repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities lent’. Securities that are purchased under
a commitment to resell the securities at a future date are not
recognised on the balance sheet. The consideration paid is
recognised as an asset under ‘reverse repurchase agreements
and cash collateral on securities borrowed’.
Where sovereign debt securities have been purchased at the
same time as derivatives with the same counterparty, such that
the combined position has the economic substance similar to
secured lending, an asset is recognised under ‘reverse repurchase
agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed’..
The difference between the sale and repurchase prices is
treated as interest expense and is accrued over the life of the
agreement using the effective interest method.
Securities borrowing transactions that are not cash collateralised
are not included on the balance sheet. Securities lending and
borrowing transactions which are cash collateralised are
accounted for in the same manner as securities sold or purchased
subject to repurchase commitments.
Financial guarantees
Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Group are those
contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the
holder for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to
make a payment when due, in accordance with the terms of a
debt instrument. Financial guarantees are initially recognised at
fair value, adjusted for the transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the issuance of the guarantee.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability under each
guarantee is measured at the higher of the amount recognised
less cumulative amount of income recognised in accordance
with IFRS 15 and the best estimate of expected credit loss
calculated for the financial guarantee. Subsequent to initial
measurement, all changes in the balance sheet carrying value
are recognised in the income statement.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation and impairments.
Cost is the cash equivalent paid or the fair value of the
consideration given to acquire an asset and includes other
expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of
the asset.
Depreciation is provided on the depreciable amount of each
component on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life
of the asset.
The depreciable amount related to each asset is determined as
the difference between the cost and the residual value of the
asset. The residual value is the estimated amount, net of disposal
costs that the Group would currently obtain from the disposal of
an asset in similar age and condition as expected at the end of its
useful life. The current and comparative annual depreciation rates
for each class of property and equipment are as follows:
•Computer and related equipment20% to 33%
•Motor vehicles20% to 25%
•Furniture and fittings10% to 20%
•Freehold buildings 2%
•Right-of-use assets*
•Leasehold property and improvements*
*Leasehold improvements depreciation rates are determined by reference to
the appropriate useful life of its separate components, limited to the period of
the lease.  Leasehold property and right-of-use asset depreciation rates are
determined by reference to the period of the lease.
Routine maintenance and service costs for Group assets are
expensed as incurred. Subsequent expenditure is only
capitalised if it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the item will flow to the Group.
Leases
At inception of a contract the Group assesses whether a contract
is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset
for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess
whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an
identified asset, the Group assesses whether:
•The Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the
economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period
of use, and
•The Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.
As a lessee, the Group recognises a right-of-use (ROU) asset and
a lease liability at the lease commencement date.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the
lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date,
discounted at the rate implicit in the lease, or, where that is not
available, at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.
The lease liability will increase for the accrual of interest, and will
result in a constant rate of return throughout the life of the lease,
and reduce when payments are made.
The ROU asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises
the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease
payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
72
indirect costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle
and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying
asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives
received.
The ROU asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-
line method from the commencement date to the end of the
lease term. In addition, the ROU asset is periodically reduced by
impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain re-
measurements of the lease liability.
The lease liability is subsequently remeasured when there is a
change in future lease payments arising from a change in index
or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the
amount expected to be payable under a residual value
guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it
will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option.
Where the lease liability is remeasured, a corresponding
adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the ROU asset, or
is recorded in the income statement if the carrying amount of
the ROU asset has been reduced to zero.
The Group has elected not to recognise ROU assets and lease
liabilities for low value assets and short-term leases that have a
lease term of 12 months or less. The Group recognises the lease
payments associated with these leases as an expense on a
straight-line basis over the lease term.
When the Group is the lessor, the lease must be classified as
either a finance lease or an operating lease. A finance lease is a
lease which confers substantially all the risks and rewards of
the leased assets on the lessee. An operating lease is a lease
where substantially all of the risks and rewards of the leased
asset remain with the lessor.
When the lease is deemed a finance lease, the leased asset
is not held on the balance sheet; instead a finance lease
receivable is recognised representing the minimum lease
payments receivable under the terms of the lease, discounted
at the rate of interest implicit in the lease.
When the lease is deemed an operating lease, the lease income
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the
lease unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.
For the balance sheet, the ROU assets are included within
property and equipment, finance lease receivables are included
within loans and advances to customers and other assets and
the lease liabilities are included within other liabilities.
Where the Group has a head lease and sublease arrangement
with external partners, the finance lease receivable is
recognised in other assets on the balance sheet.
Trading properties
Trading properties are carried at the lower of cost and net
realisable value.
Software and intangible assets
Software and intangible assets are recorded at cost less
accumulated amortisation and impairments. Software and
intangible assets with a finite life are amortised over the useful
economic life on a straight-line basis. Amortisation of each
asset starts when it becomes available for use. The depreciable
amount related to each asset is determined as the difference
between the cost and the residual value of the asset.
The current and comparative annual amortisation rates for each
class of intangible assets are as follows:
•Client relationships12 to 20 years
•Acquired software3 to 7 years
•Internally generated software5 years
Impairment of non-financial assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying
value of non-financial assets. The recoverable amount, being
the higher of fair value less cost of disposal and value-in-use, is
determined for any assets for which an indication of impairment
is identified. If the recoverable amount of an asset is less than
its carrying value, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to
its recoverable amount.
Impairment losses are recognised as an expense in the income
statement in the period in which they are identified. Reversals
of impairment losses are recognised in income in the period in
which the reversals are identified, to the extent that the
carrying value of the asset does not exceed the amount that
would have been calculated without impairment.
Trust and fiduciary activities
The Group acts as a trustee or in other fiduciary capacities that
result in the holding, placing or managing of assets for the
account of and at the risk of clients. As these are not assets of
the Group, they are not recognised on the balance sheet but
are included at market value as part of third party assets under
management.
Taxation and deferred taxation
Current taxation payable is provided for based on the amount
expected to be payable on taxable profit at rates that are
enacted or substantively enacted and applicable to the relevant
period.
Deferred taxation is provided on temporary differences
between the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the
balance sheet and its tax base, except where such temporary
differences arise from:
•The initial recognition of goodwill
•The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction
which is not a business combination and at the time of the
transaction has no effect on the income statement or taxable
profit
•Temporary differences associated with the investments in
subsidiaries and interests in associated undertakings and
joint venture holdings, where the timing of the reversal of the
temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable
that the temporary differences will not reverse in the
foreseeable future.
Deferred taxation assets or liabilities are measured using the
taxation rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted
at the balance sheet date.
Deferred taxation assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the deferred taxation assets can be utilised.
Items recognised directly in other comprehensive income are
net of related current and deferred taxation.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to property
developments which take a substantial period of time to
develop are capitalised to qualifying properties.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
73
Provisions, contingent liabilities and
contingent assets
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal
or constructive obligation as a result of a past event; it is
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic
benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The
expense relating to a provision is presented in the income
statement net of any reimbursement. Contingent assets and
contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet.
Standards and interpretations issued but
not yet effective
The following significant standards and interpretations, which
have been issued but are not yet effective, are applicable to the
Group. These standards and interpretations have not been
applied in these annual financial statements. The Group intends
to comply with these standards from the effective dates.
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts was issued in May 2017 and sets
out the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting
for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it
holds. It applies to all types of insurance contracts, regardless
of the type of entities that issue them, as well as to certain
guarantees and financial instruments with discretionary
participation features. A few scope exceptions will apply.
IFRS 17 is effective for the Group for the year starting 1 April
2023 and has not been early adopted. The Standard will bring
significant changes to the accounting for insurance and
reinsurance contracts but is not expected to have a material
impact on the Group.
All other standards and interpretations issued but not yet
effective are not expected to have a material impact on the
Group.
Key management assumptions
In preparation of the annual financial statements, the Group makes
estimations and applies judgement that could affect the reported
amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.
Key areas in which estimates are made include:
•In accordance with IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, the
Group categorises financial instruments carried on the
balance sheet at fair value using a three level hierarchy.
Financial instruments categorised as level 1 are valued using
quoted market prices and therefore there is minimal
judgement applied in determining fair value. However, the fair
value of financial instruments categorised as level 2 and,
in particular, level 3 are determined using valuation
techniques including discounted cash flow analysis and
valuation models. The valuation techniques for level 3
financial instruments involve management judgement and
estimates the extent of which depends on the complexity of
the instrument and the availability of market observable
information. In particular, significant uncertainty exists in the
valuation of unlisted investments and fair value loans in the
private equity and direct investments portfolios. Key valuation
inputs are based on the most relevant observable market
information and can include expected cash flows, discount
rates, earnings multiples and the underlying assets within a
business, adjusted where necessary for factors that
specifically apply to the individual investments and
recognising market volatility. Further details of the Group’s
level 3 financial instruments and the sensitivity of the
valuation including the effect of applying reasonably possible
alternative assumptions in determining their fair value are also
set out in note 15.
Details of unlisted investments can be found in note 26 with
further analysis contained in the notes to risk and capital
management on page 161.
•The determination of ECL against assets that are carried at
amortised cost and ECL relating to debt instruments at FVOCI
involves a high degree of uncertainty as it involves using
assumptions that are highly subjective and sensitive to risk
factors. The most significant judgements relate to defining
what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk;
determining the probability of default (PD), exposure at
default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) and future cash
flows; incorporating information about forecast economic
conditions and the weightings to be applied to economic
scenarios. More detail relating to the methodology,
judgements and estimates and results of the Group’s
assessment of ECLs, including our assessment of the impact
of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, can be found on pages
156 to 158
•The measurement of ECL has reliance on expert credit
judgement. Key judgemental areas are highlighted below and
are subject to robust governance processes. Key drivers of
measurement uncertainty include:
–The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk;
–A range of forward-looking probability-weighted macro-
economic scenarios; and
–Estimations of probabilities of default, loss given default
and exposures at default using models.
In addition to these drivers, some initial judgements and
assumptions were required in the design and build of the
Group’s ECL methodology, which are not considered to have
a material impact. These include the use of income
recognition effective interest rates (EIRs), in accordance with
accounting standards, as the discount factor in the ECL
calculation as well as the use of contractual maturity to
assess behavioural lives. In addition, where we have
experienced limitations on the availability of probability of
default origination data for the historic book, a portfolio
average has been used in some instances.
Following a detailed review of the outcome of the ECL
models, management continue to hold an additional overlay
provision in the UK of £4.9 million (31 March 2022: £16.8
million). Detail of the approach followed and management's
assumptions are set out on page 154 of section 3.
•The Group’s income tax charge and balance sheet provision
are judgemental in nature. This arises from certain transactions
for which the ultimate tax treatment can only be determined by
final resolution with the relevant local tax authorities. The
Group has recognised in its current tax provision certain
amounts in respect of taxation that involve a degree of
estimation and uncertainty where the tax treatment cannot
finally be determined until a resolution has been reached by
the relevant tax authority and whether the proposed tax
treatment will be accepted by the authorities. The carrying
amount of this provision is sensitive to the resolution of issues,
which is often dependent on the timetable and progress of
discussion and negotiations with the relevant tax authorities,
arbitration process and legal proceedings in the relevant tax
jurisdictions in which the Group operates. Issues can take
many years to resolve and assumptions on the likely outcome
would therefore have to be made by the Group in order to
determine if an exposure should be measured based on the
most likely amount or expected value
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
74
•In making any estimates, management’s judgement has been
based on various factors, including:
–The current status of tax audits and enquiries;
–The current status of discussions and negotiations with the
relevant tax authorities;
–The results of any previous claims; and
–Any changes to the relevant tax environments.
•The Group operates in a legal and regulatory environment
that exposes it to litigation risks. As a result, the Group is
involved in disputes and legal proceedings which arise in the
ordinary course of business. The Group evaluates all facts,
the probability of the outcome of legal proceedings,
commercial outcomes and advice from internal and external
legal counsel when considering the accounting implications
•The Group makes use of reasonable and supportable
information to make accounting judgments and estimates
related to climate change. This includes information about the
observable impact of climate change on the current credit
risk of clients and the valuation of assets. Many of the effects
arising from climate change will be longer term in nature, with
an inherent level of uncertainty and have limited effect on
accounting judgments and estimates for the current period.
    The following items represent the most significant effects:
–The measurement of expected credit loss considers the
ability of borrowers to make contractual payments as and
when they become due. Investec performed an
assessment of specific sectors that could be most
impacted by climate risk in all jurisdictions, specifically
focusing on the ability of the clients in these sectors to
meet their financing needs. The assessment further
included a review of Investec’s appetite to fund clients in
the respective sectors
–The assessment of asset impairment, based on value in
use, and the ability to recognise deferred tax assets are
based on future expected cash flows. The expected cash
flows are based on management’s best estimate of the
operational results, including the near-term impact of
climate risk. The Group did not consider any additional
adjustments to the cash flows to account for this risk given
the time frame of the cash flows that were considered
–The use of market indicators as inputs to fair value is
assumed to include current information and knowledge
regarding the effect of climate risk
Key areas in which judgement is applied include:
•The Group derecognises financial assets and financial
liabilities if there has been a substantial modification of their
terms and conditions. For financial instruments measured at
amortised cost, the Group first applies the practical expedient
as described in the hedge accounting policy, to reflect the
change in the referenced interest rate from an IBOR to a RFR.
Secondly, for any changes not covered by the practical
expedient, the Group applies judgement to assess whether
the changes are substantial and if they are, the financial
instrument is derecognised and a new financial instrument is
recognised. If the changes are not substantial, the Group
adjusts the gross carrying amount of the financial instrument
by the present value of the changes not covered by the
practical expedient, discounted using the revised effective
interest rate
•The effective interest method as applied by the Group, as
explained in the hedge accounting policy, recognises interest
income using a rate of return that represents the best
estimate of a constant rate of return over the expected
behavioural life of loans and deposits and recognises the
effect of potentially different interest rates charged at various
stages and other characteristics of the product life cycle
(including prepayments and penalty interest and charges).
This estimation, by nature, requires an element of judgement
regarding the expected behaviour and life cycle of the
instruments, as well as expected changes to the base rate
and other fee income/expense that are integral parts of the
instrument. The Group applies IBOR reform Phase 2 which
requires as a practical expedient for changes to the basis for
determining contractual cash flows that are necessary as a
direct consequence of IBOR reform, to be treated as a
change to a floating rate of interest provided the transition
from IBOR to RFR takes place on a basis that is economically
equivalent. For changes that are not required by IBOR reform,
the Group applies judgement to determine whether they
result in the financial instrument being derecognised or adjust
its carrying value as described in the hedge accounting
policy. Therefore, as financial instruments transition from
IBOR to RFRs, the Group applies judgement to assess
whether the transition has taken place on an economically
equivalent basis. In making this assessment, the Group
considers the extent of any changes to the contractual cash
flows as a result of the transition and the factors that have
given rise to the changes, with consideration of both
quantitative and qualitative factors
•The Group has designated micro hedge relationships as fair
value hedges. The Group applies temporary reliefs which
enable its hedge accounting to continue during the period of
uncertainty, before the replacement of an existing interest
rate benchmark with an alternative nearly risk-free interest
rate. The Group applies IBOR reform Phase 2, which provides
temporary reliefs to enable the Group’s hedge accounting to
continue upon the replacement of an IBOR with a risk-free
rate (RFR). Under one of the reliefs, the Group may elect for
individual RFRs designated as hedging the fair value of the
hedged item for changes due to a non-contractually specified
component of interest rate risk, to be deemed as meeting the
IAS 39 requirement to be separately identifiable. For each
RFR to which the relief has been applied, the Group judges
that both the volume and market liquidity of financial
instruments that reference the RFR and are priced using the
RFR will increase during the 24-month period with the result
that the hedged RFR risk component will become separately
identifiable in the change in fair value of the hedged item
•On the basis of current financial projections and having made
appropriate enquiries, the directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to
continue in operational existence up to 31 March 2026, which
is a period greater than twelve months from the date of issue
of the financial statements that aligns with internal budgeting
processes. Accordingly, the going concern basis is adopted in
the preparation of the financial statements. 
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTINUED
75
1. Segmental business analysis – income statement
Specialist Banking
Private Client
Corporate,
Investment
Banking and
Other
Group
Investments
Group
Costs
For the year to 31 March 2023
Wealth &
Investment
Private Banking
Total
Group
£’000
Net interest income
28 150
128 945
579 893
—
—
736 988
Fee and commission income
333 192
2 120
121 391
—
—
456 703
Fee and commission expense
(691)
(174)
(14 577)
—
—
(15 442)
Investment income
7
141
4 865
13 210
—
18 223
Share of post-taxation profit of
associates and joint venture holdings
—
—
4 950
—
—
4 950
Trading income/(loss) arising from
–customer flow
1 252
4 449
81 665
—
—
87 366
–balance sheet management and
other trading activities
10
13
13 111
—
—
13 134
Other operating income
—
—
6 879
—
—
6 879
Total operating income before
expected credit loss
impairment charges
361 920
135 494
798 177
13 210
—
1 308 801
Expected credit loss impairment
charges
2
(6 344)
(60 410)
—
—
(66 752)
Operating income
361 922
129 150
737 767
13 210
—
1 242 049
Operating costs
(270 195)
(58 996)
(504 576)
—
(21 108)
(854 875)
Operating profit/(loss) before
goodwill, acquired intangibles and
strategic actions
91 727
70 154
233 191
13 210
(21 108)
387 174
Loss attributable to other non-
controlling interests
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted operating profit/(loss)
after non-controlling interests
91 727
70 154
233 191
13 210
(21 108)
387 174
Selected returns and key statistics
Cost to income ratio
74.7%
43.5%
63.2%
n/a
n/a
65.3%
Total assets (£’mn)
1 061
5 202
21 951
172
n/a
28 386
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
76
1. Segmental business analysis – income statement (continued)
Specialist Banking
Private Client
Group
Investments
Group
Costs
For the year to 31 March 2022
Wealth &
Investment
Private Banking
Corporate,
Investment
Banking and
Other
Total
Group
£’000
Net interest income
2 268
70 692
409 759
—
—
482 719
Fee and commission income
344 685
1 579
163 964
—
—
510 228
Fee and commission expense
(656)
(23)
(14 234)
—
—
(14 913)
Investment income
(2)
816
10 033
20 408
—
31 255
Share of post-taxation profit of
associates and joint venture holdings
—
—
13 878
—
—
13 878
Trading income/(loss) arising from
–customer flow
1 194
2 228
56 950
—
—
60 372
–balance sheet management and
other trading activities
(307)
2
(6 798)
—
—
(7 103)
Other operating income
—
—
11 533
—
—
11 533
Total operating income before
expected credit loss
impairment charges
347 182
75 294
645 085
20 408
—
1 087 969
Expected credit loss impairment
charges
(5)
(2 432)
(22 722)
—
—
(25 159)
Operating income
347 177
72 862
622 363
20 408
—
1 062 810
Operating costs
(259 496)
(42 034)
(459 517)
—
(14 819)
(775 866)
Operating profit/(loss) before
goodwill, acquired intangibles and
strategic actions
87 681
30 828
162 846
20 408
(14 819)
286 944
Loss attributable to other non-
controlling interests
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted operating profit/(loss) after
non-controlling interests
87 681
30 828
162 846
20 408
(14 819)
286 944
Selected returns and key statistics
Cost to income ratio
74.7%
55.8%
71.2%
n/a
n/a
71.3%
Total assets (£’mn)*
1 137
4 528
21 925
356
n/a
27 946
*We have changed the total assets calculation for Group Investments whereby it now reflects total assets excluding the effects of intergroup. The prior period has been
re-presented in line with this new calculation.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
77
2. Net interest income
2023
2022
For the year to 31 March
Notes
Average
balance
sheet
value
Interest
income
Average
yield
Average
balance
sheet
value
Interest
income
Average
yield
£’000
Cash, near cash and bank debt
and sovereign debt securities
1
9 323 076
213 554
2.29%
8 071 461
24 441
0.30%
Loans and advances
2
15 268 494
915 987
6.00%
13 435 691
624 516
4.65%
Private client
5 085 272
214 368
4.22%
4 013 304
123 740
3.08%
Corporate, institutional and
other clients
10 183 222
701 619
6.89%
9 422 387
500 776
5.31%
Other debt securities and other
loans and advances
731 317
38 862
5.31%
609 114
18 047
2.96%
Other#
3
225 900
266 811
n/a
233 801
51 442
n/a
Total interest-earning assets
25 548 787
1 435 214
5.62%
22 350 067
718 446
3.21%
2023
2022
For the year to 31 March
Notes
Average
balance
sheet
value
Interest
expense
Average
yield
Average
balance
sheet
value
Interest
expense
Average
yield
£’000
Deposits by banks and other
debt-related securities
4
3 788 578
50 716
1.34%
3 308 178
32 971
1.00%
Customer accounts (deposits)
19 010 904
383 198
2.02%
16 761 883
93 235
0.56%
Subordinated liabilities
737 888
33 615
4.56%
870 954
49 497
5.68%
Other#
5
352 681
230 697
n/a
363 193
60 024
n/a
Total interest-bearing liabilities
23 890 051
698 226
2.92%
21 304 208
235 727
1.11%
Net interest income
736 988
482 719
Net interest margin
2.88%
2.16%
Notes:
1Comprises (as per the balance sheet) cash and balances at central banks; loans and advances to banks; reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on
securities borrowed; sovereign debt securities; and bank debt securities.
2Comprises (as per the balance sheet) loans and advances to customers.
3Comprises (as per the balance sheet) lease receivables (housed in other assets on the balance sheet) as well as interest income from derivative financial instruments
and off-balance sheet assets where there is no associated balance sheet value.
4Comprises (as per the balance sheet) deposits by banks; debt securities in issue; repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent.
5Comprises (as per the balance sheet) liabilities arising from lease liabilities (housed in other liabilities on the balance sheet) as well as interest expense from derivative
financial instruments where there is no associated balance sheet value.
#Includes interest income and interest expense on derivative assets and liabilities used for hedging purposes. This results in interest income and interest expense being
recognised with no associated balance sheet value.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
78
3. Net fee and commission income
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Wealth & Investment businesses net fee and commission income
332 501
344 029
Fund management fees/fees for assets under management
294 468
301 950
Private client transactional fees
38 724
42 735
Fee and commission expense
(691)
(656)
Specialist Banking net fee and commission income
108 760
151 286
Specialist Banking fee and commission income
123 511
165 543
Specialist Banking fee and commission expense
(14 751)
(14 257)
Net fee and commission income
441 261
495 315
Annuity fees (net of fees payable)
310 176
318 389
Deal fees
131 085
176 926
4. Investment income
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Realised
13 159
28 988
Unrealised*
(15 557)
(26 726)
Dividend income
19 756
27 325
Funding and other net related income
865
1 668
18 223
31 255
For the year to 31 March
Listed
equities
Unlisted
equities
Warrants and
profit shares
Total
investment
portfolio
Debt
securities
(sovereign,
bank and
other)
Investment
and trading
properties
Other asset
categories
Total
£’000
2023
Realised
(994)
53 495
1 062
53 563
(528)
(1 118)
(38 758)
13 159
Unrealised*
1 147
(51 323)
(1 281)
(51 457)
(5 649)
(2 325)
43 874
(15 557)
Dividend income
13 210
6 313
—
19 523
—
—
233
19 756
Funding and other net
related income
—
—
—
—
—
865
—
865
13 363
8 485
(219)
21 629
(6 177)
(2 578)
5 349
18 223
2022
Realised
2 414
18 028
552
20 994
512
(4 383)
11 865
28 988
Unrealised*
(4 169)
2 350
1 176
(643)
(457)
4 274
(29 900)
(26 726)
Dividend income
20 445
6 667
—
27 112
—
—
213
27 325
Funding and other net
related income
—
—
—
—
—
1 668
—
1 668
18 690
27 045
1 728
47 463
55
1 559
(17 822)
31 255
*In a year of realisation, any prior period mark-to-market gains/(losses) recognised are reversed in the unrealised line item and recognised in the realised line item.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
79
5. Other operating income
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Unrealised (losses)/gains on other investments
(3 773)
2 161
Income from operating leases
4 468
1 539
Income from government grants*
6 184
7 833
6 879
11 533
*Government grants income includes Research and Development Expenditure Credits and income from the Capability and Innovation Fund from the Banking
Competition Remedies Limited.
6. Expected credit loss impairment charges
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Expected credit losses have arisen on the following items:
Loans and advances to customers
54 396
21 815
Other loans and advances
69
19
Other balance sheet assets
3 648
3 824
Undrawn commitments and guarantees
8 639
(499)
66 752
25 159
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
80
7. Operating costs
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Staff compensation costs
597 158
551 999
Salaries and wages (including directors’ remuneration)**
486 700
448 874
Share-based payment expense
22 304
23 664
Social security costs
56 324
51 099
Pensions and provident fund contributions
31 830
28 362
Training and other costs
14 296
12 565
Staff costs
611 454
564 564
Premises expenses
40 565
41 071
Premises expenses (excluding depreciation and impairments)
20 119
16 933
Premises depreciation and impairments
20 446
24 138
Equipment expenses (excluding depreciation)
64 817
54 499
Business expenses*
114 362
94 041
Marketing expenses
17 299
13 686
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment on equipment, software and intangibles
6 378
8 005
854 875
775 866
The following amounts were paid by the Group to the auditors in respect of the audit of the financial
statements and for other services provided to the Group:
Ernst & Young fees
Total audit fees
6 188
5 560
Audit of the Group’s accounts
438
404
Audit of the Group’s subsidiaries
5 750
5 156
Total non-audit fees
2 419
1 445
Audit related assurance services1
1 326
671
Other assurance services2
640
512
Services related to corporate finance transactions3
87
128
Other non-audit services
366
134
Total auditor’s remuneration
8 607
7 005
*Business expenses mainly comprise insurance costs, consulting and professional fees, travel expenses and subscriptions.
**Details of the directors’ emoluments, pensions and their interests are disclosed in the Investec remuneration report 2023.
1.Audit related assurance fees consist of reviews of interim financial information and reporting accountant services.
2.Other assurance services relate to services required by law or regulation (including reporting on regulatory returns, agreed-upon-procedures relating to statutory and
regulatory filings and reporting to regulators on client assets) and assurance on sustainability reporting.
3.Corporate finance transaction services relate to comfort letters on debt issuances.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
81
8. Share-based payments
The Group operates share option and long-term share incentive plans for employees, the majority of which are on an equity-settled
basis. The purpose of the staff share schemes is to promote an esprit de corps within the organisation, create an awareness of
Investec Group’s performance and provide an incentive to maximise individual and Group performance by allowing all staff to share
in the risks and rewards of the Investec Group.
Further information on the Investec Group share options and long-term incentive plans is provided in the remuneration report
included in the Investec Group’s 2023 integrated annual report and on the Investec Group website.
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Share-based payment expense
Equity-settled
22 304
23 664
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Weighted average fair value of awards granted in the year
UK schemes
25 576
42 990
UK schemes
2023
2022
Details of awards outstanding during the year
Number of
share awards
Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
Number of
share awards
Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
29 590 241
0.00
22 431 650
0.01
Sale of business
—
0.00
(94 076)
0.00
Granted during the year
5 542 176
0.00
14 657 836
0.00
Exercised during the year^
(4 788 744)
0.01
(5 595 039)
0.00
Awards forfeited during the year
(1 558 256)
0.00
(1 810 130)
0.04
Outstanding at the end of the year
28 785 417
0.00
29 590 241
0.00
Exercisable at the end of the year
932 470
—
487 445
—
^The weighted average share price during the year was £4.59 (2022: £3.40).
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
82
8. Share-based payments (continued)
Additional information relating to awards:
2023
2022
Options with strike prices
Exercise price range
n/a
£3.58 – £4.18
Weighted average remaining contractual life
n/a
0.22 years
Long-term incentive grants with no strike price
Exercise price range
£nil
£nil
Weighted average remaining contractual life
1.99 years
2.26 years
Weighted average fair value of awards and long-term grants at measurement date
£4.61
£2.93
The fair values of awards granted were calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and
shares granted were calculated at market price. For awards granted during the year, the inputs
into the model were as follows:
–Share price at date of grant
£4.70 – £4.81
£3.06 – £3.80
–Exercise price
£nil
£nil
–Expected volatility
n/a
n/a
–Award life
3.66 – 7.01 years
3 – 7.01 years
–Expected dividend yields
n/a
n/a
–Risk-free rate
n/a
n/a
Expected volatility was determined based on the implied volatility levels quoted by the derivatives trading desk. The expected
volatility is based on the respective share price movement over the last six months, but also includes an element of forward
expectation.
The expected attrition rates used were determined based on historical Group data with an adjustment to actual attrition on final
vesting.
9. Long-term employment benefits
In March 2020, as part of the Investec Asset Management Limited (IAM) demerger, each participant of the Investec Group share
option and long-term share incentive plans received the right to receive one Ninety One plc share award for every two Investec plc
share awards they held. The Ninety One plc share awards were granted on the same terms and vesting period as the Investec plc
awards they related to.
DLC has an obligation to deliver Ninety One plc shares to the holders of Investec plc share awards. Accordingly, this obligation was
classified and measured as an other long-term liability in terms of IAS 19 Employee Benefits (IAS 19). The initial liability of £7 263
000 was calculated as the fair value of the liability at the date of demerger for the portion of the awards already vested. The total
value of the liability represented past service cost and as a result was accounted for in retained income. The liability was
subsequently measured at fair value through profit and loss.
In the current year, on 30 May 2022, DLC’s 15% shareholding in Ninety One DLC was distributed to ordinary shareholders. Each
participant of the Investec share option and long-term share incentive plans for employees, received the right to receive 0.13751
Ninety One shares for each Investec share option they had.
In addition, management approved the acceleration of certain remaining Ninety One awards. Participants had 90 days to exercise
the acceleration. The acceleration excluded awards made to senior management.
IAS 19 long-term employment benefit liability fair value movement recognised in the income statement for the year ended
31 March 2023 was £1.9 million (31 March 2022: £3.7 million).
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
83
9. Long-term employment benefits (continued)
2023
2022
Details of awards outstanding during the year
Number of
Ninety One
awards
Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
Number of
Ninety One
awards
Weighted
average
exercise
price
£
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
4 312 508
0.01
6 655 601
0.01
Sale of business
—
0.00
(30 412)
0.00
Grant linked to Ninety One Distribution
4 316 708
0.00
—
0.00
Granted during the year^
1 120
0.00
3 961
0.00
Exercised during the year
(5 706 136)
0.00
(2 058 445)
0.00
Lapsed during the year
(189 052)
0.17
(258 197)
0.12
Outstanding at the end of the year
2 735 148
0.00
4 312 508
0.01
Exercisable at the end of the year
1 054 811
—
237 106
—
^The Ninety One shares granted are due to the Group reaching predetermined performance conditions. These awards are aligned with the uptick in Investec shares
in the ratio of 1 Ninety One share for every 2 Investec shares.
The exercise price range and weighted average remaining contractual life for market strike options and long-term awards
outstanding at 31 March 2023 were as follows:
Additional information relating to awards:
2023
2022
Options with strike price
Exercise price range
n/a
£2.90 – £3.39
Weighted average remaining contractual life
n/a
0.25 years
Long-term awards with no strike price
Exercise price range
£nil
£nil
Weighted average remaining contractual life
1.51 years
1.05 years
For the liability calculated, the inputs into the model were as follows:
Additional information relating to awards:
2023
2022
The fair value of the liability was calculated by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
–Listed share price at 31 March
£1.85
£2.55
–Exercise price
Nil
Nil, £2.90 – £3.39
–Expected volatility
37.7%
35.0%
–Award life
0 – 5.41 years
0 – 4.42 years
–Expected dividend yields
0% – 9.82%
0% – 7.41%
–Risk-free rate
3.67% – 4.45%
0.69% – 2.03%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
84
10. Taxation
For the year to 31 March
£’000
2023
2022
Income statement taxation charge
Current taxation
UK
Current taxation on income for the year
85 920
53 932
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(7 769)
1 170
Corporation tax before double tax relief
78 151
55 102
Double tax relief
(335)
(436)
77 816
54 666
Europe
5 478
1 505
Australia
438
329
Other*
638
3 056
6 554
4 890
Total current taxation
84 370
59 556
Deferred taxation
UK
(9 674)
(21 407)
Europe
102
(2 447)
Australia
—
1 008
Other
(5)
(776)
Total deferred taxation
(9 577)
(23 622)
Total taxation charge for the year
74 793
35 934
Total taxation charge for the year comprises:
Taxation on operating profit before goodwill
76 824
37 612
Taxation on acquired intangibles, goodwill and disposal of subsidiaries
(2 031)
(1 678)
74 793
35 934
Deferred taxation comprises:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(1 956)
(8 488)
Changes in taxation rates
(6 914)
(12 823)
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(707)
(2 311)
(9 577)
(23 622)
The deferred taxation (credit)/charge in the income statement arose from:
Deferred capital allowances
(11 616)
(8 371)
Income and expenditure accruals
(4 190)
(2 644)
Asset in respect of unexpired options
(2 025)
(12 485)
Unrealised fair value adjustment on financial instruments
220
(2 987)
Movement in deferred tax assets related to assessed losses
6 087
4 120
Liability/(asset) in respect of pension surplus
11
(68)
Deferred tax on acquired intangibles
1 805
(1 317)
Other temporary differences
131
130
(9 577)
(23 622)
The deferred taxation charge in OCI/equity arose from:
Asset in respect of unexpired options
(491)
(4 538)
Unrealised fair value adjustment on financial instruments
5 229
8 215
4 738
3 677
*Where Other largely includes India and North America.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
85
10. Taxation (continued)
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
The rates of corporation tax for the relevant years are:
%
%
UK
19
19
Europe (average)
10
10
Australia
30
30
Profit before taxation
367 924
271 788
Taxation on profit before taxation
74 793
35 934
Effective tax rate
20.3%
13.2%
The taxation charge on activities for the year is different from the standard rate as detailed below:
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities before taxation at UK rate of 19% (2022: 19%)
69 906
51 640
Taxation adjustments relating to foreign earnings
(3 607)
(1 723)
Taxation relating to prior years
(8 476)
(1 141)
Impairment of goodwill and non-operating items
1 239
(6)
Share options accounting expense/(income)
980
(2 658)
Non-taxable income
(1 956)
(4 507)
Net other permanent differences
(142)
(199)
Bank surcharge*
17 068
10 481
Capital gains – non-taxable/covered by losses
1 361
(4 426)
Movement in unrecognised trading losses
5 335
1 299
Change in tax rate
(6 915)
(12 826)
Total taxation charge as per income statement
74 793
35 934
Other comprehensive income taxation effects
Gains on realisation of debt instruments at FVOCI recycled through the income statement
(314)
(307)
Pre-taxation
(431)
(429)
Taxation effect
117
122
Fair value movements on debt and equity instruments at FVOCI taken directly to other comprehensive
income
(76 182)
20 588
Pre-taxation
(75 913)
20 207
Taxation effect
(269)
381
Own credit risk
—
11 059
Pre-taxation
—
15 792
Taxation effect**
—
(4 733)
Statement of changes in equity taxation effects
Additional Tier 1 capital
(16 880)
(16 875)
Pre-taxation
(16 880)
(16 875)
Taxation effect
—
—
Share-based payment adjustment
491
4 538
Pre-taxation
—
—
Taxation effect
491
4 538
IFRS 9 transitional adjustments
(7)
617
Pre-taxation
—
—
Taxation effect
(7)
617
*The bank surcharge rate of 8% was reduced to 3% and the surcharge allowances available for the banking group was increased to £100 million from £25 million with
effect from 1 April 2023. This increases the combined rate of corporation tax applicable to banking entities from 27% to 28% with effect from 1 April 2023.
**    The UK rate of corporation tax increased to 25% from 19% from 1 April 2023.
Global Minimum Tax
To address concerns about uneven profit distribution and the tax contributions of large multinational corporations, various
agreements have been reached at the global level, including an agreement by over 135 countries to introduce a global minimum
tax rate of 15% for certain of the Group’s subsidiaries. In December 2021, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development (OECD) released a draft legislative framework, followed by detailed guidance in March 2022. This is expected to be
used by individual jurisdictions that signed the agreement to amend their local tax laws. Enactment is currently expected to occur
with effect from 1 January 2024. We are closely monitoring these developments.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
86
11. Dividends
2023
2022
For the year to 31 March
£’000
Pence per
share
Total
Pence per
share
Total
Ordinary dividend
Final dividend for prior year
14.0
44 049
7.5
24 264
Interim dividend for current year
13.5
44 414
11.0
39 052
Total dividend attributable to ordinary shareholders
27.5
88 463
18.5
63 316
The directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2023 of 17.5 pence per ordinary share
(31 March 2022: 14.0 pence).
This will be paid as follows:
•For Investec plc non-South African shareholders, through a dividend paid by Investec plc of 17.5 pence per ordinary share
•For Investec plc South African shareholders, through a dividend payment on the SA DAS share of 17.5 pence per ordinary share.
The final dividend to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 16 August 2023 is subject to the approval of the
members of Investec plc at the annual general meeting which is scheduled to take place on 4 August 2023 and, if approved,will
be paid on 4 September 2023.
2023
2022
For the year to 31 March
£’000
Pence per
share
Cents per
share
Total
Pence per
share
Cents per
share
Total
Perpetual preference dividend
Final dividend for prior year
21.58
490.94
200
5.48
331.59
174
Interim dividend for current year
11.44
329.08
340
5.52
333.41
173
Total dividend attributable to
perpetual preference shareholders
recognised in current financial year
33.02
820.02
540
11.00
665.00
347
The directors have declared a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2023 of 21.58904 pence (Investec plc
shares traded on the JSE Limited) and 21.5894 pence (Investec plc shares traded on the Channel Island Stock Exchange), and
516.58687 cents per Rand-denominated perpetual preference share. The final Sterling dividend will be payable on 23 June 2023
to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 9 June 2023. The final Rand dividend will be payable on 23 June 2023
to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 9 June 2023.
For the year to 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Dividend attributable to Other Additional Tier 1 securities
16 880
16 880
The £250 000 000 Fixed Rate Reset Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Write Down Capital Securities (AT1 securities), issued
on 5 October 2017, pay a distribution rate of 6.75% per annum quarterly.
12. Financial impact of strategic actions
For the year to 31 March
£’000
2023
2022
Closure and rundown of the Hong Kong direct investments business*
(480)
(1 203)
Financial impact of Group restructures
(5 340)
(1 017)
Implementation costs on distribution of investment to shareholders
(402)
(1 017)
New transaction costs
(4 938)
—
Financial impact of strategic actions
(5 820)
(2 220)
Taxation on financial impact of strategic actions
—
633
Net financial impact of strategic actions
(5 820)
(1 587)
*In the prior year, included within the balance are fair value gains of £0.7 million.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
87
13. Analysis of income and impairments by category of financial instrument
At fair value through profit or loss
IFRS 9 mandatory
For the year to 31 March
Trading**
Non-trading**
Designated at
inception
£’000
2023
Net interest income
7 620
70 562
—
Fee and commission income
15 457
1 054
—
Fee and commission expense
—
—
—
Investment income
(8 096)
18 575
(396)
Share of post-taxation profit of associates and joint venture holdings
—
—
—
Trading income/(loss) arising from
–customer flow
87 721
(1 573)
1 218
–balance sheet management and other trading activities
624
20 981
(6 116)
Other operating income
—
—
—
Total operating income/(expense) before expected credit loss
103 326
109 599
(5 294)
Expected credit loss impairments charges*
—
—
—
Operating income/(expense)
103 326
109 599
(5 294)
For the year to 31 March
Trading**
Non-trading**
Designated at
inception
£’000
2022
Net interest income
(17 200)
54 104
(26 472)
Fee and commission income
16 822
1 382
—
Fee and commission expense
—
—
—
Investment income
1 728
25 950
584
Share of post-taxation profit of associates and joint venture holdings
—
—
—
Trading income/(loss) arising from
–customer flow
34 630
30 413
(4 671)
–balance sheet management and other trading activities
(102)
(6 611)
1 576
Other operating income
—
—
—
Total operating income/(expense) before expected credit loss
35 878
105 238
(28 983)
Expected credit loss impairments charges*
—
—
—
Operating income/(expense)
35 878
105 238
(28 983)
*Includes off-balance sheet items.
**Fair value through profit and loss income statement items have been split as trading and non-trading, as defined by regulatory rules for the trading book and banking
book requirements respectively. Trading consists of income and expenses from positions held for trading intent or to hedge elements of the trading book. Non-trading
consists of income and expenses from positions that are expected to be held to maturity.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
88
At fair value through
comprehensive income
Debt
instruments
with a dual
business
model
Equity
instruments
Amortised
cost
Non-financial
instruments
Other fee
income and
expenses
Total
83 370
—
555 400
(63)
20 099
736 988
—
—
68 381
—
371 811
456 703
—
—
(2 594)
—
(12 848)
(15 442)
1 001
13 210
484
(6 555)
—
18 223
—
—
—
4 950
—
4 950
—
—
—
—
—
87 366
—
—
(2 355)
—
—
13 134
—
—
4 468
—
2 411
6 879
84 371
13 210
623 784
(1 668)
381 473
1 308 801
—
—
(66 752)
—
—
(66 752)
84 371
13 210
557 032
(1 668)
381 473
1 242 049
Debt
instruments
with a dual
business
model
Equity
instruments
Amortised
cost
Non-financial
instruments
Other fee
income and
expenses
Total
36 558
—
432 466
1 538
1 725
482 719
—
—
69 311
—
422 713
510 228
—
—
(2 162)
—
(12 751)
(14 913)
1 134
20 408
1 214
(19 763)
—
31 255
—
—
—
13 878
—
13 878
—
—
—
—
—
60 372
—
—
(1 966)
—
—
(7 103)
—
—
1 539
—
9 994
11 533
37 692
20 408
500 402
(4 347)
421 681
1 087 969
—
—
(25 159)
—
—
(25 159)
37 692
20 408
475 243
(4 347)
421 681
1 062 810
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
89
14. Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by category of financial instruments
At fair value through profit or loss
IFRS 9 mandatory
At 31 March 2023
Trading*
Non-trading*
Designated at
initial
recognition
£’000
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
—
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
—
—
—
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
—
345 869
—
Sovereign debt securities
—
24 077
—
Bank debt securities
—
—
—
Other debt securities
—
93 992
—
Derivative financial instruments
634 123
—
—
Securities arising from trading activities
110 619
4 002
12 916
Investment portfolio
—
316 919
—
Loans and advances to customers
—
550 515
—
Other loans and advances
—
—
—
Other securitised assets
—
—
78 231
Interests in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings
—
—
—
Deferred taxation assets
—
—
—
Current taxation assets
—
—
—
Other assets
10 327
9 213
—
Property and equipment
—
—
—
Goodwill
—
—
—
Software
—
—
—
Other acquired intangible assets
—
—
—
755 069
1 344 587
91 147
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
—
—
—
Derivative financial instruments
704 816
—
—
Other trading liabilities
28 184
—
—
Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent
—
—
—
Customer accounts (deposits)
—
—
—
Debt securities in issue
—
—
21 554
Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets
—
—
81 609
Current taxation liabilities
—
—
—
Other liabilities
—
6 324
—
733 000
6 324
103 163
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
733 000
6 324
103 163
*Fair value through profit and loss balance sheet positions have been split as trading and non-trading, as defined by regulatory rules for the trading book and banking
book requirements respectively. Trading consists of positions held for trading intent or to hedge elements of the trading book. Non-trading consists of positions that
are expected to be held to maturity.
For more information on hedges, please refer to note 51 on pages 128 to 129.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
90
At fair value through
comprehensive income
Debt instrument
with dual
business model
Equity
instruments
Total
instruments at
fair value
Amortised
cost
Non-financial
instruments or
scoped out
of IFRS 9
Total
—
—
—
5 400 401
—
5 400 401
—
—
—
893 297
—
893 297
—
—
345 869
992 830
—
1 338 699
1 141 745
—
1 165 822
55 922
—
1 221 744
199 737
—
199 737
4 954
—
204 691
—
—
93 992
603 283
—
697 275
—
—
634 123
—
—
634 123
—
—
127 537
—
—
127 537
—
172 285
489 204
—
—
489 204
843 428
—
1 393 943
14 173 866
—
15 567 809
—
—
—
142 626
—
142 626
—
—
78 231
—
—
78 231
—
—
—
—
52 320
52 320
—
—
—
—
112 347
112 347
—
—
—
—
34 324
34 324
—
—
19 540
612 778
333 131
965 449
—
—
—
—
121 014
121 014
—
—
—
—
255 267
255 267
—
—
—
—
9 415
9 415
—
—
—
—
40 550
40 550
2 184 910
172 285
4 547 998
22 879 957
958 368
28 386 323
—
—
—
2 172 171
—
2 172 171
—
—
704 816
—
—
704 816
—
—
28 184
—
—
28 184
—
—
—
139 529
—
139 529
—
—
—
19 121 921
—
19 121 921
—
—
21 554
1 427 991
—
1 449 545
—
—
81 609
—
—
81 609
—
—
—
—
5 370
5 370
—
—
6 324
645 612
580 793
1 232 729
—
—
842 487
23 507 224
586 163
24 935 874
—
—
—
731 483
—
731 483
—
—
842 487
24 238 707
586 163
25 667 357
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
91
14. Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by category of financial instruments
(continued)
At fair value through profit or loss
IFRS 9 mandatory
At 31 March 2022
Trading*
Non-trading*
Designated at
initial
recognition
£’000
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
—
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
—
—
—
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
89 889
540 570
38 649
Sovereign debt securities
—
33 658
—
Bank debt securities
—
—
—
Other debt securities
—
144 048
—
Derivative financial instruments
693 133
—
—
Securities arising from trading activities
138 032
4 780
20 353
Investment portfolio
—
338 523
—
Loans and advances to customers
—
609 083
—
Other loans and advances
—
—
—
Other securitised assets
—
—
93 087
Interests in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings
—
—
—
Deferred taxation assets
—
—
—
Current taxation assets
—
—
—
Other assets
9 606
17 478
—
Property and equipment
—
—
—
Goodwill
—
—
—
Software
—
—
—
Other acquired intangible assets
—
—
—
930 660
1 688 140
152 089
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
—
—
—
Derivative financial instruments
863 295
—
—
Other trading liabilities
42 944
—
—
Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent
—
—
—
Customer accounts (deposits)
—
—
—
Debt securities in issue
—
—
46 192
Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets
—
—
95 885
Current taxation liabilities
—
—
—
Other liabilities
—
—
—
906 239
—
142 077
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
906 239
—
142 077
*Fair value through profit and loss balance sheet positions have been split as trading and non-trading, as defined by regulatory rules for the trading book and banking
book requirements respectively. Trading consists of positions held for trading intent or to hedge elements of the trading book. Non-trading consists of positions that
are expected to be held to maturity.
For more information on hedges, please refer to note 51 on pages 128 to 129.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
92
At fair value through
comprehensive income
Debt instrument
with dual
business model
Equity
instruments
Total
instruments at
fair value
Amortised
cost
Non-financial
instruments or
scoped out
of IFRS 9
Total
—
—
—
5 379 994
—
5 379 994
—
—
—
1 467 770
—
1 467 770
—
—
669 108
778 365
—
1 447 473
1 132 119
—
1 165 777
—
—
1 165 777
61 714
—
61 714
—
—
61 714
—
—
144 048
283 713
—
427 761
—
—
693 133
—
—
693 133
—
—
163 165
—
—
163 165
—
355 801
694 324
—
—
694 324
685 386
—
1 294 469
13 132 006
—
14 426 475
—
—
—
122 717
—
122 717
—
—
93 087
—
—
93 087
—
—
—
—
66 895
66 895
—
—
—
—
110 377
110 377
—
—
—
—
33 448
33 448
—
—
27 084
823 227
289 128
1 139 439
—
—
—
—
155 055
155 055
—
—
—
—
249 836
249 836
—
—
—
—
7 066
7 066
—
—
—
40 807
40 807
1 879 219
355 801
5 005 909
21 987 792
952 612
27 946 313
—
—
—
2 026 601
—
2 026 601
—
—
863 295
—
—
863 295
—
—
42 944
—
—
42 944
—
—
—
154 828
—
154 828
—
—
—
18 293 891
—
18 293 891
—
—
46 192
1 601 985
—
1 648 177
—
—
95 885
—
—
95 885
—
—
—
—
2 460
2 460
—
—
—
813 958
565 369
1 379 327
—
—
1 048 316
22 891 263
567 829
24 507 408
—
—
—
758 739
—
758 739
—
—
1 048 316
23 650 002
567 829
25 266 147
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
93
15. Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses recurring fair value measurements for financial assets and financial liabilities. These fair value
measurements are categorised into different levels in the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs to the valuation technique used.
The different levels are identified as follows:
Level 1 – quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
Fair value category
At 31 March 2023
Total
instruments at
fair value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
£’000
Assets
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral
on securities borrowed
345 869
—
345 869
—
Sovereign debt securities
1 165 822
1 165 822
—
—
Bank debt securities
199 737
199 737
—
—
Other debt securities
93 992
—
60
93 932
Derivative financial instruments
634 123
—
580 939
53 184
Securities arising from trading activities
127 537
123 475
60
4 002
Investment portfolio
489 204
173 952
884
314 368
Loans and advances to customers*
1 393 943
—
90 297
1 303 646
Other securitised assets
78 231
—
—
78 231
Other assets
19 540
19 540
—
—
4 547 998
1 682 526
1 018 109
1 847 363
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
704 816
—
645 358
59 458
Other trading liabilities
28 184
28 184
—
—
Debt securities in issue
21 554
—
21 554
—
Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets
81 609
—
—
81 609
Other liabilities
6 324
—
—
6 324
842 487
28 184
666 912
147 391
Net assets at fair value
3 705 511
1 654 342
351 197
1 699 972
*Loans and advances to customers at fair value include instruments where the business model is either to sell the loan or where the business model is to hold to collect
the contractual cash flows but the loan has failed the SPPI test.
Transfers between level 1 and level 2
During the current and prior year there were no transfers between level 1 and level 2.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
94
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
Fair value category
At 31 March 2022
Total
instruments at
fair value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
£’000
Assets
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral
on securities borrowed
669 108
—
669 108
—
Sovereign debt securities
1 165 777
1 165 777
—
—
Bank debt securities
61 714
61 714
—
—
Other debt securities
144 048
—
39 017
105 031
Derivative financial instruments
693 133
19
649 164
43 950
Securities arising from trading activities
163 165
158 213
172
4 780
Investment portfolio
694 324
357 836
6 552
329 936
Loans and advances to customers*
1 294 469
—
82 621
1 211 848
Other securitised assets
93 087
—
—
93 087
Other assets
27 084
27 084
—
—
5 005 909
1 770 643
1 446 634
1 788 632
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
863 295
—
817 526
45 769
Other trading liabilities
42 944
42 944
—
—
Debt securities in issue
46 192
—
46 192
—
Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets
95 885
—
—
95 885
1 048 316
42 944
863 718
141 654
Net assets at fair value
3 957 593
1 727 699
582 916
1 646 978
*Loans and advances to customers at fair value include instruments where the business model is either to sell the loan or where the business model is to hold to collect
the contractual cash flows but the loan has failed the SPPI test.
Transfers between level 1 and level 2
During the current and prior year there were no transfers between level 1 and level 2.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
95
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
Level 3 instruments
The following table is a reconciliation of the opening balances to the closing balances for the fair value measurements in level 3 of
the fair value hierarchy:
For the year to
Investment
portfolio
Loans and
advances to
customers
Other
securitised
assets
Other balance
sheet assets1
£’000
Total
Assets
Balance as at 1 April 2021
341 984
1 045 663
107 259
135 369
1 630 275
Total gains or (losses)
22 945
63 202
(657)
19 577
105 067
In the income statement
22 945
63 768
(657)
19 577
105 633
In the statement of comprehensive income
—
(566)
—
—
(566)
Purchases
33 602
1 845 044
—
59 165
1 937 811
Sales
(66 682)
(1 079 005)
—
(19 783)
(1 165 470)
Settlements
(8 498)
(695 450)
(13 515)
(49 392)
(766 855)
Transfers into level 3
621
—
—
—
621
Foreign exchange adjustments
5 964
32 394
—
8 825
47 183
Balance as at 31 March 2022
329 936
1 211 848
93 087
153 761
1 788 632
Total gains or (losses)
6 228
100 832
1 000
5 252
113 312
In the income statement
6 228
101 088
1 000
5 252
113 568
In the statement of comprehensive income
—
(256)
—
—
(256)
Purchases
23 416
1 692 584
—
26 056
1 742 056
Sales
(43 653)
(762 668)
—
(12 565)
(818 886)
Settlements
(13 648)
(981 996)
(15 856)
(31 148)
(1 042 648)
Transfers into level 3
6 304
—
—
4 746
11 050
Foreign exchange adjustments
5 785
43 046
—
5 016
53 847
Balance as at 31 March 2023
314 368
1 303 646
78 231
151 118
1 847 363
1.Comprises of other debt securities, derivative financial instruments and securities arising from trading.
The Group transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy when the observability of inputs change, or if the valuation
methods change. Transfers are deemed to occur at the end of each semi-annual reporting period.
For the year to 31 March 2023, investment portfolio of £6.3 million and derivative financial instruments assets of £4.7 million were
transferred from level 2 to level 3, and derivative financial instruments liabilities of £8 000 were transferred from level 3 to level 2.
In the prior year, investment portfolio of £0.6 million was transferred from level 2 to level 3. The valuation methodologies were
reviewed and unobservable inputs were used to determine the fair value.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
96
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
For the year to
Liabilities
arising on
securitisation
of other
assets
Other balance
sheet
liabilities2
Total
£’000
Liabilities
Balance as at 1 April 2021
108 281
28 034
136 315
Total (gains) or losses
(2 094)
16 148
14 054
In the income statement
(2 094)
16 148
14 054
Settlements
(10 303)
(270)
(10 573)
Foreign exchange adjustments
1
1 857
1 858
Balance as at 31 March 2022
95 885
45 769
141 654
Total losses
1 384
11 770
13 154
In the income statement
1 384
11 770
13 154
Purchases
—
6 324
6 324
Settlements
(15 660)
—
(15 660)
Transfers out of level 3
—
(8)
(8)
Foreign exchange adjustments
—
1 927
1 927
Balance as at 31 March 2023
81 609
65 782
147 391
2.Comprises level 3 derivative financial instruments and other liabilities.
The following table quantifies the gains or (losses) included in the income statement and other comprehensive income recognised
on level 3 financial instruments:
For the year to 31 March
Total
Realised
Unrealised
£’000
2023
Total gains or (losses) included in the income statement for the year
Net interest income
98 169
86 175
11 994
Investment income*
2 085
2 502
(417)
Trading income arising from customer flow
160
1
159
100 414
88 678
11 736
Total gains or (losses) included in other comprehensive income for the year
Gains on realisation on debt instruments at FVOCI recycled through
the income statement
433
433
—
Fair value movements on debt instruments at FVOCI taken directly
to other comprehensive income
(256)
—
(256)
177
433
(256)
2022
Total gains or (losses) included in the income statement for the year
Net interest income
66 069
58 038
8 031
Investment income*
27 830
52 666
(24 836)
Trading loss arising from customer flow
(2 320)
(491)
(1 829)
91 579
110 213
(18 634)
Total gains or (losses) included in other comprehensive income for the year
Gains on realisation on debt instruments at FVOCI recycled through
the income statement
440
440
—
Fair value movements on debt instruments at FVOCI taken directly
to other comprehensive income
(566)
—
(566)
(126)
440
(566)
*In the prior year, included within the investment income statement balance are unrealised gains of £0.7 million presented within operational items in the income
statement.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
97
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
Level 2 financial assets and financial liabilities
The following table sets out the Group’s principal valuation techniques as at 31 March 2023 used in determining the fair value
of its financial assets and financial liabilities that are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy:
VALUATION BASIS/TECHNIQUES
MAIN INPUTS
Assets
Reverse repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities borrowed
Discounted cash flow model
Discount rates
Other debt securities
Discounted cash flow model
Discount rates, swap curves and negotiable
certificate of deposit curves, external
prices and broker quotes
Derivative financial instruments
Discounted cash flow model, Hermite
interpolation and industry standard
derivative pricing models including Black-
Scholes and Local Volatility
Discount rate, risk-free rate, volatilities,
forex forward points and spot rates,
interest rate swap curves and credit curves
Securities arising from trading activities
Discounted cash flow model, Hermite
interpolation and industry standard
derivative pricing models including Local
Volatility
Discount rate, risk-free rate, volatilities,
forex forward points and spot rates,
interest rate swap curves and credit curves
Investment portfolio
Discounted cash flow model and
net asset value model
Discount rate and net assets
Comparable quoted inputs
Discount rate and fund unit price
Loans and advances to customers
Discounted cash flow model
Yield curves
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Discounted cash flow model, Hermite
interpolation and industry standard
derivative pricing models including Black-
Scholes and Local Volatility
Discount rate, risk-free rate, volatilities,
forex forward points and spot rates,
interest rate swap curves and credit curves
Other trading liabilities
Discounted cash flow model, Hermite
interpolation and industry standard
derivative pricing models including Local
Volatility
Discount rate, risk-free rate, volatilities,
forex forward points and spot rates,
interest rate swap curves and credit curves
Debt securities in issue
Discounted cash flow model, Hermite
interpolation and industry standard
derivative pricing models including Local
Volatility
Discount rate, risk-free rate, volatilities,
forex forward points and spot rates,
interest rate swap curves and credit curves
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
98
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by level 3 instrument type
The fair value of financial instruments in level 3 are measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not
evidenced by prices from observable market data. The table below shows the sensitivity of these fair values to reasonably possible
alternative assumptions, determined at a transactional level:
At 31 March 2023
Balance
sheet
value
£’000
Significant unobservable input
Range of
unobservable
input used
Favourable
changes
£’000
Unfavourable
changes
£’000
Assets
Other debt securities
93 932
Potential impact on income statement
2 702
(5 253)
Credit spreads
1.05%–1.87%
108
(254)
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 14.81%
10
(10)
Other
^
2 584
(4 989)
Derivative financial instruments
53 184
Potential impact on income statement
5 260
(5 136)
Volatilities
7.5%–8.9%
13
(25)
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 14.81%
6
(5)
Underlying asset value
^^
3 999
(4 100)
Other
^
1 242
(1 006)
Securities arising from trading
activities
4 002
Potential impact on income statement
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 14.17%
206
(235)
Investment portfolio
314 368
Potential impact on income statement
33 129
(66 354)
Price earnings multiple
5.5x–11.2x
11 718
(21 695)
Underlying asset value
^^
9 378
(20 883)
Other
^
12 033
(23 776)
Loans and advances to
customers
1 303 646
Potential impact on income statement
21 222
(40 572)
Credit spreads
0.28%–5.2%
10 994
(22 971)
Price earnings multiple
3.5x–4x
4 276
(7 083)
Underlying asset value
^^
1 564
(1 742)
Other
^
4 388
(8 776)
Potential impact on other
comprehensive income
15 756
(31 758)
Credit spreads
0.29%–5.5%
15 753
(31 751)
Other
^
3
(7)
Other securitised assets
78 231
Potential impact on income statement
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 14.81%
701
(669)
Total level 3 assets
1 847 363
78 976
(149 977)
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
59 458
Potential impact on income statement
(4 098)
4 099
Volatilities
9%–18.9%
(1)
2
Underlying asset value
^^
(4 097)
4 097
Liabilities arising on
securitisation of other assets*
81 609
Potential impact on income statement
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 14.81%
(351)
363
Other liabilities
6 324
Potential impact on income statement
Other
^
(632)
632
Total level 3 liabilities
147 391
(5 081)
5 094
Net level 3 assets
1 699 972
*The sensitivity of the fair value of liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets has been considered together with other securitised assets.
^Other – The valuation sensitivity has been assessed by adjusting various inputs such as expected cash flows and earnings multiples rather than a single input. It is
deemed appropriate to reflect the outcome on a portfolio basis for the purposes of this analysis as the sensitivity of the assets cannot be determined through the
adjustment of a single input.
^^Underlying asset values are calculated by reference to a tangible asset, for example, property, aircraft or shares.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
99
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
At 31 March 2022
Balance
sheet
value
£’000
Significant unobservable input
Range of
unobservable
input used
Favourable
changes
£’000
Unfavourable
changes
£’000
Assets
Other debt securities
105 031
Potential impact on income statement
3 199
(5 851)
Credit spreads
0.74%–2.75%
141
(286)
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 8.4%
6
(8)
Other
^
3 052
(5 557)
Derivative financial instruments
43 950
Potential impact on income statement
4 643
(5 266)
Volatilities
5%–18.9%
15
(29)
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 8.4%
—
(6)
Underlying asset value
^^
4 026
(4 028)
Other
^
602
(1 203)
Securities arising from trading
activities
4 780
Potential impact on income statement
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 11%
481
(635)
Investment portfolio
329 936
Potential impact on income statement
34 755
(69 302)
Price earnings multiple
5.5x–15x
9 505
(18 206)
Underlying asset value
^^
9 636
(20 897)
Other
^
15 614
(30 199)
Loans and advances to
customers
1 211 848
Potential impact on income statement
24 838
(40 047)
Credit spreads
0.15%–34.3%
10 656
(27 586)
Price earnings multiple
3.5x–4.2x
7 824
(1 136)
Underlying asset value
^^
3 528
(5 665)
Other
^
2 830
(5 660)
Potential impact on other
comprehensive income
Credit spreads
0.14%–6.17%
8 440
(15 725)
Other securitised assets
93 087
Potential impact on income statement
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 8.4%
988
(1 057)
Total level 3 assets
1 788 632
77 344
(137 883)
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
45 769
Potential impact on income statement
(4 046)
4 060
Volatilities
5%–18.9%
(21)
35
Underlying asset value
^^
(4 025)
4 025
Liabilities arising on
securitisation of other assets*
95 885
Potential impact on income statement
Cash flow adjustments
CPR 8.4%
(292)
299
Total level 3 liabilities
141 654
(4 338)
4 359
Net level 3 assets
1 646 978
*The sensitivity of the fair value of liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets has been considered together with other securitised assets.
^Other – The valuation sensitivity has been assessed by adjusting various inputs such as expected cash flows and earnings multiples rather than a single input. It is
deemed appropriate to reflect the outcome on a portfolio basis for the purposes of this analysis as the sensitivity of the assets cannot be determined through the
adjustment of a single input.
^^Underlying asset values are calculated by reference to a tangible asset, for example, property, aircraft or shares.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
100
15. Fair value hierarchy (continued)
In determining the value of level 3 financial instruments, the following are the principal inputs that can require judgement:
Credit spreads
Credit spreads reflect the additional yield that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the credit risk of an
instrument. The credit spread for an instrument forms part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation. In general,
a significant increase in a credit spread in isolation will result in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder
of a financial instrument. It is an unobservable input into a discounted cash flow valuation.
Discount rates
Discount rates are used to adjust for the time value of money when using a discounted cash flow valuation method. Where
relevant, the discount rate also accounts for illiquidity, market conditions and uncertainty of future cash flows.
Volatilities
Volatility is a key input in the valuation of derivative products containing optionality. Volatility is a measure of the variability or
uncertainty in returns for a given derivative underlying. It represents an estimate of how much a particular underlying instrument,
parameter or index will change in value over time.
Cash flows
Cash flows relate to the future cash flows that can be expected from the instrument and requires judgement. Cash flows are input
into a discounted cash flow valuation.
Price earnings multiple
The price-to-earnings ratio is an equity valuation multiple used in the adjustment of underlying market prices. It is a key driver in the
valuation of unlisted investments.
Underlying asset value
In instances where cash flows have links to referenced assets, the underlying asset value is used to determine the fair value.
The underlying asset valuation is derived using observable market prices sourced from broker quotes, specialist valuers or other
reliable pricing sources.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
101
16. Fair value of financial instruments at amortised cost
Level within the fair value hierarchy
At 31 March 2023
Carrying
amount
Fair value
approximates
carrying
amount
Balances
where fair
values do not
approximate
carrying
amounts
Fair value of
balances that
do not
approximate
carrying
amounts
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
£’000
Assets
Cash and balances
at central banks
5 400 401
5 400 401
—
—
—
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
893 297
893 297
—
—
—
—
—
Reverse repurchase
agreements and cash collateral
on securities borrowed
992 830
807 046
185 784
185 503
—
185 503
—
Sovereign debt securities
55 922
4 370
51 552
51 494
51 494
—
—
Bank debt securities
4 954
—
4 954
4 952
4 952
—
—
Other debt securities
603 283
42 611
560 672
554 892
—
554 892
—
Loans and advances
to customers
14 173 866
611 611
13 562 255
13 426 192
—
1 016 299
12 409 893
Other loans and advances
142 626
69 727
72 899
72 976
—
72 976
—
Other assets
612 778
612 778
—
—
—
—
—
22 879 957
8 441 841
14 438 116
14 296 009
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
2 172 171
373 944
1 798 227
1 804 116
—
1 804 116
—
Repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities lent
139 529
85 070
54 459
52 486
—
52 486
—
Customer accounts (deposits)
19 121 921
10 426 685
8 695 236
8 654 686
—
8 654 686
—
Debt securities in issue
1 427 991
1 183
1 426 808
1 383 613
911 763
471 850
—
Other liabilities
645 612
642 983
2 629
1 572
—
—
1 572
Subordinated liabilities
731 483
—
731 483
713 119
713 119
—
—
24 238 707
11 529 865
12 708 842
12 609 592
For the year ended 31 March 2023, there were insignificant disposals of financial instruments measured at amortised cost.
For financial assets and financial liabilities that are liquid or have a short-term maturity (less than three months) it is assumed that
the carrying amounts approximate their fair value. These assets and liabilities include demand deposits, savings accounts without
a specific maturity, which are included in customer accounts (deposits), and variable rate instruments.
Financial instruments for which fair value does not approximate carrying value
Differences in amortised cost and fair value occur in fixed rate instruments. The fair value of fixed rate financial assets and financial
liabilities carried at amortised cost are estimated by comparing spreads earned on the transactions with spreads earned on similar
new transactions entered into by the Group. The estimated fair value of fixed interest-bearing deposits is based on discounted
cash flows, using prevailing money market interest rates for debts with similar credit risk and maturity. For quoted subordinated
debt issued, the fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those notes issued where quoted market prices are
not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current interest rate yield curve appropriate for the remaining term
to maturity.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
102
16. Fair value of financial instruments at amortised cost (continued)
Level within the fair value hierarchy
At 31 March 2022
Carrying
amount
Fair value
approximates
carrying
amount
Balances
where fair
values do not
approximate
carrying
amounts
Fair value of
balances that
do not
approximate
carrying
amounts
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
£’000
Assets
Cash and balances
at central banks
5 379 994
5 379 994
—
—
—
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
1 467 770
1 467 770
—
—
—
—
—
Reverse repurchase
agreements and cash collateral
on securities borrowed
778 365
662 151
116 214
115 088
—
115 088
—
Other debt securities
283 713
7 601
276 112
275 937
3 058
272 879
—
Loans and advances
to customers
13 132 006
521 321
12 610 685
12 593 362
—
1 022 302
11 571 060
Other loans and advances
122 717
61 473
61 244
61 253
—
61 253
—
Other assets
823 227
823 227
—
—
—
—
—
21 987 792
8 923 537
13 064 255
13 045 640
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
2 026 601
280 414
1 746 187
1 654 635
—
1 654 635
—
Repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities lent
154 828
103 729
51 099
49 243
—
49 243
—
Customer accounts (deposits)
18 293 891
11 678 823
6 615 068
6 616 337
—
6 616 337
—
Debt securities in issue
1 601 985
1 183
1 600 802
1 599 831
1 006 663
593 168
—
Other liabilities
813 958
810 824
3 134
2 419
—
—
2 419
Subordinated liabilities
758 739
—
758 739
767 436
767 436
—
—
23 650 002
12 874 973
10 775 029
10 689 901
For the year ended 31 March 2022, there were insignificant disposals of financial instruments measured at amortised cost.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
103
16. Fair value of financial instruments at amortised cost (continued)
Fixed rate financial instruments
The fair value of fixed rate financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost are estimated by comparing spreads
earned on the transactions with spreads earned on similar new transactions entered into by the Group. The estimated fair value
of fixed interest-bearing deposits is based on discounted cash flows, using prevailing money market interest rates for debts
with similar credit risk and maturity.
For quoted subordinated debt issued, the fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those notes issued where
quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current interest rate yield curve
appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.
Certain financial instruments that would normally be carried at fair value continue to be recognised at transaction price. This occurs
when the fair value would normally be determined using valuation techniques which cannot be relied on due to insufficient external
inputs. This results in gains or losses which have not been recognised on-balance sheet.
The following table sets out the Group’s principal level 2 and 3 valuation techniques used in determining the fair value of its
financial assets and financial liabilities:
Loans and advances to banks
Calculation of the present value of future cash flows, discounted as appropriate.
Other debt securities
Priced with reference to similar trades in an observable market.
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities borrowed
Calculation of the present value of future cash flows, discounted as appropriate.
Loans and advances to customers
Calculation of the present value of future cash flows, discounted as appropriate.
Other loans and advances
Calculation of the present value of future cash flows, discounted as appropriate.
Other assets
Calculation of the present value of future cash flows, discounted as appropriate.
Deposits by banks
Calculation of fair value using appropriate funding rates.
Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on
securities lent
Calculation of the present value of future cash flows, discounted as appropriate.
Customer accounts (deposits)
Where the deposits are short-term in nature, carrying amounts are assumed to
approximate fair value. Where deposits are of longer-term maturities, they are
valued using a cash flow model discounted as appropriate.
Debt securities in issue
Where the debt securities are fully collateralised, fair value is equal to the carrying
value. Other debt securities are valued using a cash flow model discounted as
appropriate to the securities for funding and interest rates.
Other liabilities
Where the other liabilities are short term in nature, carrying amounts are assumed
to approximate fair value.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
104
17. Designated at fair value
Fair value adjustment
Change in fair value
attributable to credit risk*
At 31 March
Carrying
value
Current
Cumulative
Current
Cumulative
Maximum
exposure to
credit
risk
£’000
Assets
2023
Securities arising from trading activities
12 916
930
(638)
(120)
(57)
12 916
Other securitised assets
78 231
(2 352)
(7 459)
(2 352)
(7 459)
78 927
91 147
(1 422)
(8 097)
(2 472)
(7 516)
91 843
2022
Reverse repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities borrowed
38 649
89
284
—
—
—
Securities arising from trading activities
20 353
379
50
6
95
20 353
Other securitised assets
93 087
(4 106)
(6 382)
(4 106)
(6 382)
93 087
152 089
(3 638)
(6 048)
(4 100)
(6 287)
113 440
Fair value adjustment
Change in fair value
attributable to credit risk*
At 31 March
Carrying
value
Remaining
contractual
amount to be
repaid at
maturity
Current
Cumulative
Current
Cumulative
£’000
Liabilities
2023
Debt securities in issue
21 554
20 097
(274)
5 146
(85)
(67)
Liabilities arising on securitisation
of other assets
81 609
86 985
250
(5 441)
250
(5 441)
103 163
107 082
(24)
(295)
165
(5 508)
2022
Debt securities in issue
46 192
41 266
5 139
9 452
7
(43)
Liabilities arising on securitisation
of other assets
95 885
102 712
(2 286)
(6 854)
(2 286)
(6 854)
142 077
143 978
2 853
2 598
(2 279)
(6 897)
*Changes in fair value due to credit risk are determined as the change in the fair value of the financial instrument that is not attributable to changes in other market
inputs.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
105
18. Cash and balances at central banks
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross cash and balances at central banks
5 400 401
5 379 994
Expected credit loss
—
—
Net cash and balances at central banks
5 400 401
5 379 994
The country risk of cash and bank balances at central banks lies in the following geographies:
United Kingdom
5 380 357
5 326 540
Europe (excluding UK)
20 044
53 454
5 400 401
5 379 994
19. Loans and advances to banks
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross loans and advances to banks
893 368
1 467 863
Expected credit loss
(71)
(93)
Net loans and advances to banks
893 297
1 467 770
The country risk of loans and advances to banks lies in the following geographies:
South Africa
7 265
10 543
United Kingdom
511 777
555 881
Europe (excluding UK)
287 673
706 940
Australia
14 313
41 096
North America
62 609
143 856
Asia
8 446
9 086
Other
1 214
368
893 297
1 467 770
20. Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed and
repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Assets
Gross reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
1 338 711
1 447 485
Expected credit loss
(12)
(12)
Net reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
1 338 699
1 447 473
Reverse repurchase agreements
1 328 235
1 408 503
Cash collateral on securities borrowed
10 464
38 970
1 338 699
1 447 473
As part of the reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements the Group has received
securities that it is allowed to sell or repledge. £90 million (2022: £76 million) has been resold or
repledged to third parties in connection with financing activities or to comply with commitments under
short sale transactions.
Liabilities
Repurchase agreements
118 373
129 092
Cash collateral on securities lent
21 156
25 736
139 529
154 828
The assets transferred and not derecognised in the above repurchase agreements are fair valued at £61 million (2022: £13 million).
They are pledged as security for the term of the underlying repurchase agreement.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
106
21. Sovereign debt securities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross sovereign debt securities
1 221 744
1 165 777
Expected credit loss
—
—
Net sovereign debt securities
1 221 744
1 165 777
The country risk of sovereign debt securities lies in the following geographies:
United Kingdom
348 827
378 941
Europe (excluding UK)*
190 232
93 004
North America
682 685
693 832
1 221 744
1 165 777
*Where Europe (excluding UK) largely includes securities held in Germany and Denmark.
22. Bank debt securities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross bank debt securities
204 691
61 714
Expected credit loss
—
—
Net bank debt securities
204 691
61 714
Bonds
200 590
57 844
Floating rate notes
4 101
3 870
204 691
61 714
The country risk of bank debt securities lies in the following geographies:
United Kingdom
122 690
46 622
Europe (excluding UK)
71 873
15 092
Australia
10 128
—
204 691
61 714
23. Other debt securities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross other debt securities
697 837
432 980
Expected credit loss
(562)
(5 219)
Net other debt securities
697 275
427 761
Bonds
120 510
119 766
Asset-backed securities
576 765
307 995
697 275
427 761
The country risk of other debt securities lies in the following geographies:
United Kingdom
108 175
104 452
Europe (excluding UK)
140 937
67 666
North America
400 496
207 392
Asia
47 667
48 251
697 275
427 761
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
107
24. Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into various contracts for derivatives, both as principal for trading purposes and as a customer for hedging
foreign exchange and interest rate exposures. These include financial futures, options, swaps and forward rate agreements.
The risks associated with derivative instruments are monitored in the same manner as for the underlying instruments. Risks are
also measured across the product range in order to take into account possible correlations.
In the tables that follow, notional principal amounts indicate the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet date and
do not represent amounts at risk. The fair value of a derivative financial instrument represents the positive or negative cash flows
which would have occurred had the rights and obligations arising from that instrument been closed out by the Group in an orderly
market transaction at the balance sheet date.
2023
2022
At 31 March
Notional
principal
amounts
Positive
fair value
Negative
fair value
Notional
principal
amounts
Positive
fair value
Negative
fair value
£’000
Foreign exchange derivatives
Forward foreign exchange contracts
15 680 009
186 867
142 523
16 862 873
157 697
137 754
Currency swaps
678 329
9 484
8 724
1 117 700
12 176
10 113
OTC options bought and sold
1 877 070
24 153
22 865
2 212 297
11 820
18 665
18 235 408
220 504
174 112
20 192 870
181 693
166 532
Interest rate derivatives
Caps and floors
10 576 158
155 330
150 118
9 424 942
65 094
57 797
Swaps
46 254 022
28 842
160 283
40 601 552
28 534
81 495
OTC derivatives
56 830 180
184 172
310 401
50 026 494
93 628
139 292
Exchange traded futures
—
—
—
—
—
—
56 830 180
184 172
310 401
50 026 494
93 628
139 292
Equity and stock index derivatives
OTC options bought and sold
1 604 247
63 258
120 243
2 920 599
101 194
212 995
Equity swaps and forwards
6 343
173
—
392 379
2 875
11 138
OTC derivatives
1 610 590
63 431
120 243
3 312 978
104 069
224 133
Exchange traded futures
225 212
—
—
169 227
—
—
Exchange traded options
11 453 984
55 231
45
15 492 162
—
25 831
Warrants
—
—
—
—
19
—
13 289 786
118 662
120 288
18 974 367
104 088
249 964
Commodity derivatives
OTC options bought and sold
251 899
39 853
59 145
235 387
40 978
51 206
Commodity swaps and forwards
721 125
45 219
38 152
1 236 254
255 652
253 713
973 024
85 072
97 297
1 471 641
296 630
304 919
Credit derivatives
138 862
20 670
2 718
218 806
11 065
2 588
Other derivatives
5 043
6 029
Derivatives per balance sheet
634 123
704 816
693 133
863 295
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
108
25. Securities arising from trading activities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Asset-backed securities
4 002
4 780
Bonds
24 106
17 936
Government securities
—
2 811
Listed equities
99 429
137 638
127 537
163 165
26. Investment portfolio
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Listed equities*
173 949
357 838
Unlisted equities**
315 255
336 486
489 204
694 324
*The movement in Listed equities includes a £107 million distribution to Investec ordinary shareholders during the year.
**Unlisted equities include loan instruments that are convertible into equity.
27. Loans and advances to customers and other loans and advances
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
14 314 591
13 262 811
Gross loans and advances to customers at FVOCI^
843 428
685 386
Gross loans and advances to customers subject to expected credit losses
15 158 019
13 948 197
Expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers at amortised cost and FVOCI^
(140 725)
(130 805)
Net loans and advances to customers at amortised cost and FVOCI^
15 017 294
13 817 392
Loans and advances to customers at fair value through profit and loss
550 515
609 083
Net loans and advances to customers
15 567 809
14 426 475
Gross other loans and advances
142 702
122 736
Expected credit losses on other loans and advances
(76)
(19)
Net other loans and advances
142 626
122 717
^Expected credit losses above do not include £5.3 million (31 March 2022: £3.3 million) ECL held against financial assets held at FVOCI. This is reported on the balance
sheet within the fair value reserve.
For further analysis on loans and advances for the Group, refer to pages 150 to 155 in the notes to risk and capital
management.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
109
27. Loans and advances to customers and other loans and advances (continued)
At 31 March
2023
£’000
Expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers at amortised cost and FVOCI^
Balance as at 1 April 2021
164 373
Charge to the income statement
24 204
Reversals and recoveries recognised in the income statement
(369)
Write-offs
(58 647)
Exchange adjustments
1 244
Balance as at 31 March 2022
130 805
Charge to the income statement
53 592
Reversals and recoveries recognised in the income statement
(1 094)
Write-offs
(45 684)
Exchange adjustments
3 106
Balance as at 31 March 2023
140 725
Expected credit loss of other loans and advances
Balance as at 1 April 2021
44
Charge to the income statement
19
Exchange adjustments
(44)
Balance as at 31 March 2022
19
Charge to the income statement
69
Exchange adjustments
(12)
Balance as at 31 March 2023
76
^Expected credit losses above do not include £5 million (31 March 2022: £3 million) ECL held against financial assets held at FVOCI. This is reported on the balance
sheet within the fair value reserve.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
110
28. Securitised assets and liabilities arising on securitisation
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Other securitised assets are made up of the following categories of assets:
Loans and advances to customers
74 226
88 004
Other debt securities
4 005
5 083
Total other securitised assets
78 231
93 087
The associated liabilities are recorded on-balance sheet in the following line items:
Liabilities arising on securitisation of other assets
81 609
95 885
29. Interests in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Interests in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings consist of:
Net asset value
46 480
61 140
Goodwill
5 840
5 755
Investment in associated undertakings and joint venture holdings
52 320
66 895
Associated undertakings and joint venture holdings comprise unlisted investments
Analysis of the movement in our share of net assets:
At the beginning of the year
61 140
58 519
Exchange adjustments
228
135
Acquisitions
—
3 493
Disposals
(565)
—
Impairment
(282)
—
Share of post-taxation profits of associates and joint venture holdings^
5 371
14 164
Dividends received
(19 412)
(15 171)
At the end of the year
46 480
61 140
Analysis of the movement in goodwill:
At the beginning of the year
5 755
139
Exchange adjustments
224
(104)
Acquisitions
—
5 720
Impairment
(139)
—
At the end of the year
5 840
5 755
^Included within the share of post-taxation profit from associates and joint venture holdings in the income statement is an impairment (including goodwill) of £421 000
(31 March 2022: £nil). In the prior year, profit of £286 000 was presented within operational items in the income statement.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
111
30. Deferred taxation
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Deferred taxation assets
112 347
110 377
Deferred taxation liabilities
—
—
Net deferred taxation assets
112 347
110 377
The net deferred taxation assets arise from:
Deferred capital allowances
60 249
48 634
Income and expenditure accruals
3 404
2 212
Asset in respect of unexpired options
30 859
28 342
Unrealised fair value adjustments on financial instruments
25 584
31 033
Losses carried forward
2 079
8 166
Asset in respect of pension deficit
372
383
Deferred tax on acquired intangibles
(10 200)
(8 393)
Net deferred taxation assets
112 347
110 377
Reconciliation of net deferred taxation assets
At the beginning of the year
110 377
90 766
Release to income statement – current year taxation
9 577
23 622
Movement directly in other comprehensive income
(4 738)
(3 677)
Arising on acquisitions/disposals
(2 998)
(463)
Exchange adjustments
129
129
At the end of the year
112 347
110 377
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent it is likely that profits will arise in future periods. The assessment of the likelihood
of future profits is based on past performance and current projections. Deferred taxation assets are not recognised in respect of
capital losses and excess management expenses as crystallisation of capital gains and the eligibility of potential losses is uncertain.
There are trading losses carried forward of £99.5 million (2022: £90.7 million), capital losses carried forward of £199.5 million
(2022: £167.3 million) and excess management expenses of £2.5 million (2022: £2.5 million) on which deferred tax assets have not
been recognised due to uncertainty regarding future profits against which these losses can be utilised. Of the £99.5 million trading
losses, £12.0 million will expire in the next five years.
The UK rate of corporation tax increased to 25% from 19% from 1 April 2023.
The bank surcharge rate of 8% was reduced to 3% and the surcharge allowances available for the banking groups was increased
to £100 million from £25 million with effect from 1 April 2023. This increases the combined rate of corporation tax applicable
to banking entities from 27% to 28% with effect from 1 April 2023.
As these rates were substantively enacted at the year-end, deferred tax has been calculated based on these rates.
31. Other assets
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Gross other assets
965 449
1 139 439
Expected credit loss
—
—
Net other assets
965 449
1 139 439
Settlement debtors
500 959
736 688
Trading properties
75 000
4 287
Prepayments and accruals
54 765
55 635
Trading initial margin
10 327
9 606
Finance lease receivables
207 203
223 902
Indirect taxation assets receivable
1 043
1 109
Other
116 152
108 212
965 449
1 139 439
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
112
32. Property and equipment
At 31 March
Freehold
properties
Right-of-use
assets^
Leasehold
improvements
Furniture and
vehicles
Equipment
Operating
leases*
Total
£’000
2023
Cost
At the beginning
of the year
36
139 730
77 402
7 062
23 507
3 466
251 203
Exchange adjustments
—
557
2 789
22
35
—
3 403
Acquisition of subsidiaries
—
—
—
—
183
—
183
Additions
—
7 165
2 222
72
3 318
—
12 777
Disposals
—
(5 622)
(24 045)
—
(252)
(2 035)
(31 954)
At the end of the year
36
141 830
58 368
7 156
26 791
1 431
235 612
Accumulated
depreciation
At the beginning
of the year
(36)
(45 209)
(26 287)
(3 639)
(17 756)
(3 221)
(96 148)
Exchange adjustments
—
(228)
(50)
(18)
(29)
—
(325)
Acquisition of subsidiaries
—
—
—
—
(167)
—
(167)
Disposals
—
4 076
119
—
246
1 992
6 433
Depreciation and
impairment charge for the
year
—
(14 500)
(5 946)
(540)
(3 349)
(56)
(24 391)
At the end of the year
(36)
(55 861)
(32 164)
(4 197)
(21 055)
(1 285)
(114 598)
Net carrying value
—
85 969
26 204
2 959
5 736
146
121 014
2022
Cost
At the beginning
of the year
36
141 376
81 830
7 421
26 158
5 721
262 542
Exchange adjustments
—
215
632
8
(1)
—
854
Additions
—
4 653
930
32
1 434
5
7 054
Disposals
—
(6 514)
(5 990)
(399)
(4 084)
(2 260)
(19 247)
At the end of the year
36
139 730
77 402
7 062
23 507
3 466
251 203
Accumulated
depreciation
At the beginning
of the year
(36)
(29 319)
(22 022)
(3 354)
(17 114)
(5 195)
(77 040)
Exchange adjustments
—
(109)
(9)
(8)
(4)
—
(130)
Disposals
—
1 869
2 233
289
3 785
2 178
10 354
Depreciation and
impairment charge for the
year
—
(17 650)
(6 489)
(566)
(4 423)
(204)
(29 332)
At the end of the year
(36)
(45 209)
(26 287)
(3 639)
(17 756)
(3 221)
(96 148)
Net carrying value
—
94 521
51 115
3 423
5 751
245
155 055
*These are assets held by the Group, in circumstances where the Group is lessor.
^Right-of-use assets primarily comprise property leases under IFRS 16.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
113
33. Goodwill
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Cost
At the beginning of the year
280 194
289 969
Acquisition of subsidiaries
6 236
—
Disposal of subsidiaries
—
(9 775)
At the end of the year
286 430
280 194
Accumulated impairments
At the beginning of the year
(30 358)
(40 133)
Impairments
(805)
—
Disposal of subsidiaries
—
9 775
At the end of the year
(31 163)
(30 358)
Net carrying value
255 267
249 836
Analysis of goodwill by line of business:
Wealth & Investment
242 555
236 319
Specialist Banking
12 712
13 517
Total Group
255 267
249 836
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if evidence exists that goodwill might be impaired, by comparing the
carrying value to its recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount of goodwill is determined based on expected cash flows within the cash-generating units of the Group
to which the goodwill is allocated. Key assumptions within the calculation include discount rates, growth rates in revenue, and
related expenditure and loan impairment rates.
Discount rates are based on pre-tax rates that reflect current market conditions, adjusted for the specific risks associated with the
cash-generating unit. Growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts. Cash flow forecasts are based on the most recent
financial budgets for the next financial year and are extrapolated for a period of three to five years, adjusted for expected future
events.
The most significant cash-generating unit giving rise to goodwill is Investec Wealth & Investment. For Investec Wealth &
Investment, goodwill of £242.6 million has been tested for impairment on the basis of the cash flow projections for the next three
years discounted at 9.65% (2022: 9.2%) which incorporates an expected revenue growth rate of 2% in perpetuity (2022: 2%).
The valuation is based on value in use of the business.
Sensitivity analysis has been carried out and it has been concluded that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions
would cause an impairment to be recognised.
For Investec Specialist Banking, the goodwill of £12.7 million is made up of a number of individual cash-generating units within the
line of business. These cash-generating units are assessed for impairment considering current performance and budgets. There
are no indications of impairment from the review of these balances except as discussed below in relation to Investec Capital
Solutions.
Movement in goodwill
During the year ended 31 March 2023, goodwill increased by £6.2 million as a result of the acquisition within Investec Wealth &
Investment of Murray Asset Management, and write-off of £0.8 million in relation to Investec Capital Solutions as a result of
operating losses incurred by the business in the current and prior years.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
114
34. Software and other acquired intangible assets
Software
Other acquired intangible assets
At 31 March
Acquired
software
Internally
generated
software
Total
Client
relationships*
Total
Total
£’000
2023
Cost
At the beginning of the year
28 800
3 104
31 904
186 729
186 729
218 633
Exchange adjustments
230
—
230
—
—
230
Acquisition of subsidiaries
—
194
194
10 882
10 882
11 076
Additions
4 659
—
4 659
1 459
1 459
6 118
Disposals
(18)
—
(18)
—
—
(18)
At the end of the year
33 671
3 298
36 969
199 070
199 070
236 039
Accumulated amortisation and
impairments
At the beginning of the year
(24 321)
(517)
(24 838)
(145 922)
(145 922)
(170 760)
Exchange adjustments
(195)
—
(195)
—
—
(195)
Acquisition of subsidiaries
—
(105)
(105)
27
27
(78)
Disposals
18
—
18
—
—
18
Amortisation
(1 802)
(632)
(2 434)
(12 625)
(12 625)
(15 059)
At the end of the year
(26 300)
(1 254)
(27 554)
(158 520)
(158 520)
(186 074)
Net carrying value
7 371
2 044
9 415
40 550
40 550
49 965
2022
Cost
At the beginning of the year
28 266
1 702
29 968
186 267
186 267
216 235
Exchange adjustments
188
—
188
—
—
188
Additions
669
1 402
2 071
462
462
2 533
Disposals
(323)
—
(323)
—
—
(323)
At the end of the year
28 800
3 104
31 904
186 729
186 729
218 633
Accumulated amortisation and
impairments
At the beginning of the year
(22 177)
—
(22 177)
(132 986)
(132 986)
(155 163)
Exchange adjustments
(145)
—
(145)
—
—
(145)
Disposals
298
—
298
—
—
298
Amortisation
(2 297)
(517)
(2 814)
(12 936)
(12 936)
(15 750)
At the end of the year
(24 321)
(517)
(24 838)
(145 922)
(145 922)
(170 760)
Net carrying value
4 479
2 587
7 066
40 807
40 807
47 873
*Client relationships are acquired intangibles.
35. Acquisitions and disposals
During the year, the Group acquired Murray Asset Management for a net cash consideration of £9.7 million. There were
no significant disposals of subsidiaries during the year.
There were no significant acquisitions nor any significant disposals of subsidiaries during the prior year.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
115
36. Other trading liabilities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Short positions
– Equities
28 184
42 944
28 184
42 944
37. Debt securities in issue
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Repayable in:
Less than three months
28 447
210 729
Three months to one year
138 265
71 796
One to five years
962 545
1 022 555
Greater than five years
320 288
343 097
1 449 545
1 648 177
38. Other liabilities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Settlement liabilities
411 824
612 767
Other creditors and accruals
356 993
303 703
Lease liabilities
322 767
344 802
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
115 074
101 326
Indirect taxation liabilities payable
10 412
8 350
Expected credit losses on undrawn commitments and guarantees
15 659
8 379
1 232 729
1 379 327
The maturity analysis of the lease liabilities is shown below:
2023
2022
At 31 March
Undiscounted
lease payments
Present value
Undiscounted
lease payments
Present value
£’000
Lease liabilities included in other liabilities
Lease liabilities payable in:
Less than one year
60 631
57 770
54 032
51 272
One to five years
269 789
245 286
290 977
259 482
Later than five years
20 919
19 711
34 998
34 048
351 339
322 767
380 007
344 802
Reconciliation from opening balance to closing balance
At 31 March
2023
£’000
Balance as at 1 April 2021
387 165
Interest on lease liabilities
11 120
New leases
2 665
Disposals
(11 812)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(54 374)
Remeasurement of lease liabilities
(281)
Exchange adjustments
10 319
Balance as at 31 March 2022
344 802
Interest on lease liabilities
13 235
New leases
3 009
Repayment of lease liabilities
(57 324)
Remeasurement of lease liabilities
4 114
Exchange adjustments
14 931
Balance as at 31 March 2023
322 767
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
116
39. Subordinated liabilities
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Issued by Investec Bank plc
Subordinated fixed rate reset callable medium-term notes – amortised cost
71 060
427 019
Issued by Investec plc
Subordinated fixed rate reset callable medium-term notes – amortised cost
660 422
331 720
731 483
758 739
Remaining maturities:
In one year or less, or on demand
—
—
In more than one year, but not more than two years
—
—
In more than two years, but not more than five years
—
—
In more than five years
731 483
758 739
731 483
758 739
Reconciliation from opening balance to closing balance
At the beginning of the year
758 739
771 481
New issue
345 590
347 536
Redemption
(347 926)
(307 962)
Fair value movement
—
(23 269)
Accrual of interest
32 501
48 505
Repayment of interest
(40 455)
(49 807)
Hedge accounting/amortisation of discount
(16 967)
(27 745)
At the end of the year
731 482
758 739
The only event of default in relation to the subordinated debt is the non-payment of principal or interest. The only remedy available
to the holders of the subordinated debt in the event of default is to petition for the winding up of the issuing entity. In a winding up
no amount will be paid in respect of the subordinated debt until all other creditors have been paid in full.
Medium-term notes
Subordinated fixed rate reset callable medium-term notes (denominated in Pound Sterling) – accounted for at
amortised cost
On 24 July 2018, Investec Bank plc issued £420 000 000 of 4.25% subordinated notes due 2028 at a discount (2028 notes).
Interest is paid annually. The notes are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The notes will be redeemed at par on 24 July 2028.
The issuer has a one-time redemption option on the early redemption date of 24 July 2023 subject to conditions.                           
On 6 December 2022 Investec Bank plc completed a tender offer to purchase £350 000 000 aggregate nominal amount of the
notes at a cash purchase price of 99.44644 pence plus an accrued interest payment. The total value of the debt redeemed was
£353 605 000. The remaining notes in issue of £347 926 000 were redeemed on 6 December 2022.
Subordinated callable fixed rate resettable medium-term notes (denominated in Pound Sterling) – accounted for at
amortised cost
On 4 October 2021, Investec plc issued £350 000 000 of 2.625% subordinated notes due 2032 at a discount (2032 notes).
Interest, after the initial short period distribution paid on 4 January 2022, is paid annually commencing on 4 January 2023 and
ending on the maturity date. The notes are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The notes will be redeemed at par on
4 January 2032. The issuer may redeem the notes at par on any date in the period from 4 October 2026 to (and including)
4 January 2027 subject to conditions.
Subordinated callable fixed rate resettable medium-term notes (denominated in Pounds Sterling) – accounted for at
amortised cost
On 6 December 2022, Investec plc issued £350 000 000 of 9.125% subordinated notes due 2033 at a discount (2033 Notes).
Interest, after the initial short period distribution paid on 6 March 2023, is paid annually commencing on 6 March 2024 and ending
on the maturity date. The notes are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The notes will be redeemed at par on 6 March 2033.
The issuer may redeem the notes on maturity date at par on the principal amount.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
117
40. Ordinary share capital
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Issued, allotted and fully paid
Number of ordinary shares
Number
Number
At the beginning of the year
696 082 618
696 082 618
Issued during the year
—
—
At the end of the year
696 082 618
696 082 618
Nominal value of ordinary shares
£’000
£’000
At the beginning of the year
138
138
Issued during the year
—
—
At the end of the year
138
138
Number of special converting shares
Number
Number
At the beginning of the year
318 904 709
318 904 709
Issued during the year
—
—
At the end of the year
318 904 709
318 904 709
Nominal value of special converting shares
£’000
£’000
At the beginning of the year
64
64
Issued during the year
—
—
At the end of the year
64
64
Number of UK DAN shares
Number
Number
At the beginning and end of the year
1
1
Nominal value of UK DAN share
£’000
£’000
At the beginning and end of the year
*
*
Number of UK DAS shares
Number
Number
At the beginning and end of the year
1
1
Nominal value of UK DAS share
£’000
£’000
At the beginning and end of the year
*
*
Number of special voting shares
Number
Number
At the beginning and end of the year
1
1
Nominal value of special voting shares
£’000
£’000
At the beginning and end of the year
*
*
*Less than £1 000.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
118
40. Ordinary share capital (continued)
Staff share scheme
The Group operates a share option and a share purchase scheme for employees. The number of ordinary shares conditionally
allocated to employees are disclosed in note 8.
Movements in the number of share options (each option is in respect of one share) issued to employees are as follows:
At 31 March
2023
2022
Number of shares
Opening balance
29 590 241
22 431 650
Sale of business
—
(94 076)
Granted during the year
5 542 176
14 657 836
Exercised
(4 788 744)
(5 595 039)
Lapsed
(1 558 256)
(1 810 130)
Closing balance
28 785 417
29 590 241
The purpose of the staff share scheme is to promote an esprit de corps within the organisation, create an awareness of Investec
Group’s performance and provide an incentive to maximise individual and Group performance by allowing all staff to share in the
risks and rewards of the Group.
The Group makes awards available to staff members via the underlying share trusts. The particular instrument used varies from
time to time, depending on taxation legislation and factors affecting the Group structure. Nevertheless, whatever the instrument
chosen, its underlying value depends solely on the performance of the Group’s share price.
At present, the practice of the Group is to grant all permanent staff members a share allocation, based on their annual package,
after completing six months of employment. In line with the objective of providing a long-term incentive for staff, these share
awards vest over periods varying from three to five years.
After the initial allocation referred to above, additional allocations are made to staff members at the discretion of Group
management depending on the individual performance and contribution made by the respective staff members.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
119
41. Perpetual preference shares
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Perpetual preference share capital
29
29
Perpetual preference share premium
24 765
24 765
24 794
24 794
Issued by Investec plc
2 754 587 (2022: 2 754 587) non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating preference shares of
£0.01 each, issued at a premium of £8.58 per share.
–Perpetual preference share capital
29
29
–Perpetual preference share premium
23 607
23 607
Perpetual preference shareholders will receive an annual dividend if declared based on the coupon rate
(being equivalent to the base rate plus 1%) multiplied by the deemed value on a daily basis and payable
in two semi-annual instalments.
An ordinary dividend will not be declared by Investec plc unless the perpetual preference dividend has
been declared.
If declared, perpetual preference dividends are payable semi-annually at least seven business days
prior to the date on which Investec plc pays its ordinary dividends, if any, but shall be payable no later
than 120 business days after 31 March and 30 September respectively.
Issued by Investec plc – Rand-denominated
131 447 (2022: 131 447) non-redeemable, non-cumulative, non-participating perpetual preference
shares of ZAR0.001 each, issued at an average premium of ZAR99.999 per share.
–Perpetual preference share capital
*
*
–Perpetual preference share premium
1 158
1 158
Rand-denominated perpetual preference shareholders will receive a dividend if declared, based on the
coupon rate (being equivalent to South African prime rate multiplied by 95%), multiplied by the deemed
value on a daily basis and payable in two semi-annual instalments.
An ordinary dividend will not be declared by Investec plc unless the Rand-denominated perpetual
preference dividend has been declared.
If declared, perpetual preference dividends are payable semi-annually at least seven business days
prior to the date on which Investec plc pays its ordinary dividends, if any, but shall be payable no later
than 120 business days after 31 March and 30 September respectively.
*Less than £1 000.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
120
42. Ordinary share premium
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Share premium account
555 812
806 812
The reduction in ordinary share premium in the current year primarily related to a transfer from share premium to retained income.
This was to increase distributable reserves to facilitate the distribution of Ninety One shares to ordinary shareholders. This  was
done post obtaining court approval from the Business and Property Court of England and Wales Companies court to do so.
43. Treasury shares
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Treasury shares held by subsidiaries of Investec plc
181 797
161 522
Number
Number
Investec plc ordinary shares held by subsidiaries
49 720 148
48 997 877
Reconciliation of treasury shares
Number
Number
At the beginning of the year
48 997 877
41 576 257
Purchase of own shares by subsidiary companies
7 823 716
15 730 542
Shares disposed of by subsidiaries
(7 101 445)
(8 308 922)
At the end of the year
49 720 148
48 997 877
Market value of treasury shares
£'000
£'000
Investec plc
223 542
246 753
223 542
246 753
^On 3 October 2022, the Group announced a share purchase programme pursuant to which Investec Limited would purchase Investec plc ordinary shares (the “PLC
Share Purchase Programme”). Investec Limited acquired 42 485 632 shares during the current year. these shares are held as treasury shares in the Group.
Subsidiary companies which hold treasury shares are the staff share trusts which facilitate share-based awards within the Group.
44. Other Additional Tier 1 securities in issue
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Fixed Rate Reset Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Write Down Capital Securities
250 000
250 000
On 5 October 2017, Investec plc issued £250 million Fixed Rate Reset Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Write Down Capital Securities
(AT1 securities) at par. The securities are perpetual and pay a distribution rate on 5 March, June, September and December,
commencing from 5 December 2017. At each distribution payment day, the Company can decide whether to pay the distribution
rate, which is non-cumulative, in whole or in part. The distribution rate is 6.75% per annum until 5 December 2024; thereafter,
the distribution rate resets every five years to a rate of 5.749% per annum plus the benchmark gilts rate. The AT1 securities will
be automatically written down and the investors will lose their entire investment in the securities should the CET1 capital ratio
of the Investec plc Group, as defined in the PRA’s rules, fall below 7%. The AT1 securities are redeemable at the option of the
Company on 5 December 2024 or on each distribution payment date thereafter. No such redemption may be made without the
consent of the PRA.
45. Non-controlling interests
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Non-controlling interests in partially held subsidiaries
951
833
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
121
46. Finance lease disclosures
2023
2022
At 31 March
Total future
minimum
payments
Present value
Total future
minimum
payments
Present value
£’000
Finance lease receivables included in loans and advances
to customers
Lease receivables due in:
Less than one year
234 669
194 458
230 003
193 281
One to five years
362 984
317 007
341 698
303 439
Later than five years
7 102
6 367
6 349
5 886
604 755
517 832
578 050
502 606
Unearned finance income
(86 923)
(75 444)
Net investment in the lease
517 832
502 606
At 31 March 2023, unguaranteed residual values accruing to the benefit of the Group were £4.1 million (2022: £8.6 million). Finance
leases in the Group mainly relate to leases on property, equipment and motor vehicles.
2023
2022
At 31 March
Total future
minimum
payments
Present value
Total future
minimum
payments
Present value
£’000
Finance lease receivables included in other assets
Lease receivables due in:
Less than one year
40 746
37 282
38 401
37 647
One to five years
194 893
169 921
220 606
185 509
Later than five years
—
—
748
746
235 639
207 203
259 755
223 902
Unearned finance income
(28 436)
(35 853)
Net investment in the lease
207 203
223 902
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
122
47. Notes to the cash flow statement
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Profit before taxation adjusted for non-cash items and other required adjustments is derived as
follows:
Profit before taxation
367 924
271 788
Adjustment for non-cash items included in net income before taxation:
Impairment of goodwill
805
—
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
12 625
12 936
Net (gain)/loss on disposal of subsidiaries
(30)
632
Depreciation of operating lease assets
56
204
Depreciation and impairment of property, equipment, software and other intangibles
26 768
31 939
Expected credit loss impairment charges
66 752
25 159
Share of post-taxation profit of associates and joint venture holdings
(4 950)
(13 878)
Dividends received from associates and joint venture holdings
19 413
15 171
Share-based payments and employee benefit liability recognised
22 304
23 664
Profit before taxation adjusted for non-cash items
511 667
367 615
(Increase)/decrease in operating assets
Loans and advances to banks
530
53 095
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
108 774
617 764
Sovereign debt securities
(55 967)
(57 522)
Bank debt securities
(143 007)
(13 675)
Other debt securities
(273 114)
267 341
Derivative financial instruments
86 645
80 312
Securities arising from trading activities
35 628
118 480
Investment portfolio
37 007
40 489
Loans and advances to customers
(1 195 731)
(2 088 959)
Other loans and advances
(19 978)
800
Securitised assets
14 856
14 172
Other assets
174 360
217 997
(1 229 997)
(749 706)
Increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities
Deposits by banks
145 570
674 020
Derivative financial instruments
(158 479)
(51 568)
Other trading liabilities
(14 760)
(6 111)
Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent
(15 299)
(2 529)
Customer accounts
828 030
2 216 220
Debt securities in issue
(198 632)
45 593
Securitised liabilities
(14 276)
(12 396)
Other liabilities
(147 145)
171 988
425 009
3 035 217
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
123
48. Commitments
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Undrawn facilities
2 345 034
1 956 967
Other commitments
44 628
45 528
2 389 662
2 002 495
Commitments include expected credit losses (ECL) of £16 million (2022: £8 million) reported in other liabilities.
The Group has entered into forward foreign exchange contracts and loan commitments in the normal course of its banking
business for which the fair value is recorded on-balance sheet.
Carrying amount
of pledged assets
Related liability
At 31 March
2023
2022
2023
2022
£’000
Pledged assets
Loans and advances to banks
44 670
48 273
39 810
40 589
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities
borrowed
115 421
188 428
103 278
184 548
Sovereign debt securities
224 019
43 138
164 287
41 914
Bank debt securities
28 432
8 168
21 721
7 937
Securities arising from trading activities
35 139
47 957
34 031
46 114
Loans and advances to customers
708 860
612 670
494 892
595 290
Other loans and advances
8 121
7 998
7 160
6 724
1 164 662
956 632
865 179
923 116
The assets pledged by the Group are strictly for the purpose of providing collateral for the counterparty. To the extent that the
counterparty is permitted to sell and/or repledge the assets, they are classified on the balance sheet as reverse repurchase
agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
124
49. Contingent liabilities and legal matters
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security:
Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit
502 251
464 110
502 251
464 110
The amounts shown above are intended only to provide an indication of the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet
date.
Guarantees are issued by Investec plc and Investec Bank plc and its subsidiaries on behalf of third parties and other Group
companies.
Support is provided by Investec plc to its subsidiaries where appropriate.
Financial Services Compensation Scheme
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS), the UK’s statutory fund of last resort, provides compensation to customers
of UK authorised financial institutions in the event that an institution which is a participating member of the FSCS is unable, or is
likely to be unable, to pay claims against it.
The FSCS raises annual levies from participating members based on their level of participation (in the case of deposits, the
proportion that their protected deposits represent to total protected deposits) as at 31 December of the year preceding the
scheme year. Investec Bank plc and Investec Wealth & Investment Limited are participating members of the FSCS.
At the date of these financial statements, it is not possible to estimate whether there will ultimately be additional levies on the
industry, the level of Investec’s market participation or other factors that may affect the amount or timing of amount that may
ultimately become payable, nor the effect that such levies may have upon operating results in any particular financial period.
Legal and regulatory matters
The Group operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to legal, regulatory and litigation risks. As a result, the
Group is involved in disputes, legal proceedings and is subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits,
investigations and other proceedings by regulators and competition authorities which arise in the ordinary course of business. The
Group evaluates all facts, the probability of the outcome of the proceedings and advice from internal and external legal counsel
when considering accounting and regulatory implications. At the present time the Group does not expect the ultimate resolution of
any of these ongoing regulatory reviews and other matters to have a material adverse effect on its financial position.
Historical German dividend tax arbitrage transactions
Investec Bank plc has previously been notified by the Office of the Public Prosecutor in Cologne, Germany, that it and certain of its
current and former employees may be involved in possible charges relating to historical involvement in German dividend tax
arbitrage transactions (known as cum-ex transactions). Investigations are ongoing and no formal proceedings have been issued
against Investec Bank plc by the Office of the Public Prosecutor. In addition, Investec Bank plc received certain enquiries in respect
of client tax reclaims for the periods 2010-2011 relating to the historical German dividend arbitrage transactions from the German
Federal Tax Office (FTO) in Bonn. Since issuing our 31 March 2022 Annual Report, the FTO has provided more information in
relation to their claims and Investec Bank plc has sought further information and clarification.
Investec Bank plc is co-operating with the German authorities and continues to conduct its own internal investigation into the
matters in question. A provision is held to reflect the estimate of financial outflows that could arise as a result of this matter. There
are factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences, including financial penalties.
In relation to potential civil claims; whilst Investec Bank plc is not a claimant nor a defendant to any civil claims in respect of cum-ex
transactions, Investec Bank plc has received third party notices in relation to two civil proceedings in Germany and may elect to join
the proceedings as a third party participant. Investec Bank plc has itself served third party notices on various participants to these
historic transactions in order to preserve the statute of limitation on any potential future claims that Investec Bank plc may seek to
bring against those parties, should Investec Bank plc incur any liability in the future. Investec Bank plc has also entered into
standstill agreements with some third parties in order to suspend the limitation period in respect of the potential civil claims. While
Investec Bank plc is not a claimant nor a defendant to any civil claims at this stage, it cannot rule out the possibility of civil claims by
or against Investec Bank plc in future in relation to the relevant transactions.
The Group has not provided further disclosure with respect to these historical dividend arbitrage transactions because it has
concluded that such disclosure may be expected to seriously prejudice its outcome.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
125
50. Related party transactions
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Compensation of key management personnel and directors
Details of directors’ remuneration and interest in shares, including the disclosures required by
IAS 24
Related party transactions for the compensation of key management personnel and directors have
been included in the section marked as audited in the Investec remuneration report 2023.
Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving directors and others:
Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving directors and with directors and connected
persons and companies controlled by them, and with officers of the Company, were as follows:
Directors, key management and connected persons and companies controlled by them
Loans
At the beginning of the year
14 443
8 946
Increase in loans
6 217
6 728
Decrease in loans*
(4 636)
(1 231)
At the end of the year
16 024
14 443
Guarantees
At the beginning of the year
78
1 951
Additional guarantees granted
32
4
Decrease in guarantees*
—
(1 877)
Exchange adjustments
(10)
—
At the end of the year
100
78
Deposits
At the beginning of the year
(12 902)
(14 231)
Increase in deposits
(2 207)
(3 906)
Decrease in deposits*
4 192
5 235
At the end of the year
(10 917)
(12 902)
*Decrease primarily relates to normal course of business and changes in directorship during the current year.
The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and security, as for comparable arm’s length transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other
employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. None of these loans has been impaired.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
126
50. Related party transactions (continued)
Investec Limited and subsidiaries
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Balances with other related parties
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
4 263
8 179
Derivative financial instruments
473
158
Other assets
6 086
7 694
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
3 375
3 921
Derivative financial instruments
3 534
3 373
Customer accounts (deposits)
6 366
7 848
Repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities lent
20 208
16 331
Other liabilities
309
10 458
During the year to 31 March 2023, interest of £0.6 million (2022: £0.3 million) was paid to entities in the Investec Limited Group.
Interest of £821 000 (2022: £110 000) was received from Investec Limited Group.
In the normal course of business, services are rendered between Investec plc and Investec Limited entities. In the year to 31 March
2023, this resulted in a net payment to Investec Limited Group of £21.8 million (2022: £15.2 million).
The Group has an investment in Grovepoint (UK) Limited in which a previous Investec director has significant influence. The Group
has made an investment of £41.5 million (2022: £55.5 million) with no further committed funding. The terms and conditions of the
transaction were no more favourable than those available, or which might be expected to be available, on similar transactions to
non-related entities on an arm’s length basis.
During the year to 31 March 2023, the Investec Group held £74 000 (2022: £35 000) of customer accounts (deposits) from the
Ninety One Group on-balance sheet and a £36 000 debtor (2022: £29 000) for IFRS 2 recharges in relation to the share scheme. In
addition, a lease guarantee of £8 million (2022: £8 million) has been provided by Investec plc on behalf of Ninety One, with income
of £487 000 received during the year (2022: £531 000).
During the year to 31 March 2023, the Investec Group paid £761 000 (2022: £nil) for services rendered in the ordinary course
of business and received £24 000 (2022: £nil) from associates and joint venture holdings.
Due to the nature of the Group’s business, there could be transactions with entities where some of the Group’s directors may
be mutual directors. These transactions are in the ordinary course of business and are on an arm’s length basis.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
127
51. Hedges
The Group uses derivatives for the management of financial risks relating to its asset and liability portfolios, mainly associated
with non-trading interest rate risks and exposures to foreign currency risk. Most non-trading interest rate risk is transferred from
the originating business to the Central Treasury in the Specialist Bank. Once aggregated and netted, Central Treasury, as the sole
interface to the wholesale market for cash and derivative transactions, actively manages the liquidity mismatch and non-trading
interest rate risk from our asset and liability portfolios. In this regard, Treasury is required to exercise tight control of funding,
liquidity, concentration and non-trading interest rate risk within defined parameters.
The accounting treatment of accounting hedges is dependent on the requirement to identify a direct relationship between
a hedged item and hedging instrument. This relationship is established in limited circumstances based on the manner in which
the Group manages its risk exposure. Below is a description of each category of accounting hedges achieved by the Group.
Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are entered into mainly to hedge the exposure of changes in fair value of fixed rate financial instruments
attributable to interest rates.
At 31 March
Description of financial
instrument designated as
hedging instrument (All included
within derivative financial
instruments on the balance sheet)
Notional
value of
hedging
instrument
Fair value of
hedging
instrument
Cumulative
fair value
gains or
(losses) on
hedging
instrument
Current year
fair value
gains or
(losses) on
hedging
instrument
Cumulative
fair value
gains or
(losses) on
hedged item*
Current year
fair value
gains or
(losses) on
hedged item
£’000
2023
Assets
Interest rate swap
2 486 101
181 173
187 307
108 415
(158 293)
(96 153)
Liabilities
Interest rate swap
5 591 029
(97 127)
(97 240)
(57 321)
95 899
56 206
8 077 130
84 046
90 067
51 094
(62 394)
(39 947)
2022
Assets
Interest rate swap
3 439 311
93 874
99 731
119 195
(97 852)
(118 836)
Liabilities
Interest rate swap
2 455 015
(66 619)
(66 619)
(66 952)
66 460
66 764
5 894 326
27 255
33 112
52 243
(31 392)
(52 072)
*Change in fair value used as the basis for recognising hedge effectiveness for the period.
The hedging instruments share the same risk exposures as the hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is determined with reference
to retrospective and prospective testing, but to the extent hedging instruments are exposed to different risks than the hedged
items, this could result in hedge ineffectiveness or hedge accounting failures.
Sources of ineffectiveness include the following:
•Mismatches between the contractual terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument, including basis differences
•If a hedging relationship becomes over-hedged, for example, if the hedged item is partially redeemed but the original hedging
instrument remains in place.
Included within balance sheet management and other trading activities in the income statement is a £10.9 million gain (2022:
£0.2 million loss) arising from hedge ineffectiveness.
There are no accumulated fair value hedge adjustments for hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains
and losses.
Carrying amount of
hedged item
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
Hedged items
Assets
Sovereign debt securities
61 468
64 816
Other debt securities
15 363
2 977
Loans and advances to customers
2 152 411
3 250 658
Other assets*
91 662
116 704
Liabilities
Debt securities in issue
679 656
1 094 388
Customer accounts (deposits)
4 501 412
951 517
Subordinated liabilities
312 872
331 753
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
128
51. Hedges (continued)
At 31 March
Up to one
month
One month
to three
months
Three
months to
six months
Six months
to one year
One to five
years
Greater than
five years
Total
£’000
Maturity analysis of hedged items
2023
Assets – notionals
Sovereign debt securities
—
—
—
—
65 000
—
65 000
Other debt securities
—
—
—
—
4 490
11 234
15 724
Loans and advances to customers
165
9 469
25 555
52 874
839 971
1 382 532
2 310 566
Other assets*
2 765
5 545
8 388
17 052
57 912
—
91 662
Liabilities – notionals
Debt securities in issue
—
—
—
—
526 883
200 000
726 883
Customer accounts (deposits)
275 634
343 652
690 451
2 784 016
420 393
—
4 514 146
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
350 000
350 000
2022
Assets – notionals
Sovereign debt securities
—
—
—
—
38 000
32 000
70 000
Other debt securities
—
—
—
—
2 992
—
2 992
Loans and advances to customers
386
31 147
41 597
112 067
2 591 214
474 877
3 251 288
Other assets*
2 496
5 001
7 564
15 383
86 260
—
116 704
Liabilities – notionals
Debt securities in issue
—
200 000
—
13 857
585 623
350 000
1 149 480
Customer accounts (deposits)
—
—
230 000
723 001
2 533
—
955 534
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
—
350 000
—
350 000
* Other assets includes aviation leasing related hedges.
Cash flow hedges
As the base rate of interest changes, the Group is exposed to variability in cash flows from both existing and highly probably
future transactions. During the year the Group entered into interest rate swap transactions to mitigate that cash flow variability.
The swaps were put into a formal hedge relationship, and accounted as cash flow hedges. There were no hedge relationships
outstanding at year-end.
The aggregate expected cash flows were hedged based on cash flow forecasts with reference to terms and conditions present
in the affected contractual arrangements. Changes in fair value were initially recognised in other comprehensive income and
reclassified to the income statement when the cash flows affected the income statement.
A reconciliation of the cash flow hedge reserve can be found in the statement of changes in equity. There was no ineffective
portion recognised in the income statement. Realisations to the income statement for cash flow hedges of £nil million (2022: £nil)
are included in net interest income.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
129
52. Liquidity analysis of financial liabilities based on undiscounted cash flows
At 31 March
Demand
Up to one
month
One month
to three
months
Three
months to
six months
Six months
to one year
One year to
five years
Greater than
five years
Total
£’000
2023
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
348 445
14 387
6 414
26 652
44 507
1 918 353
—
2 358 758
Derivative financial
instruments
175 712
31 595
78 615
74 315
126 099
229 550
19 203
735 089
Derivative financial
instruments
– held for trading
165 152
—
—
—
—
—
—
165 152
Derivative financial
instruments
– held for hedging risk
10 560
31 595
78 615
74 315
126 099
229 550
19 203
569 937
Other trading liabilities
28 184
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 184
Repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities
lent
41 194
43 875
—
54 461
—
—
—
139 530
Customer accounts
(deposits)
6 463 001
837 966
4 417 730
3 044 016
3 301 016
1 246 483
34
19 310 246
Debt securities in issue
—
3 348
35 179
88 916
83 172
909 991
557 979
1 678 585
Liabilities arising on
securitisation of other assets
—
—
5 920
159
9 607
49 555
34 532
99 773
Other liabilities
40 059
488 904
14 198
34 926
37 347
29 531
6 971
651 936
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
7 963
2 975
9 188
246 400
855 312
1 121 838
Total on-balance sheet
liabilities
7 096 595
1 420 075
4 566 019
3 326 420
3 610 936
4 629 863
1 474 031
26 123 939
Contingent liabilities
—
91
90 777
2 794
10 024
320 301
78 264
502 251
Commitments
167 414
72 597
55 524
167 819
218 945
1 382 284
400 955
2 465 538
Total liabilities
7 264 009
1 492 763
4 712 320
3 497 033
3 839 905
6 332 448
1 953 250
29 091 728
The balances in the above table will not agree directly to the balances in the consolidated balance sheet, as the table incorporates
all cash flows on an undiscounted basis relating to both principal and those associated with all future coupon payments (except for
trading liabilities and trading derivatives). Furthermore, loan commitments are generally not recognised on the balance sheet.
Trading liabilities and trading derivatives have been included in the ‘Demand’ time bucket and not by contractual maturity because
trading liabilities are typically held for short periods of time.
For an unaudited analysis based on discounted cash flows, refer to page 170.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
130
52. Liquidity analysis of financial liabilities based on undiscounted cash flows
(continued)
At 31 March
Demand
Up to one
month
One month to
three months
Three months
to six months
Six months to
one year
One year to
five years
Greater than
five years
Total
£’000
2022
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
368 416
2 413
—
4 858
16 686
1 734 261
—
2 126 634
Derivative financial
instruments
170 207
37 722
138 148
83 427
203 310
228 740
1 945
863 499
Derivative financial
instruments
– held for trading
129 465
—
—
—
—
—
—
129 465
Derivative financial
instruments
– held for hedging risk
40 742
37 722
138 148
83 427
203 310
228 740
1 945
734 034
Other trading liabilities
42 944
—
—
—
—
—
—
42 944
Repurchase agreements
and cash collateral on
securities lent
42 092
61 637
—
—
—
51 099
—
154 828
Customer accounts
(deposits)
7 940 372
614 090
3 506 209
3 303 112
1 991 948
970 828
18 146
18 344 705
Debt securities in issue
—
9 092
224 871
62 234
61 870
1 062 749
365 229
1 786 045
Liabilities arising on
securitisation of other
assets
—
—
3 459
3 322
6 632
43 125
62 856
119 394
Other liabilities*
77 822
641 466
18 073
10 737
49 861
6 735
9 396
814 090
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
17 850
9 188
108 150
851 638
986 826
Total on-balance sheet
liabilities
8 641 853
1 366 420
3 890 760
3 485 540
2 339 495
4 205 687
1 309 210
25 238 965
Contingent liabilities
928
620
63 985
4 038
78 428
222 312
93 799
464 110
Commitments
170 177
116 393
73 050
108 002
202 980
1 084 019
378 336
2 132 957
Total liabilities
8 812 958
1 483 433
4 027 795
3 597 580
2 620 903
5 512 018
1 781 345
27 836 032
*In the prior year disclosure, included within other liabilities was £600.4 million of undiscounted non-financial instruments scoped out of IFRS 9.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
131
53. Principal subsidiaries, associated companies and joint venture holdings –       
Investec plc
Interest
Principal activity
Country of
incorporation
2023
2022
At 31 March
Direct subsidiaries of Investec plc
Investec 1 Limited
Investment holding
England and Wales
100%
100%
Indirect subsidiaries of Investec plc
Investec Asset Finance PLC
Leasing
England and Wales
100%
100%
Investec Bank plc
Investment holding
England and Wales
100%
100%
Investec Bank (Channel Islands) Limited
Banking institution
Guernsey
100%
100%
Investec Bank (Switzerland) AG
Banking institution and
wealth manager
Switzerland
100%
100%
Investec Group Investments (UK) Limited
Investment holding
England and Wales
100%
100%
Investec Holdings Australia Pty Limited
Holding company
Australia
100%
100%
Investec Investments (UK) Limited
Investment holding
England and Wales
100%
100%
Investec Europe Limited
MiFiD Firm
Ireland
100%
100%
Investec Securities (US) LLC
Financial services
USA
100%
100%
Investec Wealth & Investment Limited
Investment
management services
England and Wales
100%
100%
All of the above subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts.
The subsidiaries listed above are only in relation to subsidiary undertakings whose results or financial position, in the opinion of the
directors, have a significant impact on the financial statements.
For more details on associated companies and joint venture holdings refer to note 29.
A complete list of subsidiary, associated undertakings and joint venture holdings as required by the Companies Act 2006 is
included in note j to the Investec plc company accounts on pages 187 to 191.
Consolidated structured entities
Investec plc has no equity interest in the following structured entities, which are consolidated. Typically, a structured entity is an
entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. The judgements to assess whether the Group
has control over these structures include assessing the purpose and design of the entity and considering whether the Group or
another involved party with power over the relevant activities is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of
others.
Name of principal structured entity
Type of structured entity
Cavern Funding 2020 plc
Securitised auto receivables
Landmark Mortgage Securities No. 2 plc
Securitised residential mortgages
Tamarin Securities Limited
Structured debt and loan portfolios
Temese Funding 2 plc
Securitised receivables
Yorker Trust
Structured debt and loan portfolios
For additional detail on the assets and liabilities arising on securitisation, refer to note 28.
Details of the risks to which the Group is exposed through all of its securitisations are included in the notes to risk and capital
management on page 162.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
132
53. Principal subsidiaries, associated companies and joint venture holdings –       
Investec plc (continued)
The key assumptions for the main types of structured entities which the Group consolidates are summarised below:
Securitised residential mortgages
The Group has securitised residential mortgages in order to provide investors with exposure to residential mortgage risk and to
raise funding. These structured entities are consolidated due to the Group’s holdings of equity notes combined with its control over
servicing activities. The Group is not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained; such losses are
reflected in any impairment of securitised mortgages as those assets have not been derecognised.
Structured debt and loan portfolios
The Group has structured debt and loan portfolios for the purpose of issuing asset-backed securities. These structured entities are
consolidated due to the Group’s retention of equity notes and because it continues to act as the collateral manager. The Group is
not required to fund any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained.
Securitised receivables
The Group has securitised portfolios of medium-term lease and hire purchase receivables. These structured entities are
consolidated as the Group has retained the equity notes and control over servicing activities. The Group is not required to fund
any losses above those incurred on the notes it has retained.
Other structured entities – commercial operations
The Group also consolidates a number of structured entities where control arises from rights attached to lending facilities and
similar commercial involvement. These arise primarily in the areas of aircraft funds, where the Group has rights which allow it
to maximise the value of the assets held and investments in mining projects due to its exposure to equity like returns and ability
to influence the strategic and financial decision-making.
The Group is not required to fund any losses above those which could be incurred on debt positions held or swaps which exist
with these structured entities. The risks to which the Group is exposed from these structured entities are related to the underlying
assets held in the structures. The total assets held in structured entities arising from commercial operations is £1 million
(2022: £26 million).
Significant restrictions
As is typical for a large group of companies, there are restrictions on the ability of the Group to obtain distributions of capital,
access the assets or repay the liabilities of members of the Group due to the statutory, regulatory and contractual requirements
of its subsidiaries.
These are considered below:
Regulatory requirements
Subsidiary companies are subject to prudential regulation and regulatory capital requirements in the countries in which they are
regulated. These require entities to maintain minimum capital, leverage and exposure ratios restricting the ability of these entities
to make distributions of cash or other assets to the parent company. Regulated subsidiaries of the Group are required to maintain
liquidity pools to meet PRA and local regulatory requirements. The main subsidiaries affected are: Investec Bank plc, Investec Bank
(Channel Islands) Limited and Investec Bank (Switzerland) AG, which must maintain compliance with the regulatory minimum.
Capital management within the Group is discussed in the notes to risk and capital management on pages 177 to 179.
Statutory requirements
The Group’s subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements not to make distributions of capital and unrealised profits,
and generally maintain solvency. These requirements restrict the ability of subsidiaries to remit dividends, except in the case
of a legal capital reduction or liquidation.
Contractual requirements
Asset encumbrance – the Group uses its financial assets to raise finance in the form of securitisations and through the liquidity
schemes of central banks. Once encumbered, the assets are not available for transfer around the Group. The assets typically
affected are disclosed in notes 20 and 56.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
133
53. Principal subsidiaries, associated companies and joint venture holdings –       
Investec plc (continued)
Structured associates
The Group has investments in a number of structured funds specialising in aircraft financing where the Group acts as adviser
or fund manager in addition to holding units within the fund. As a consequence of these roles and funding, the Group has
significant influence over the fund and therefore the funds are treated as associates.
The Group applies the venture capital exemption to these holdings and, as such, the investments in the funds are accounted for
at fair value and held within the investment portfolio on the balance sheet.
Type of structured entity
Nature and purpose
Interest held by the Group/income earned
Aircraft investment funds
To generate fees from managing assets
on behalf of third party investors
Investments in units issued by the fund
These vehicles are financed through the
issue of units to investors
Management fees
The table below sets out an analysis of the carrying amounts of interests held by the Group in structured associate entities.
At 31 March 2023
Line on the balance
sheet
Carrying
value
£'000
Maximum exposure
to loss
Income earned from
structured entity
£'000
£’000
Aircraft investment funds
Investment portfolio
21 164
Limited to the
carrying value
Investment income
2 832
At 31 March 2022
Line on the balance
sheet
Carrying
value
£'000
Maximum exposure to
loss
Income earned from
structured entity
£'000
£’000
Aircraft investment funds
Investment portfolio
15 297
Limited to the
carrying value
Investment income
1 782
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
134
54. Unconsolidated structured entities
The table below describes the types of structured entities that the Group does not consolidate, but in which it holds an interest
as originally set up. In making the assessment of whether to consolidate these structured entities, the Group has concluded that
it does not have control after consideration in line with the accounting policies as set out on pages 64 to 75.
Type of structured entity
Nature and purpose
Interest held by the Group/income earned
Investment funds
To generate fees from managing assets on
behalf of third party investors
Investments in units issued by the fund
These vehicles are financed through the
issue of units to investors
Management fees
Residential mortgage securitisations
To generate a return for investors by
providing exposure to residential mortgage
risk
Investments in notes
These vehicles are financed through the
issue of notes to investors
The Group currently does not hold any exposure to structured entities. During the prior year, the Group sold its interest
in a Residential mortgage structured entity and recognised £71 000 of net interest expense.
Financial support provided to the unconsolidated structured entities
There are no contractual agreements which require the Group to provide any additional financial or non-financial support to these
structured entities.
During the year, the Group has not provided any such support and does not have any current intentions to do so in the future.
Sponsoring
The Group considers itself a sponsor of a structured entity when it facilitates the establishment of the structured entity.
Interests in structured entities which the Group has not set up
Purchased securitisation positions
The Group buys and sells interests in structured entities that it has not originated as part of its trading activities, for example,
residential mortgage securities, commercial mortgage securities, loans to corporates and resecuritisations. In such cases the Group
typically has no other involvement with the structured entity other than the securities it holds as part of its trading activities, and
its maximum exposure to loss is restricted to the carrying value of the asset.
Details of the value of these interests is included in the notes to risk and capital management on page 162.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
135
55. Offsetting
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet
Related amounts not offset*
At 31 March
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net amounts
reported on
the balance
sheet
Financial
instruments
(including non-
cash collateral)
Cash
collateral
Net amount
£’000
2023
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
5 400 401
—
5 400 401
—
—
5 400 401
Loans and advances to banks
893 297
—
893 297
—
(42 365)
850 932
Reverse repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities borrowed
1 338 699
—
1 338 699
(18 976)
(51 104)
1 268 619
Sovereign debt securities
1 221 744
—
1 221 744
—
—
1 221 744
Bank debt securities
204 691
—
204 691
—
—
204 691
Other debt securities
697 275
—
697 275
—
—
697 275
Derivative financial instruments
634 123
—
634 123
(202 876)
(265 816)
165 431
Securities arising from trading activities
127 537
—
127 537
(33 902)
—
93 635
Investment portfolio
489 204
—
489 204
—
—
489 204
Loans and advances to customers
15 567 809
—
15 567 809
—
—
15 567 809
Other loans and advances
142 626
—
142 626
—
(4 959)
137 667
Other securitised assets
78 231
—
78 231
—
—
78 231
Other assets
965 449
—
965 449
—
—
965 449
27 761 086
—
27 761 086
(255 754)
(364 244)
27 141 088
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
2 172 171
—
2 172 171
—
(315 023)
1 857 148
Derivative financial instruments
704 816
—
704 816
(202 877)
(41 080)
460 859
Other trading liabilities
28 184
—
28 184
(10 337)
—
17 847
Repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities lent
139 529
—
139 529
(20 986)
(6 244)
112 299
Customer accounts (deposits)
19 121 921
—
19 121 921
—
(1 897)
19 120 024
Debt securities in issue
1 449 545
—
1 449 545
(21 554)
—
1 427 991
Liabilities arising on securitisation
of other assets
81 609
—
81 609
—
—
81 609
Other liabilities
1 232 729
—
1 232 729
—
—
1 232 729
Subordinated liabilities
731 483
—
731 483
—
—
731 483
25 661 987
—
25 661 987
(255 754)
(364 244)
25 041 989
*The Group enters into derivatives and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements with various counterparties which are governed by industry standard master
netting agreements. The Group holds and provides cash and securities collateral in respect of derivatives transactions covered by these agreements. The right to set
off balances under these master netting agreements or to set off cash and securities collateral only arises in the event of non-payment or default and, as a result,
these arrangements do not qualify for offsetting under IAS 32.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
136
55. Offsetting (continued)
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet
Related amounts not offset*
At 31 March
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net amounts
reported on
the balance
sheet
Financial
instruments
(including non-
cash collateral)
Cash
collateral
Net amount
£’000
2022
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
5 379 994
—
5 379 994
—
—
5 379 994
Loans and advances to banks
1 467 770
—
1 467 770
—
(45 950)
1 421 820
Reverse repurchase agreements and
cash collateral on securities borrowed
1 447 473
—
1 447 473
(89 970)
(15 538)
1 341 965
Sovereign debt securities
1 165 777
—
1 165 777
—
—
1 165 777
Bank debt securities
61 714
—
61 714
—
—
61 714
Other debt securities
427 761
—
427 761
—
—
427 761
Derivative financial instruments
693 133
—
693 133
(272 446)
(209 749)
210 938
Securities arising from trading activities
163 165
—
163 165
(46 114)
—
117 051
Investment portfolio
694 324
—
694 324
—
—
694 324
Loans and advances to customers
14 426 475
—
14 426 475
—
—
14 426 475
Other loans and advances
122 717
—
122 717
—
(5 930)
116 787
Other securitised assets
93 087
—
93 087
—
—
93 087
Other assets
1 139 439
—
1 139 439
—
—
1 139 439
27 282 829
—
27 282 829
(408 530)
(277 167)
26 597 132
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
2 026 601
—
2 026 601
—
(215 054)
1 811 547
Derivative financial instruments
863 295
—
863 295
(298 340)
(47 482)
517 473
Other trading liabilities
42 944
—
42 944
(38 287)
—
4 657
Repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities lent
154 828
—
154 828
(25 761)
(4 348)
124 719
Customer accounts (deposits)
18 293 891
—
18 293 891
—
(10 233)
18 283 658
Debt securities in issue
1 648 177
—
1 648 177
(46 142)
(50)
1 601 985
Liabilities arising on securitisation
of other assets
95 885
—
95 885
—
—
95 885
Other liabilities
1 379 327
—
1 379 327
—
—
1 379 327
Subordinated liabilities
758 739
—
758 739
—
—
758 739
25 263 687
—
25 263 687
(408 530)
(277 167)
24 577 990
*The Group enters into derivatives and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements with various counterparties which are governed by industry standard master
netting agreements. The Group holds and provides cash and securities collateral in respect of derivatives transactions covered by these agreements. The right to set
off balances under these master netting agreements or to set off cash and securities collateral only arises in the event of non-payment or default and, as a result,
these arrangements do not qualify for offsetting under IAS 32.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
137
56. Derecognition
Transfer of financial assets that do not result in derecognition
The Group has been party to securitisation transactions whereby assets continue to be recognised on-balance sheet (either fully
or partially) although they have been subject to legal transfer to another entity. Securitisations may, depending on the individual
arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt securities issued in the
transaction.
2023
2022
No derecognition achieved
Carrying
amount of
assets that
continue to be
recognised
Carrying
amount of
associated
liabilities
Carrying amount
of assets that
continue to be
recognised
Carrying
amount of
associated
liabilities
£’000
Loans and advances to customers
1 613 838
—
730 310
—
Loans and advances to banks
80 799
—
53 192
—
1 694 637
—
783 502
—
The transferred assets above in both the current and prior year are held within structured entities which are wholly-owned and
consolidated by the Group. There are no external parties participating in these vehicles and therefore the Group continues to have
full exposure to the risks and rewards associated with the assets and the associated liabilities are eliminated on consolidation.
There are no restrictions or limitations on the Group's recourse to the assets held within the structured entities.
For transfer of assets in relation to repurchase agreements refer to note 20.
57. Subsequent events
Proposed combination of Investec Wealth & Investment UK and Rathbones Group
It was announced on 4 April 2023 that Investec plc and Rathbones Group Plc (Rathbones) have entered into a definitive agreement
regarding an all-share combination of Investec Wealth & Investment Limited (IW&I UK) and Rathbones.
Under the terms of the combination, Rathbones will issue new Rathbones shares in exchange for 100% of Investec IW&I UK’s share
capital. On completion, Investec Group will own 41.25% of the economic interest in the enlarged Rathbones Group’s share capital,
with Investec Group’s voting rights limited to 29.9%.
The combination is conditional, among other things, on:
i.The Financial Conduct Authority and London Stock Exchange agreeing to admit the ordinary share element of the consideration
shares to the premium listing segment of the Official List and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market for listed
securities,
ii.No material adverse change having occurred in respect of either Rathbones or Investec IW&I UK,
iii.The Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) confirming in response to a briefing note that it has no further questions,
or alternatively, CMA approval, and
iv.Relevant regulatory approvals and notifications being obtained, including in the UK, Jersey, Guernsey and South Africa.
At the completion date of the sale, Investec will deconsolidate its 100% investment in IW&I UK. Going forward the investment in the
enlarged Rathbones Group will be equity accounted.
At the date of this report, the transaction has not yet become effective. The financial effect of deconsolidation will be dependent
on the net asset value of the IW&I UK business and the fair value of the Rathbones shares on the date of deconsolidation, a reliable
estimate cannot be made at this point.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
138
58. Credit and
counterparty risk
management
Credit and counterparty risk arises
primarily from three types of transactions:
•Lending transactions, through loans
and advances to clients and
counterparties, creating the risk that an
obligor will be unable or unwilling to
repay capital and/or interest on loans
and advances granted to them. This
category includes bank placements,
where we have placed funds with
other financial institutions
•Financial instrument transactions,
producing issuer risk where payments
due from the issuer of a financial
instrument may not be received
•Trading transactions, giving rise to
settlement and replacement risk
(collectively counterparty risk):
–Settlement risk is the risk that the
settlement of a transaction does not
take place as expected, with one
party making required settlements as
they fall due but not receiving the
performance to which they are
entitled
–Replacement risk is the risk following
default by the original counterparty
resulting in the contract holder
having to enter into a replacement
contract with a second counterparty
in order to fulfil the transaction.
The relevant credit committees will also
consider wrong-way risk at the time of
granting credit limits to each
counterparty. In the banking book
environment, wrong-way risk occurs
where the value of collateral to secure a
transaction decreases as the probability
of default of the borrower or
counterparty increases. For counterparty
credit risk resulting from transactions in
traded products (such as OTC
derivatives), wrong-way risk is defined as
exposure to a counterparty that is
adversely correlated with the credit
quality of that counterparty. It arises
when default risk and credit exposure
increase together.
Credit and counterparty risk may also
arise in other ways and it is the role of
the risk management functions and the
various independent credit committees to
identify risks falling outside these
definitions.
Credit and counterparty
risk governance structure
To manage, measure, monitor and mitigate
credit and counterparty risk, independent
credit committees exist in the UK. These
committees also have oversight of regions
where we assume credit risk and operate
under Board-approved delegated limits,
policies and procedures. There is a high
level of executive involvement and
oversight in the credit decision-making
forums depending on the size and
complexity of the deal. It is our policy that
all credit committees include voting
members who are independent of the
originating business unit. All decisions to
enter into a transaction are based on
unanimous consent.
In addition to the credit committees, the
following processes assist in managing,
measuring and monitoring credit and
counterparty risk:
•Day-to-day arrears management and
regular arrears reporting ensure that
individual positions and any potential
adverse trends are dealt with in a
timely manner
•Watchlist Forums review the
management of distressed loans,
potential problem loans and exposures
in arrears that require additional
attention and supervision. These
committees review ECL impairments
and staging at an asset level as well as
potential fair value adjustments to
loans and advances to customers.
They provide recommendations for the
appropriate staging and level of ECL
impairment where required
•The Forbearance Forum reviews and
monitors counterparties who have
been granted forbearance measures
•The Impairment Decision Committee
reviews recommendations from
underlying Watchlist Forums and
considers and approves the
appropriate level of ECL impairments
and staging
•The Models Forum provides an internal
screening and validation process for
credit models. We have established
independent model validation teams
who review the models and provide
feedback on the accuracy and operation
of the models and note items for further
development through the forum.
Unaudited_information.png
Credit and counterparty
risk appetite
The Board has set risk appetite limit
frameworks which regulate the maximum
exposures we would be comfortable to
tolerate in order to diversify and mitigate
risk. These limit frameworks, approved at
least annually, are monitored on an
ongoing basis by IBP BRCC, DLC BRCC
and the respective Boards. Should there
be any breaches to limits, or where
exposures are nearing limits, these
exceptions are specifically highlighted for
attention, with remedial actions agreed.
Our assessment of our clients and
counterparties includes consideration of
their character, integrity, core
competencies, track record and financial
strength. A strong emphasis is placed on
the historic and ongoing stability of
income and cash flow streams generated
by the clients. Our primary assessment
method is therefore the ability of the
client to meet their payment obligations.
Target clients include high net worth
individuals, active wealth creators, high-
income professionals, self-employed
entrepreneurs, owner managers in small
to mid-cap corporates, sophisticated
investors, established corporates, small
and medium-sized enterprises, financial
institutions and sovereigns. Corporates
should demonstrate scale and relevance
in their market, an experienced
management team, able Board members,
strong earnings and cash flow.
We are client-centric in our approach and
originate loans mainly with the intent of
holding these assets to maturity, thereby
developing a ‘hands-on’ and long-
standing relationship.
Interbank lending is largely reserved for
those banks and institutions in the
Group’s core geographies of activity,
which are systemic and highly rated.
Unaudited_information.png
Concentration risk
Concentration risk, with respect to credit 
and counterparty risk, is when large
exposures exist to a single client
or counterparty, group of connected
counterparties, or to a particular
geography, asset class or industry. An
example of this would be where a number
of counterparties are affected by similar
economic, legal, regulatory or other factors
that could mean their ability to meet
contractual obligations are correlated.
Credit and counterparty risk is always
assessed with reference to the
aggregate exposure to a single
counterparty or group of related parties
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
139
to manage concentration risk. In order to
manage concentration, we will consider a
sell-down of exposures to market
participants if required.
Concentration risk can also exist where
portfolio loan maturities are clustered to
single periods in time. Loan maturities are
monitored on a portfolio and a
transaction level by Group risk
management, Group lending operations
as well as the originating business units.
Unaudited_information.png
Country risk
Country risk, with respect to credit and
counterparty risk, refers to the risk of
lending to a counterparty operating in a
particular country or the risk inherent in a
sovereign exposure, i.e. the risk of
exposure to loss caused by events in that
country. Country risk covers all forms of
lending or investment activity whether to/
with individuals, corporates, banks or
governments. This can include
geopolitical risks, transfer and
convertibility risks, and the impact on the
borrower’s credit profile due to local
economic and political conditions.
To mitigate country risk, there is a
preference for primary exposure in the
Group’s main operating geography. The
Group will accept exposures where we
have a branch or local banking
subsidiary, and tolerate exposures to
other countries where we are facilitating
a transaction for a client who requires
facilities in a foreign geography and
where we have developed a local
understanding and capability.
The Group’s credit risk appetite with
regard to country risk is characterised by
the following principles:
•Preference is to have exposure only to
politically stable jurisdictions that we
understand and have preferably
operated in before
•There is little specific appetite for
exposures outside of the Group’s pre-
existing core geographies or target
markets
•The legal environment should be
tested, have legal precedent in line
with OECD standards and have good
corporate governance
•In certain cases, country risk can be
mitigated by taking out political risk
insurance with suitable counterparties
where deemed necessary and where
considered economic.
While we do not have a separate country
risk committee, the relevant credit
committees as well as investment
committees, IBP ERC and where
necessary, Group ERC will consider,
analyse and assess the appropriate
foreign jurisdiction limits.
In the UK, following the official exit from
the European Union, it remains necessary
to avoid exposures to certain European
countries due to the resulting legal
implications. This relates specifically to
countries in which borrowers are legally
incorporated and any deal will be
thoroughly assessed on a case by case
basis to ensure compliance with current
regulations.
Unaudited_information.png
ESG risk
The greatest socio-economic and
environmental impact we can have is to
partner with our clients and stakeholders
to accelerate a cleaner, more resilient
and inclusive world.
Our sustainability strategy focuses on
two core UN Sustainable Development
Goals which are climate action (SDG 13)
and reducing inequalities (SDG 10). This
is key when integrating ESG
considerations into our day-to-day
operations and credit decision-making.
ESG risks are considered by the credit
committee or investment committee
when making lending or investment
decisions. Transactions that fall into the
high-risk ESG category require extra due
diligence from the Group sustainability
team and are presented to the DLC SEC.
The following ESG risk matters are taken
into account when assessing high-risk
transactions:
•Environmental considerations
(including animal welfare)
•Social considerations (including human
rights)
•Macro-economic considerations
(including poverty, growth and
unemployment).
We recognise the complexity and
urgency of climate change. We are
committed to supporting the transition to
a clean and energy efficient world while
preserving biodiversity, nature and the
wellbeing of our people and our planet.
When making lending or investment
decisions, the credit committee or
investment committee will review risks
with regard to climate change, nature and
biodiversity with additional input from the
Group sustainability team and/or the DLC
SEC should the deal be of a high-risk
category.
Page_references.png
Refer to page 159 for further
detail.
Unaudited_information.png
Climate, nature and
biodiversity risk
We recognise the complexity and
urgency of climate change. We are
committed to supporting the transition to
a clean and energy efficient world while
preserving biodiversity, nature and the
wellbeing of our people and our planet.
When making lending or investment
decisions, the credit committee or
investment committee will review risks
with regard to climate change, nature and
biodiversity with additional input from the
Group sustainability team and/or the DLC
SEC should the deal be of a high-risk
category.
Page_references.png
Refer to page 159 for further detail.
Unaudited_information.png
Stress testing and portfolio
management
The Investec Group’s stress testing
framework is designed to identify and
assess vulnerabilities under stress. The
process comprises a bottom-up analysis
of the Group’s material business activities,
incorporating views from risk management
teams, business and the executive. Stress
scenarios are designed based on findings
from the bottom-up process, taking into
consideration the broader macro-
economic and political risk backdrop.
These Investec-specific stress scenarios
form an integral part of our capital
planning process and IFRS 9 reporting.
The stress testing process also informs
the risk appetite review process, and the
management of risk appetite limits and is
a key risk management tool of the Group.
This process allows the Group to identify
underlying risks and manage them
accordingly.
The Group also performs ad hoc stress
tests and reverse stress testing. Ad hoc
stress tests are conducted in response to
any type of material and/or emerging risks,
with reviews undertaken of impacted
portfolios to assess any migration in quality
and highlight any vulnerabilities, identify
portfolio concentrations and make
appropriate recommendations such as a
reduction in risk appetite limits. Reverse
stress tests are conducted to stress the
Group’s business plan to failure and
consider a broad variety of extreme and
remote events.
Reviews are also undertaken of all
material businesses, where the portfolios
are analysed to assess any migration in
portfolio quality, highlight any
vulnerabilities, identify portfolio
concentrations and make appropriate
recommendations, such as a reduction in
risk appetite limits or specific exposures.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
140
Management and measurement
of credit and counterparty risk
Fundamental principles employed in the
management of credit and counterparty
risk include:
•A clear definition of our target market
•A quantitative and qualitative
assessment of the creditworthiness of
our counterparties
•Analysis of risks, including
concentration risk (concentration risk
considerations include asset class,
industry, counterparty and
geographical concentration)
•Decisions being made with reference
to risk appetite limits
•Prudential limits
•Regular monitoring and review of
existing and potential exposures once
facilities have been approved
•A high level of executive involvement
in decision-making with non-executive
review and oversight
•Portfolio reviews and stress testing.
Within the credit approval process,
internal and external ratings are included
in the assessment of client quality.
A large proportion of the Group’s portfolio
is not rated by external rating agencies.
We place reliance upon internal
consideration of counterparties and
borrowers and use ratings prepared
externally where available to support our
decision-making process.
Regular reporting of credit and
counterparty risk exposures within our
operating units are made to
management, the executives and the
Board through the DLC BRCC and IBP
BRCC. The Board reviews and approves
the appetite for credit and counterparty
risk, which is documented in risk appetite
statements and policy documents. This is
implemented and reviewed by the credit
risk management teams in each
jurisdiction.
Portfolio reviews and stress testing are
undertaken on all material businesses,
where the exposures are analysed to
assess any migration in portfolio quality,
highlight any vulnerabilities, identify
portfolio concentrations and make
appropriate recommendations, such as a
reduction in risk appetite limits or specific
exposures.
Unaudited_information.png
Credit and counterparty
risk – nature of activities
Credit and counterparty risk is assumed
through a range of client-driven lending
activities to private and corporate clients
as well as other counterparties, such as
financial institutions and sovereigns.
These activities are diversified across a
number of business activities.
•Core loans and advances: the majority
of credit and counterparty risk is
through core loans and advances,
which account for almost all ECL
allowances across our portfolio, which
are detailed on pages 143 to 149
•Treasury function: there are also
certain exposures, outside of core
loans and advances, where we assume
credit and counterparty risk. These
arise from treasury investments in
high-quality liquid assets, including
highly rated government,
supranational, sovereign and agency
and covered bonds, and treasury
placements where the treasury
function, as part of the daily
management of the Group’s liquidity,
places funds with central banks and
other commercial banks and financial
institutions. These transactions are
typically short-term (less than one
month) money market placements or
secured repurchase agreements.
These market counterparties are
mainly investment grade rated entities
that occupy dominant and systemic
positions in their domestic banking
markets and internationally. These
counterparties are located mainly in
the UK, Western Europe, Asia, North
America, Southern Africa and Australia.
In addition, credit and counterparty risk
arises through the following exposures:
•Customer trading activities to
facilitate hedging of client risk
positions: our customer trading
portfolios consist of derivative
contracts in interest rates, foreign
exchange, commodities, credit
derivatives and equities that are
entered into, to facilitate a client’s
hedging requirements. The
counterparties to such transactions are
typically corporates, in particular where
they have an exposure to interest rates
or foreign exchange due to operating
in sectors that include imports and
exports of goods and services. These
positions are marked-to-market,
typically with daily margin calls to
mitigate credit exposure in the event of
counterparty default
•Structured credit: these are bonds
secured against a pool of assets,
mainly UK residential mortgages or
European or US corporate leverage
loans. The bonds are typically highly
rated (single ‘A’ and above), which
benefit from a high level of credit
subordination and can withstand a
significant level of portfolio default
•Debt securities: from time to time we
take on exposures by means of
corporate debt securities rather than
loan exposures. These transactions
arise on the back of client relationships
or knowledge of the corporate market
and are based on our analysis of the
credit fundamentals
•Corporate advisory and investment
banking activities: counterparty risk in
this area is modest. The business also
trades shares on an approved basis
and makes markets in shares where
we are appointed corporate broker
under pre-agreed market risk limits.
Settlement trades are largely on a
delivery versus payment basis, through
major stock exchanges. Credit risk only
occurs in the event of counterparty
failure and would be linked to any fair
value losses on the underlying security
•Wealth & Investment: primarily an
agency business with a limited amount
of principal risk. Its core business is
discretionary investment management
services. Settlement risk can arise due
to undertaking transactions in an
agency capacity on behalf of clients.
However, the risk is not considered to
be material as most transactions are
undertaken on recognised exchanges,
with large institutional clients,
monitored daily, with trades usually
settled within two to three days.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
141
Credit risk mitigation
Credit risk mitigation techniques can be
defined as all methods by which the
Group seeks to decrease the credit risk
associated with an exposure. The
Investec Group considers credit risk
mitigation techniques as part of the credit
assessment of a potential client or
business proposal and not as a separate
consideration of mitigation of risk. Credit
risk mitigants can include any collateral
item over which the Group has a charge
over assets, netting and margining
agreements, covenants, or terms and
conditions imposed on a borrower with
the aim of reducing the credit risk
inherent to that transaction.
As the Group has limited appetite for
unsecured debt, the credit risk mitigation
technique most commonly used is the
taking of collateral, with a strong
preference for tangible assets. Collateral
is assessed with reference to the
sustainability of value and the likelihood
of realisation.
Acceptable collateral generally exhibits
characteristics that allow for it to be
easily identified and appropriately valued
and assists the Group to recover
outstanding exposures.
Where a transaction is supported by a
mortgage or charge over property, the
primary credit risk is still taken on the
borrower. In addition, the relevant credit
committee normally requires a suretyship
or guarantee in support of a transaction
in our private client business.
For property-backed lending we also
consider the client’s overall balance
sheet. The following characteristics of
the property are also considered: the
type of property; its location; and the
ease with which the property could be
relet and/or resold. Where the property is
secured by lease agreement, the credit
committee prefers not to lend for a term
beyond the maximum term of the lease.
Commercial real estate generally takes
the form of good quality property often
underpinned by strong third party leases.
Residential property is also generally of a
high quality and based in desirable
locations. Residential and commercial
property valuations will continue to form
part of our ongoing focus on collateral
assessment. It is our policy to obtain a
formal valuation of every commercial
property offered as collateral for a
lending facility before advancing funds.
Residential properties are valued by
desktop valuation and/or approved
valuers, where appropriate.
Other common forms of collateral in the
retail asset class are motor vehicles, cash
and share portfolios. Primary collateral in
private client lending transactions can
also include a high net worth individual’s
share/investment portfolio. This is
typically in the form of a diversified pool
of equity, fixed income, managed funds
and cash. Often these portfolios are
managed by Investec Wealth &
Investment. Lending against investment
portfolios is typically geared at
conservative loan-to-value (LTV) ratios,
after considering the quality,
diversification, risk profile and liquidity of
the portfolio.
Our corporate, government and
institutional clients provide a range of
collateral including cash, corporate
assets, debtors (accounts receivable),
trading stock, debt securities (bonds),
listed and unlisted shares and
guarantees.
The majority of credit mitigation
techniques linked to trading activity is in
the form of netting agreements and daily
margining. Primarily, the market standard
legal documents that govern this include
the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association (ISDA) Master Agreements,
Global Master Securities Lending
Agreement (GMSLA) and Global Master
Repurchase Agreement (GMRA). In
addition to having ISDA documentation in
place with market and trading
counterparties in over-the-counter (OTC)
derivatives, the credit committee may
require a Credit Support Annex (CSA) to
ensure that mark-to-market credit
exposure is mitigated daily through the
calculation and placement/receiving of
cash collateral. Where netting
agreements have been signed, the
enforceability is supported by an external
legal opinion within the legal jurisdiction
of the agreement.
Set-off is applied between assets,
subject to credit risk and related liabilities
in the annual financial statements, where:
•A legally enforceable right to set-off
exists
•There is the intention to settle the
asset and liability on a net basis, or to
realise the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously.
In addition to the above accounting set-
off criteria, banking regulators impose the
following additional criteria:
•Debit and credit balances relate to the
same obligor/counterparty
•Debit and credit balances are
denominated in the same currency and
have identical maturities
•Exposures subject to set-off are risk-
managed on a net basis
•Market practice considerations.
For this reason, there will be instances
where credit and counterparty exposures
are displayed on a net basis in these
annual financial statements but reported
on a gross basis to regulators.
The Group places minimal reliance on
credit derivatives in its credit risk
mitigation techniques. Periodically the
Group will enter into Credit Default
Swaps (CDS) in order to hedge a specific
asset held or to create a more general or
macro hedge against a group of
exposures in one industry or geography.
In these instances, the Group is deemed
to be ‘buying protection’ against the
assets. Depending on the perceived risk,
or ‘spread’, of the underlying exposure,
the CDS will fluctuate in value; increasing
in value when the asset has become
more risky and decreasing when risk has
reduced. Occasionally, the Group will
enter into trading/investment CDS
positions where we buy protection or sell
protection without owning the underlying
asset. The total amount of net credit
derivatives outstanding at 31 March 2023
amounts to -£0.2 million, of which all is
used for credit mitigation purposes. Total
protection bought amounts to
-£0.4 million and total protection sold
amounts to £0.2 million relating to credit
derivatives used in credit mitigation.
Page_references.png
Further information on credit
derivatives is provided on
page 108.
The Group implements robust processes
to minimise the possibility of legal and/or
operational risk through good quality
tangible collateral. The legal risk function
ensures the enforceability of credit risk
mitigants under the laws of the relevant
jurisdictions. When assessing the
potential concentration risk in its credit
portfolio, consideration is given to the
types of collateral and credit protection
that form part of the portfolio.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
142
Alternative_performance_measures.png
An analysis of gross core loans, asset quality and ECL
The tables that follow provide information with respect to the
asset quality of our gross core loans on a statutory basis.
Stage 3 exposures total £343 million at 31 March 2023 or 2.3%
of gross core loans subject to ECL (2.1% at 31 March 2022). The
underlying loan portfolios continue to perform well with no
evident signs of deteriorating trends in specific sectors.
Overall coverage for Stage 1 and Stage 2 remains elevated at
31 March 2023 reflecting current pressures in the macro-
economic environment.
Stage 2 exposures total £1 321 million or 8.7% of gross loans
subject to ECL. The increase is mainly driven by idiosyncratic
exposures requiring closer attention rather than assets where
we are concerned about default or loss.
£’million
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Gross core loans
15 709
14 557
Gross core loans at FVPL
551
609
Gross core loans subject to ECL*
15 158
13 948
Stage 1
13 494
12 665
Stage 2
1 321
992
of which past due greater than 30 days
35
28
Stage 3
343
291
ECL
(146)
(134)
Stage 1
(39)
(32)
Stage 2
(32)
(35)
Stage 3
(75)
(67)
Coverage ratio
Stage 1
0.29%
0.25%
Stage 2
2.4%
3.5%
Stage 3
21.9%
23.0%
Credit loss ratio
0.37%
0.17%
ECL impairment charges on core loans
(54)
(22)
Average gross core loans subject to ECL
14 553
12 969
An analysis of Stage 3 gross core loans subject to ECL
Stage 3 net of ECL
268
224
Aggregate collateral and other credit enhancements on Stage 3
280
230
Stage 3 as a % of gross core loans subject to ECL
2.3%
2.1%
Stage 3 net of ECL as a % of net core loans subject to ECL
1.8%
1.6%
Note: Our exposure (net of ECL) to the UK Legacy portfolio* has reduced from £43 million at 31 March 2022 to £37 million at 31 March 2023. These Legacy assets are
predominantly reported in Stage 3 and make up 12.6% of Stage 3 gross core loans. These assets have been significantly provided for and coverage remains high at 55.3%.
*Refer to definitions on page 193.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
143
An analysis of staging and ECL movements for core loans subject to ECL
The table below indicates underlying movements in gross core loans subject to ECL from 31 March 2022 to 31 March 2023.
The transfers between stages of gross core loans indicate the impact of stage transfers upon the gross exposure and associated
opening ECL. The increase in transfers into Stage 2 is mainly driven by idiosyncratic exposures that have deteriorated compared to
when the exposures originated, but where there is no specific concern with respect to loss. There was a slight uptick in transfers
into Stage 3 over the period, however this is broadly in line with the prior year when considered as a proportion of the opening
book.
The net remeasurement of ECL arising from stage transfers represents the (increase)/decrease in ECL due to these transfers. New
lending net of repayments comprises new originations, further drawdowns, repayments and sell-downs as well as, with respect to
ECLs, Stage 3 ECLs that have been written off, typically when an asset has been sold.
The ECL impact of changes to risk parameters and models during the year largely relates to the changes in the macro-economic
scenarios as well as the release of management ECL overlay. The foreign exchange and other category largely comprises the
impact on the closing balance as a result of movements and translations in foreign exchange rates since 31 March 2022.
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£’million
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
At 31 March 2021
10 415
(27)
1 242
(42)
332
(101)
11 989
(170)
Transfer from Stage 1
(433)
1
379
(1)
54
—
—
—
Transfer from Stage 2
397
(6)
(473)
8
76
(2)
—
—
Transfer from Stage 3
1
—
3
—
(4)
—
—
—
ECL remeasurement arising from transfer
of stage
—
3
—
(3)
—
(9)
—
(9)
New lending net of repayments
(includes assets written off)
2 253
(3)
(163)
5
(167)
45
1 923
47
Changes to risk parameters and models
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
—
(2)
Foreign exchange and other
32
—
4
—
—
—
36
—
At 31 March 2022
12 665
(32)
992
(35)
291
(67)
13 948
(134)
Transfer from Stage 1
(774)
4
678
(4)
96
—
—
—
Transfer from Stage 2
226
(2)
(282)
3
56
(1)
—
—
Transfer from Stage 3
3
—
4
—
(7)
—
—
—
ECL remeasurement arising from transfer
of stage
—
2
—
(7)
—
(16)
—
(21)
New lending net of repayments
(includes assets written off)
1 297
(12)
(81)
—
(94)
10
1 122
(2)
Changes to risk parameters and models
—
1
—
11
—
—
—
12
Foreign exchange and other
77
—
10
—
1
(1)
88
(1)
At 31 March 2023
13 494
(39)
1 321
(32)
343
(75)
15 158
(146)
Unaudited_information.png
An analysis of gross core loans by country of exposure
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
£15 709 million
£14 557 million
United Kingdom
83.6%
United Kingdom
83.3%
Europe (excluding UK)
8.8%
Europe (excluding UK)
8.2%
North America
5.2%
North America
5.4%
Asia
1.4%
Asia
1.5%
Other
0.6%
Other
0.7%
Australia
0.4%
Australia
0.9%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
144
An analysis of credit quality by internal rating grade
The Group uses a 25-grade internal rating scale which measures the risk of default to an exposure without taking into account any
credit mitigation, such as collateral. This internal rating scale allows the Group to measure credit risk consistently across portfolios.
The internal rating scale is derived from a mapping to PDs and can also be mapped to external rating agency scales.
PD range
Investec internal rating scale
Indicative external rating scale
less than 0.538%
IB01 – IB12
AAA to BBB-
0.538% - 6.089%
IB13 – IB19
BB+ to B-
greater than 6.089%
IB20 – IB25
B- and below
Stage 3
D
The internal credit rating distribution below is based on the 12-month PD at 31 March 2023 for gross core loans subject to ECL
by stage. The staging classifications are not only driven by the absolute PD, but on factors that determine a significant increase
in credit risk, including relative movement in PD since origination. There is therefore no direct correlation between the credit quality
of an exposure and its stage classification as shown in the table below:
At 31 March 2023
IB01-IB12
IB13-IB19
IB20-IB25
Stage 3
Total
£’million
Gross core loans subject to ECL
8 816
5 850
149
343
15 158
Stage 1
8 460
4 996
38
—
13 494
Stage 2
356
854
111
—
1 321
Stage 3
—
—
—
343
343
ECL
(12)
(50)
(9)
(75)
(146)
Stage 1
(10)
(28)
(1)
—
(39)
Stage 2
(2)
(22)
(8)
—
(32)
Stage 3
—
—
—
(75)
(75)
Coverage ratio
0.1%
0.9%
6.0%
21.9%
1.0%
At 31 March 2022
IB01-IB12
IB13-IB19
IB20-IB25
Stage 3
Total
£’million
Gross core loans subject to ECL
7 925
5 542
190
291
13 948
Stage 1
7 643
4 934
88
—
12 665
Stage 2
282
608
102
—
992
Stage 3
—
—
—
291
291
ECL
(9)
(46)
(12)
(67)
(134)
Stage 1
(6)
(25)
(1)
—
(32)
Stage 2
(3)
(21)
(11)
—
(35)
Stage 3
—
—
—
(67)
(67)
Coverage ratio
0.1%
0.8%
6.3%
23.0%
1.0%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
145
An analysis of core loans by
risk category – Lending
collateralised by property
Client quality and expertise are at the
core of our credit philosophy. We provide
senior debt and other funding for
property transactions, with a preference
for income-producing assets, supported
by an experienced sponsor providing a
material level of cash equity investment
into the asset. Our exposure to the
property market is well diversified with
strong bias towards prime locations for
residential exposure and focus on
property fundamentals, tenant quality
and income diversity for commercial
assets. Debt service cover ratios are a
key consideration in the lending process
supported by reasonable loan-to-security
value ratios.
Commercial real estate reduced by 2.9%
over the year to 31 March 2023 to
£1.6 billion. Lending collateralised by
property totalled £2.3 billion or 15.0%
of net core loans at 31 March 2023,
which remains in line with the Group’s risk
appetite to maintain a reduced proportion
of net core loan exposures in property-
related lending. New lending is diversified
by underlying asset classes at
conservative LTVs. Weighted average
LTV* on lending collateralised by
property remains conservative at 58%.
Development exposures are typically
undertaken at lower LTVs. These LTVs
do not take into account guarantees
provided by borrowers which provide
additional security to our lending and
would reduce LTV metrics further. The
bulk of property collateralised assets are
located in the UK.
The portfolio has diverse underlying
assets, experienced sponsors behind
the exposures and limited direct
exposure to sectors more vulnerable
to cyclicality. Underwriting criteria
remains conservative and we are
committed to following a client-centric
approach to lending, only supporting
counterparties with strong balance
sheets and requisite expertise.
Gross core loans at
amortised cost and FVOCI
Gross
core
loans at
FVPL
Gross
core
loans
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£’million
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
At 31 March 2023
Commercial real estate
1 241
(6)
231
(8)
76
(16)
1 548
(30)
43
1 591
Commercial real estate –
investment
920
(4)
212
(8)
70
(13)
1 202
(25)
40
1 242
Commercial real estate –
development
308
(2)
13
—
—
—
321
(2)
3
324
Commercial vacant land
and planning
13
—
6
—
6
(3)
25
(3)
—
25
Residential real estate
611
(2)
112
(4)
45
(18)
768
(24)
37
805
Residential real estate –
investment
359
(1)
39
(2)
11
(1)
409
(4)
35
444
Residential real estate –
development
244
(1)
69
(1)
9
(3)
322
(5)
—
322
Residential vacant land
and planning
8
—
4
(1)
25
(14)
37
(15)
2
39
Total lending collateralised
by property
1 852
(8)
343
(12)
121
(34)
2 316
(54)
80
2 396
Coverage ratio
0.43%
3.5%
28.1%
2.3%
At 31 March 2022
Commercial real estate
1 334
(3)
152
(6)
105
(21)
1 591
(30)
46
1 637
Commercial real estate –
investment
1 104
(2)
108
(4)
99
(18)
1 311
(24)
42
1 353
Commercial real estate –
development
222
(1)
38
(1)
—
—
260
(2)
4
264
Commercial vacant land
and planning
8
—
6
(1)
6
(3)
20
(4)
—
20
Residential real estate
676
(2)
3
—
34
(16)
713
(18)
29
742
Residential real estate –
investment
394
(1)
3
—
4
(1)
401
(2)
27
428
Residential real estate –
development
276
(1)
—
—
6
(3)
282
(4)
—
282
Residential vacant land
and planning
6
—
—
—
24
(12)
30
(12)
2
32
Total lending collateralised
by property
2 010
(5)
155
(6)
139
(37)
2 304
(48)
75
2 379
Coverage ratio
0.25%
3.9%
26.6%
2.1%
* Excludes a small portion of Legacy exposures that are predominately reported in Stage 3.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
146
An analysis of core loans by
risk category – High net worth
and other private client lending
Our Private Banking activities target high
net worth individuals, active wealth
creators, high-income professionals, self-
employed entrepreneurs, owner
managers in small to mid-cap corporates
and sophisticated investors.
Lending products are tailored to meet the
requirements of our clients and deliver
solutions to enable target clients to
create and manage their wealth. Central
to our credit philosophy is ensuring the
sustainability of cash flow and income
throughout the cycle. As such, the client
base has been defined to include high
net worth clients (who, through
diversification of income streams, should
reduce income volatility) and individuals
in defined professions which have
historically supported a sustainable
income base, irrespective of the stage in
the economic cycle.
Credit risk arises from the following
activities:
•Mortgages: provides residential
mortgage loan facilities to target
market clients
•Other high net worth lending: provides
credit facilities to high net worth
individuals and their controlled entities
as well as portfolio loans to high net
worth clients against their investment
portfolios typically managed by
Investec Wealth & Investment.
Year in review
High net worth and other private client
lending totalled £5.6 billion or 36.0% of
UK net core loans at 31 March 2023.
Growth in mortgages slowed to 12.7%
in the year to 31 March 2023
(31 March 2022: 30.3%) in line with
market conditions, particularly in the
second half of the year due to the higher
interest rate environment.
Growth in this area has been achieved
with strong adherence to our lending
criteria. Weighted average LTVs on
mortgages remain in line with the prior
year at 68%.
Gross core loans at
amortised cost and FVOCI
Gross
core
loans at
FVPL
Gross
core
loans
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£’million
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
At 31 March 2023
Mortgages
4 480
(2)
128
—
64
(7)
4 672
(9)
25
4 697
Other high net worth
lending
863
(2)
36
(1)
20
(6)
919
(9)
3
922
Total high net worth
and other private client
lending
5 343
(4)
164
(1)
84
(13)
5 591
(18)
28
5 619
Coverage ratio
0.07%
0.6%
15.5%
0.3%
At 31 March 2022
Mortgages
3 995
(1)
86
—
57
(4)
4 138
(5)
25
4 163
Other high net worth
lending
938
(2)
42
(1)
6
(2)
986
(5)
3
989
Total high net worth
and other private client
lending
4 933
(3)
128
(1)
63
(6)
5 124
(10)
28
5 152
Coverage ratio
0.06%
0.8%
9.5%
0.2%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
147
An analysis of core loans by
risk category – Corporate and
other lending
We focus on traditional client-driven
corporate lending activities. The credit
risk management functions approve
specific credit and counterparty limits
that govern the maximum credit
exposure to each individual counterparty.
In addition, further risk management
limits exist through industry and country
limits to manage concentration risk. The
credit appetite for each counterparty is
based on the financial strength of the
principal borrower, its business model
and market positioning, the underlying
cash flow to the transaction, the
substance and track record of
management, and the security package.
Political risk insurance, and other
insurance is taken where deemed
appropriate.
The Group has limited appetite for
unsecured credit risk and facilities are
typically secured by the assets of the
underlying borrower as well as shares in
the borrower.
A summary of the nature of the lending
and/or credit risk assumed within some of
the key areas in our corporate lending
business is provided below:
•Corporate and acquisition finance:
provides senior secured loans to
proven management teams and
sponsors running mid-cap, as well as
some large-cap companies. Credit risk
is assessed against debt serviceability
based upon robust cash generation of
the business demonstrated by both
historical and forecast information. We
typically act as a transaction lead
arranger or on a club or bi-lateral basis,
and have a close relationship with
management and sponsors
•Asset-based lending: provides
working capital and secured corporate
loans to mid-caps. These loans are
secured by the assets of the business,
for example, the accounts receivable,
inventory and plant and machinery. In
common with our corporate lending
activities, strong emphasis is placed on
supporting companies with scale and
relevance in their industry, stability of
cash flow, and experienced
management
•Fund finance: provides debt facilities
to asset managers and fund vehicles,
principally in private equity. The
geographical focus is the UK, Western
Europe and North America where the
Group can support experienced asset
managers and their funds which show
strong, long-term value creation and
good custodianship of investors’
money. Debt facilities are typically to a
fund entity and secured against
undrawn limited partner commitments
and/or the fund’s underlying assets
•Other corporate and financial
institutions and governments:
provides senior secured loans to mid-
to-large cap companies where credit
risk is typically considered with regard
to robust cash generation from an
underlying asset and supported by
performance of the overall business
based on both historical and forecast
information
•Small ticket asset finance: provides
funding to small- and medium-sized
corporates to support asset purchases
and other business requirements. The
portfolio is highly diversified by industry
and number of clients and is secured
against the asset being financed
•Motor finance: provides specialised
motor vehicle financing originated
through Mann Island Finance Limited
(MIVF). The portfolio is composed
predominantly of private motor vehicles
to individuals attributing to a granular
book with low concentration risk
•Aviation finance: structures, arranges
and provides financing for airlines,
leasing companies, operators and
corporates secured by aircraft at
conservative LTVs. Counterparties
include flag and commercial airline
carriers, leading aircraft lessors and
corporates/operators with strong
contracted cash flows
•Power and infrastructure finance:
arranges and provides typically long-
term financing for power and
infrastructure assets, in particular
renewable and traditional power
projects as well as transportation
assets, typically against contracted
future cash flows of the project(s) from
well-established and financially sound
off-take counterparties. There is a
requirement for a strong upfront equity
contribution from an experienced
sponsor.
Year in review
Corporate and other lending increased by
9.6% from £7.0 billion at 31 March 2022
to £7.6 billion at 31 March 2023. There
has been diversified growth across
multiple corporate and other lending
areas including corporate and acquisition
finance, fund finance and motor finance.
We continue to remain client-focused in
our approach, with good quality
corporates exhibiting strong cash flows
and balance sheets.
Asset quality remains stable with no
evident signs of deteriorating trends in
specific sectors.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
148
Gross core loans at
amortised cost and FVOCI
Gross
core
loans at
FVPL
Gross
core
loans
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£’million
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
Gross
exposure
ECL
At 31 March 2023
Corporate and acquisition
finance
1 794
(9)
212
(5)
53
(7)
2 059
(21)
125
2 184
Asset-based lending
271
(1)
44
—
—
—
315
(1)
—
315
Fund finance
1 359
(1)
33
—
—
—
1 392
(1)
75
1 467
Other corporate and financial
institutions and governments
391
(2)
70
(1)
4
(1)
465
(4)
32
497
Small ticket asset finance
1 142
(9)
279
(6)
30
(11)
1 451
(26)
—
1 451
Motor finance
905
(3)
46
(3)
8
(3)
959
(9)
—
959
Aviation finance
115
(1)
32
(1)
—
—
147
(2)
176
323
Power and infrastructure
finance
322
(1)
98
(3)
43
(6)
463
(10)
35
498
Total corporate
and other lending
6 299
(27)
814
(19)
138
(28)
7 251
(74)
443
7 694
Coverage ratio
0.43%
2.3%
20.3%
1.0%
At 31 March 2022
Corporate and acquisition
finance
1 528
(7)
207
(13)
10
(1)
1 745
(21)
125
1 870
Asset-based lending
352
(1)
27
—
—
—
379
(1)
12
391
Fund finance
1 194
(1)
18
—
—
—
1 212
(1)
44
1 256
Other corporate and financial
institutions and governments
379
(2)
37
(2)
3
(1)
419
(5)
11
430
Small ticket asset finance
1 183
(8)
242
(7)
29
(18)
1 454
(33)
—
1 454
Motor finance
628
(2)
121
(3)
6
(2)
755
(7)
—
755
Aviation finance
96
(1)
10
(1)
—
—
106
(2)
244
350
Power and infrastructure
finance
362
(2)
47
(2)
41
(2)
450
(6)
70
520
Total corporate
and other lending
5 722
(24)
709
(28)
89
(24)
6 520
(76)
506
7 026
Coverage ratio
0.42%
3.9%
27.0%
1.2%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
149
The tables that follow provide further analysis of the Group’s gross credit and counterparty exposures.
An analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures
Gross credit and counterparty exposure totalled £29.1 billion at 31 March 2023. Cash and near cash balances amounted to
£8.6 billion and are largely reflected in the following line items in the table below: cash and balances at central banks, loans and
advances to banks and sovereign debt securities. These exposures are all Stage 1. There are immaterial Stage 2 and Stage 3
exposures outside of loans and advances to customers which are small relative to the balance sheet. Loans and advances to
customers (including committed facilities) account for greater than 98% of overall ECLs.
An analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures
£’million
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Cash and balances at central banks
5 400
5 380
Loans and advances to banks
893
1 468
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash collateral on securities borrowed
1 339
1 447
Sovereign debt securities
1 222
1 166
Bank debt securities
205
62
Other debt securities
698
433
Derivative financial instruments
528
645
Securities arising from trading activities
28
26
Loans and advances to customers
15 709
14 557
Other loans and advances
143
123
Other securitised assets
5
6
Other assets
38
116
Total on-balance sheet exposures
26 208
25 429
Guarantees
118
138
Committed facilities related to loans and advances to customers
2 345
1 957
Contingent liabilities, letters of credit and other
384
326
Total off-balance sheet exposures
2 847
2 421
Total gross credit and counterparty exposures
29 055
27 850
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
150
A further analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures
The table below indicates in which class of asset (on the face of the consolidated balance sheet) credit and counterparty
exposures are reflected. Not all assets included in the balance sheet bear credit and counterparty risk.
At 31 March 2023
Total gross
credit and
counterparty
exposure
of which
FVPL
of which
amortised
cost and
FVOCI
ECL#
Assets that
we deem to
have no legal
credit
exposure
Total
assets
£’million
Cash and balances at central banks
5 400
—
5 400
—
—
5 400
Loans and advances to banks
893
—
893
—
—
893
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities borrowed
1 339
346
993
—
—
1 339
Sovereign debt securities
1 222
24
1 198
—
—
1 222
Bank debt securities
205
—
205
—
—
205
Other debt securities
698
94
604
(1)
—
697
Derivative financial instruments
528
528
—
—
106
634
Securities arising from trading activities
28
28
—
—
100
128
Investment portfolio
—
—
—
—
489*
489
Loans and advances to customers
15 709
551
15 158
(146)
—
15 563
Other loans and advances
143
—
143
—
—
143
Other securitised assets
5
5
—
—
73ˆ
78
Interest in associated undertakings
and joint venture holdings
—
—
—
—
52
52
Deferred taxation assets
—
—
—
—
112
112
Current taxation assets
—
—
—
—
34
34
Other assets
38
—
38
—
927**
965
Property and equipment
—
—
—
—
121
121
Goodwill
—
—
—
—
255
255
Software
—
—
—
—
9
9
Other acquired intangible assets
—
—
—
—
41
41
Total on-balance sheet exposures
26 208
1 576
24 632
(147)
2 319
28 380
Guarantees
118
—
118
—
—
118
Committed facilities related to loans and
advances to customers
2 345
147
2 198
(13)
—
2 332
Contingent liabilities, letters of credit and other
384
—
384
(2)
121
503
Total off-balance sheet exposures
2 847
147
2 700
(15)
121
2 953
Total exposures
29 055
1 723
27 332
(162)
2 440
31 333
#Includes £5.3 million of ECL held against financial assets held at FVOCI, which is reported on the balance sheet within the fair value reserve. This will result in minor
differences between certain balance sheet lines reported above (largely loans and advances to customers) and the statutory balance sheet.
*Relates to exposures that are classified as investment risk in the banking book.
^While the Group manages all risks (including credit risk) from a day-to-day operational perspective, certain assets are within special purpose vehicles that ring-fence
the assets to specific credit providers and limit security to the assets in the vehicle. This balance reflects the credit exposure to credit providers external to the Group.
The net credit exposure that the Group has in the vehicles is reflected in the ‘total credit and counterparty exposure’.
**Other assets include settlement debtors which we deem to have no credit risk exposure as they are settled on a delivery against payment basis.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
151
A further analysis of gross credit and counterparty exposures (continued)
At 31 March 2022
Total gross
credit and
counterparty
exposure
of which
FVPL
of which
amortised
cost and
FVOCI
ECL#
Assets that
we deem to
have no legal
credit
exposure
Total
assets
£’million
Cash and balances at central banks
5 380
—
5 380
—
—
5 380
Loans and advances to banks
1 468
—
1 468
—
—
1 468
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities borrowed
1 447
669
778
—
—
1 447
Sovereign debt securities
1 166
34
1 132
—
—
1 166
Bank debt securities
62
—
62
—
—
62
Other debt securities
433
144
289
(5)
—
428
Derivative financial instruments
645
645
—
—
48
693
Securities arising from trading activities
26
26
—
—
137
163
Investment portfolio
—
—
—
—
694*
694
Loans and advances to customers
14 557
609
13 948
(134)
—
14 423
Other loans and advances
123
—
123
—
—
123
Other securitised assets
6
6
—
—
87ˆ
93
Interest in associated undertakings
and joint venture holdings
—
—
—
—
67
67
Deferred taxation assets
—
—
—
—
110
110
Current taxation assets
—
—
—
—
33
33
Other assets
116
—
116
—
1 023**
1 139
Property and equipment
—
—
—
—
155
155
Goodwill
—
—
—
—
250
250
Software
—
—
—
—
7
7
Other acquired intangible assets
—
—
—
—
41
41
Total on-balance sheet exposures
25 429
2 133
23 296
(139)
2 652
27 942
Guarantees
138
—
138
—
—
138
Committed facilities related to loans and
advances to customers
1 957
53
1 904
(7)
—
1 950
Contingent liabilities, letters of credit and other
326
—
326
(1)
181
506
Total off-balance sheet exposures
2 421
53
2 368
(8)
181
2 594
Total exposures
27 850
2 186
25 664
(147)
2 833
30 536
#Includes £3.3 million of ECL held against financial assets held at FVOCI, which is reported on the balance sheet within the fair value reserve. This will result in minor
differences between certain balance sheet lines reported above (largely loans and advances to customers and sovereign debt securities) and the statutory balance
sheet.
*Relates to exposures that are classified as investment risk in the banking book.
^While the Group manages all risks (including credit risk) from a day-to-day operational perspective, certain assets are within special purpose vehicles that ring-fence
the assets to specific credit providers and limit security to the assets in the vehicle. This balance reflects the credit exposure to credit providers external to the Group.
The net credit exposure that the Group has in the vehicles is reflected in the ‘total credit and counterparty exposure’.
**Other assets include settlement debtors which we deem to have no credit risk exposure as they are settled on a delivery against payment basis.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
152
Unaudited_information.png
Gross credit and counterparty exposures by residual contractual maturity
At 31 March 2023
Up to three
months
Three to six
months
Six months
to one year
One to five
years
Five to 10
years
>10 years
Total
£’million
Cash and balances at central banks
5 400
—
—
—
—
—
5 400
Loans and advances to banks
888
—
—
5
—
—
893
Reverse repurchase agreements and cash
collateral on securities borrowed
808
85
120
73
—
253
1 339
Sovereign debt securities
488
338
153
196
25
22
1 222
Bank debt securities
54
—
12
132
7
—
205
Other debt securities
7
1
12
54
390
234
698
Derivative financial instruments
88
58
118
234
25
5
528
Securities arising from trading activities
—
—
1
—
11
16
28
Loans and advances to customers
1 570
1 148
1 799
7 941
1 880
1 371
15 709
Other loans and advances
8
—
—
65
58
12
143
Other securitised assets
—
—
—
—
—
5
5
Other assets
38
—
—
—
—
—
38
Total on-balance sheet exposures
9 349
1 630
2 215
8 700
2 396
1 918
26 208
Guarantees
92
—
—
26
—
—
118
Committed facilities related to loans and
advances to customers
63
151
221
1 482
410
18
2 345
Contingent liabilities, letters of credit and
other
88
—
5
262
29
—
384
Total off-balance sheet exposures
243
151
226
1 770
439
18
2 847
Total gross credit and counterparty
exposures
9 592
1 781
2 441
10 470
2 835
1 936
29 055
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
153
Unaudited_information.png
Gross credit and counterparty exposures by industry
High net
worth and
other
professional
individuals
Lending
collateralised
by property
Agriculture
Electricity,
gas and
water (utility
services)
Public and
non-business
services
Business
services
Finance and
insurance
£’million
At 31 March 2023
Cash and balances at central
banks
—
—
—
—
5 400
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
—
—
—
—
—
—
893
Reverse repurchase agreements
and cash collateral on securities
borrowed
—
—
—
—
253
—
1 086
Sovereign debt securities
—
—
—
—
1 213
—
9
Bank debt securities
—
—
—
—
—
—
205
Other debt securities
—
—
—
—
6
15
561
Derivative financial instruments
—
—
1
20
—
8
427
Securities arising from
trading activities
—
—
—
—
—
1
23
Loans and advances to customers
5 619
2 396
17
513
232
1 275
2 157
Other loans and advances
—
—
—
—
—
—
130
Other securitised assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
29
Total on-balance sheet
exposures
5 619
2 396
18
533
7 104
1 299
5 520
Guarantees
6
—
—
1
—
—
89
Committed facilities related to
loans and advances to customers
175
427
—
393
85
185
722
Contingent liabilities, letters of
credit and other
—
—
—
246
—
11
108
Total off-balance sheet
exposures
181
427
—
640
85
196
919
Total gross credit and
counterparty exposures
5 800
2 823
18
1 173
7 189
1 495
6 439
At 31 March 2022
Cash and balances at central
banks
—
—
—
—
5 380
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 468
Reverse repurchase agreements
and cash collateral on securities
borrowed
—
—
—
—
485
—
962
Sovereign debt securities
—
—
—
—
1 166
—
—
Bank debt securities
—
—
—
—
—
—
62
Other debt securities
—
—
—
9
10
13
239
Derivative financial instruments
—
—
—
32
—
2
469
Securities arising from
trading activities
—
—
—
—
3
2
16
Loans and advances to customers
5 152
2 379
14
619
233
1 333
1 661
Other loans and advances
—
—
—
—
—
—
112
Other securitised assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
Total on-balance sheet
exposures
5 152
2 379
14
660
7 277
1 350
5 028
Guarantees
7
—
—
11
—
—
97
Committed facilities related to
loans and advances to customers
131
436
—
262
66
205
596
Contingent liabilities, letters of
credit and other
18
—
—
191
—
8
104
Total off-balance sheet
exposures
156
436
—
464
66
213
797
Total gross credit and
counterparty exposures
5 308
2 815
14
1 124
7 343
1 563
5 825
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
154
Retailers
and
wholesalers
Manufacturing
and
commerce
Construction
Other
residential
mortgages
Corporate
commercial
real estate
Mining and
resources
Leisure,
entertainment
and tourism
Transport
Motor
finance
Com-
munication
Total
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5 400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
893
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 339
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 222
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
205
—
—
—
70
—
—
—
46
—
—
698
18
16
2
—
1
6
—
27
—
2
528
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
28
293
803
139
—
119
136
76
645
959
330
15 709
—
2
—
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
143
—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9
38
311
821
141
90
120
142
76
718
959
341
26 208
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
19
—
—
118
12
119
4
—
8
4
3
15
—
193
2 345
—
17
—
—
—
—
1
1
—
—
384
12
136
4
—
11
4
4
35
—
193
2 847
323
957
145
90
131
146
80
753
959
534
29 055
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5 380
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 468
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 447
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 166
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62
—
—
—
99
—
—
—
55
—
8
433
6
11
—
—
—
111
1
13
—
—
645
—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
26
285
797
110
—
123
96
85
656
755
259
14 557
—
—
—
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
123
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
20
1
—
—
—
—
—
53
—
3
116
311
809
110
121
123
207
86
777
755
270
25 429
2
—
—
—
3
—
—
18
—
—
138
7
104
7
—
40
32
2
9
—
60
1 957
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
1
—
—
326
9
104
7
—
43
36
2
28
—
60
2 421
320
913
117
121
166
243
88
805
755
330
27 850
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
155
59. Additional credit and
counterparty risk
information
Credit risk classification and
provisioning policy
IFRS 9 requirements have been
embedded into our Group credit risk
classification and provisioning policy. A
framework has been established to
incorporate both quantitative and
qualitative measures.
Page_references.png
For further detail on our credit risk
classification and provision policy
please refer to pages 68 and 69.
Internal credit rating
models and ECL
methodology
Internal credit rating models cover all
material asset classes. These internal
credit rating models are also used for
IFRS 9 modelling after adjusting for key
differences. Internal credit models
calculate through the economic cycle
losses whereas IFRS 9 requires 12-month
or lifetime point-in-time losses based on
conditions at the reporting date and
multiple economic scenario forecasts of
the future conditions over the expected
lives.
Page_references.png
Further information on internal
credit ratings is provided on
page 145.
Unaudited_information.png
Key judgements
The measurement of ECL has reliance on
expert credit judgement. Key
judgemental areas are highlighted below
and are subject to robust governance
processes. Key drivers of measurement
uncertainty include:
•The assessment of a significant
increase in credit risk
•A range of forward-looking probability
weighted macro-economic scenarios
•Estimations of probabilities of default,
loss given default and exposures at
default using models.
Page_references.png
For further detail on our process
for determining ECL please refer
to page 69.
Key judgements at 31 March 2023
Key judgemental areas under IFRS 9 are
subject to robust governance processes.
At 31 March 2023, the composition and
weightings of the forward-looking macro-
economic scenarios were revised to
reflect the current pressures in the
macro-economic environment, however
there remains reliance on expert credit
judgements to ensure that the overall
level of ECL is reasonable.
Given the models’ improved ability
to capture macro-economic factors
based on factored-in historical
experience compared to the prior period
and the resultant increase in modelled
ECL over the year to 31 March 2023,
we released a portion of the overlay that
was designed to capture the ongoing
macro-economic uncertainty.
A remaining management overlay
of £4.9 million at 31 March 2023
(£16.8 million at 31 March 2022,
£8 million at 31 March 2019) is
considered appropriate in addition
to the Bank’s calculated model-driven
ECL to capture specific areas of model
uncertainty. The overlay is apportioned
to Stage 2 assets.
Macro-economic sensitivities
IFRS 9 may result in an increase in the
volatility of provisions going forward,
particularly for Stage 1 and Stage 2
assets as a result of macro-economic
scenario changes. Sensitivities to macro-
economic scenarios and factors form part
of our overall risk monitoring, in particular
the Group’s potential ECLs if each
scenario were given a 100% weighting.
In these instances all non-modelled ECLs,
including credit assessed ECLs and other
management judgements remain
unchanged.
The UK Bank’s most severe 100%
scenario sensitivity was to the downside
2 - global shock scenario which, if
applied, would result in an increase in
ECLs, excluding credit assessed ECL and
other management judgements, of
approximately £29 million. The base case
scenario, if 100% weighted, would result
in a decrease in ECLs, holding all else
equal, of approximately £7 million
reflecting the current view of the overall
weighted average scenarios, skewed
to the downside.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
156
Forward-looking macro-economic scenarios
The measurement of ECL also requires the use of multiple
economic scenarios to calculate a probability weighted
forward-looking estimate. These scenarios are updated at least
twice a year, or more frequently if there is a macro-economic
shock or significant shift in expectations. The weighting of
these scenarios for IFRS 9 as well as the scenarios themselves
are discussed and presented at the relevant BRCCs as well as
the relevant capital committees for approval, which form part of
the principal governance framework for macro-economic
scenarios. They are also reviewed by the relevant Audit
Committees.
A number of forecast economic scenarios are considered for
capital planning, stress testing (including Investec-specific
stress scenarios) and IFRS 9 ECL measurement.
For Investec plc, four macro-economic scenarios were used in
the measurement of ECL. These scenarios incorporate a base
case, an upside case and two downside cases.
Taking into account the current macro-economic environment,
adjustments have been made to the composition of the
downside scenarios. The downside 1 – inflation scenario has
been updated to reflect entrenched inflation remaining until the
end of the time horizon, rather than a high, temporary peak.
Similarly to March 2022 and September 2022, the scenarios
also incorporate a downside 2 – global shock scenario which
captures deflationary tail risks in a world economic downturn.
In addition to a reassessment of the macro-economic scenarios,
a review of the weightings for the new scenarios also took
place, to take into account the latest economic circumstances
and the associated risks to the outlook. On this basis, the
weightings stand at; 10% upside; 50% base case; 20% downside
1 – inflation; and 20% downside 2 – global shock. The risks are
skewed to the downside with these weights calibrated to take
into account the risks to the outlook including the ongoing war
in Ukraine, global financial sector weakness and tight labour
markets, considering the potential impact on key economic
variables such as inflation and growth.
Under the base case scenario assumption, the UK economy
recovers from a period of weakness, a trajectory which is
followed by a number of other western economies, while
inflation falls sharply. The scenario is underpinned by the
absence of sharp energy price increases with UK natural gas
prices expected to remain materially lower than in 2022.
The resulting recession over 2023 is expected to be relatively
short and shallow with a peak to trough drop in output of
around 0.5%. The Bank rate rises to 4.50% before falling later
in the 2023 calendar year as inflation declines and the economy
remains weak. The unemployment rate increases from a
starting point of 4% to 5.3% as a result of unfavourable
economic conditions, as well as the gradual reversal in decline
of labour participation rates. The housing market goes through
a difficult period in 2023 with national house prices
experiencing a peak-to-trough decline of 7% with no recovery
before the end of the year. Globally, the situation is projected
to be similar to that of the UK with many economies struggling,
inflation pressures falling and with some central banks easing
monetary policy this year.
Downside 1 - inflation scenario assumes that the rise in inflation
proves more sustained and protracted as wages rise to
compensate for higher prices, in turn adding to cost price
pressures for companies. Central banks respond by raising
interest rates faster and further and holding the new levels
for a significant period of time. They also reduce their asset
holdings. This sharp tightening of monetary conditions triggers
a period of contraction in GDP, rising unemployment and
a correction in equity and bond markets. In the UK, inflation
moderates from a double-digit rate, but underlying pressures are
persistent and entrenched. Inflation expectations adjust to a new
regime of higher inflation and interest rates. Inflation averages 4%
at the end of the forecast horizon and the bank rate rises to a
peak of 4.50%, remaining at that level throughout the forecast
horizon. The economy fails to achieve any meaningful recovery
and activity stagnates over the five-year period.
Downside 2 – global shock scenario is a hypothetical scenario
designed to encapsulate a variety of tail risks. It models
a synchronised global V-shaped economic downturn and
a sharp repricing of all asset classes, particularly those where
valuations are most elevated. Although the shock is assumed
to take place early on in the forecasting horizon, lasting
headwinds mean the economic and asset price recovery that
follows is a slow one. Partly this also reflects the assumption
that fiscal support is not as substantial as it was during the
initial phase of the COVID-19 pandemic. Faced by a major
disinflationary shock, central banks loosen policy. The BoE
does so via a cut in the bank rate to a low of 0.25% and
a renewal of asset purchases. Over time, an economic
recovery prompts a slow rise in policy rates.
The down case scenarios are severe but plausible
scenarios created based on Investec specific bottom-up
stress tests, whilst also considering IFRS 9 specific sensitivities
and non-linearity.
In the upside case, economic activity expands more briskly,
as renewed business confidence coupled with an easing
of COVID-19 related supply disruptions boosts business
investment. In turn that triggers an acceleration in labour
productivity, which sustains faster growth for longer.
Accordingly medium-term GDP growth averages 2% per annum.
Inflation subsides because higher wages merely reflect faster
labour productivity growth rather than adding to cost pressures.
Amid a positive environment for corporates, unemployment falls
even further. This stronger than expected rebound is seen
globally, and monetary policy normalises gradually enough
so as not to subdue growth.
The graph below shows the forecasted UK GDP under each
macro-economic scenario applied at 31 March 2023.
£’billion
Upside
Base case
Downside 1 – inflation
Downside 2 – global shock
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
157
The table that follows shows the key factors that form part of the UK and Other macro-economic scenarios and their relative
applied weightings.
At 31 March 2023
average 2023 – 2028
At 31 March 2022
average 2022 – 2027
Macro-economic scenarios
Upside
Base
case
Downside 1
inflation
Downside 2
global shock
Upside
Base
case
Downside 1
L-shape
Downside 2
fiscal crisis
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
UK
GDP growth
1.9
1.2
(0.2)
0.2
2.6
1.9
0.8
0.3
Unemployment rate
3.6
4.6
5.4
6.8
3.3
3.7
5.4
6.4
CPI inflation
2.5
2.2
5.8
2.1
2.4
3.1
3.2
1.6
House price growth
2.1
0.5
(1.7)
(4.6)
3.5
2.9
1.5
(3.6)
BoE – Bank rate (end year)
2.8
2.8
4.5
1.0
1.8
1.9
2.0
(0.2)
Euro area
GDP growth
2.1
1.4
0.1
0.2
2.8
2.1
1.1
0.1
US
GDP growth
2.6
1.5
0.6
0.5
3.1
2.1
1.4
0.6
Scenario weightings
10
50
20
20
10
45
30
15
The following table shows annual averages of economic factors for the base case over a five-year period based on the economic
forecasts in place as at 31 March 2023.
Base case %
Financial years
2023/2024
2024/2025
2025/2026
2026/2027
2027/2028
UK
GDP growth
(0.3)
1.4
1.8
1.6
1.6
Unemployment rate
4.7
5.0
4.6
4.4
4.3
CPI inflation
3.6
1.4
1.9
2.0
2.0
House price growth
(5.0)
0.4
2.3
2.4
2.4
BoE – Bank rate (end year)
3.5
2.8
2.5
2.5
2.5
Euro area
GDP growth
0.3
1.5
1.8
1.6
1.6
US
GDP growth
0.6
1.2
1.8
1.8
2.1
The following table outlines the extreme point forecast for each economic factor across the scenarios as at 31 March 2023.
Baseline represents the five-year base case average. Upside scenario values represent the best outcomes, namely the highest
quarterly level of GDP, house price growth (year on year), lowest level of unemployment and Bank rate. Upside scenario value
for CPI inflation is represented by the five-year average. Downside scenario values represent the worst outcomes being lowest
quarterly level of GDP, house price growth (year on year). For Bank rate and CPI inflation the most extreme point is listed, the
highest level reflective in downside 1 – inflation scenario and the lowest level in downside 2 – global shock scenario.
Five-year extreme points
At 31 March 2023
Upside
Baseline: Base
case five-year
average
Downside 1
inflation
Downside 2
global shock
%
%
%
%
UK
GDP growth
2.5
1.2
(1.8)
(4.3)
Unemployment rate
3.5
4.6
5.8
7.8
CPI inflation
2.5
2.2
9.4
0.8
House price growth
5.1
0.5
(6.1)
(20.2)
BoE – Bank rate (end year)
2.5
2.8
4.5
0.3
Euro area
GDP growth
3.2
1.4
(0.9)
(4.3)
US
GDP growth
3.1
1.5
(0.8)
(3.9)
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
158
Unaudited_information.png
Integrating_sustainability.png
60. ESG Risk
Our sustainability strategy focuses on
two core UN Sustainable Development
Goals which are climate action (SDG 13)
and reducing inequalities (SDG 10). This
is key when integrating ESG
considerations into our day-to-day
operations and credit decision-making.
With regards to climate action (SDG 13):
•We embrace our responsibility to
understand and manage our own
carbon footprint and maintain carbon
neutrality within our direct operations
•The greatest socio-economic and
environmental influence we can have is
to partner with our clients and
stakeholders to accelerate a cleaner,
more resilient and inclusive world
•We have a number of Investec Group
environmental policies that also guide
credit decision-making from an ESG
perspective
•We have been signatories of the Net-
Zero Banking Alliance since 2021,
strengthening our commitment to a
net-zero carbon world
•We support the key provisions of the
Equator Principles (EP). All transactions
in non-designated countries are EP
monitored and compliant.
With regards to reducing inequalities
(SDG 10):
•We support a number of internationally
recognised principles, guidelines and
voluntary standards which reflect our
commitment to respecting human
rights, building inclusive communities
and supporting activities that reduce
inequality.
When assessing high-risk transactions, a
number of ESG risks are taken into
consideration including:
•Environmental impacts (including
animal welfare and nature-related
impacts) to support SDG 13
•Social impacts (including human rights,
diversity and inclusion) to support SDG
10
•Macro-economic impacts (including
poverty, growth and unemployment) to
support SDG 13 and SDG 10.
Unaudited_information.png
Integrating_sustainability.png
61. Climate, nature and
biodiversity risk
We believe that as a specialised financial
services organisation and given our
positioning in the developed and
emerging worlds, we can make a
meaningful impact in addressing climate
change and biodiversity.
Our climate change framework takes into
account our commitment to a net-zero
carbon economy. In addition, our
biodiversity statement strengthens our
commitment to protecting our natural
environment. As such we adopt a
precautionary approach towards
managing climate, nature-related and
biodiversity risks in all decision-making
processes.
We support the Paris Agreement aims of
holding the increase in global average
temperature to well below 2°C above
pre-industrial levels and continue to
pursue efforts towards limiting it to 1.5°C.
We acknowledge the clear link between
climate change and biodiversity loss, and
our exposure to multiple types of
biodiversity nature-related risks through
our business and operational activities.
Nature and biodiversity are the
foundation of all that sustains our world
and society. Healthy, biodiverse, and
resilient ecosystems play a key role in
preventing disruption to society and the
markets within which our businesses
operate. We recognise the need to
conserve biodiversity, ecosystems and
living organisms.
The Investec Group is a founding
member of the African Natural Capital
Alliance (ANCA), a collaborative forum for
mobilising the financial community’s
response to the risk of nature loss in
Africa. We have also signed up to the
Partnership for Biodiversity Accounting
Financials (PBAF) that will enable us to
assess and disclose our impact and
dependencies on nature-related loans
and investments.
In principle:
•We have zero tolerance for activities
that exploit conservation areas or have
an irreversible negative impact on the
environment, indigenous people or
natural assets
•We are committed to integrating
climate change, nature-related and
biodiversity risk considerations into our
day-to-day operations and in our
lending and investment decisions
•We use our specialised skills to advise
clients and stakeholders on reducing
negative impacts and enhancing
biodiversity enrichment
•The Investec Group makes a positive
impact on biodiversity through our
environmental philanthropy activities
and reduces negative effects by
addressing financial crimes related to
illegal wildlife trade.
Our approach to net-zero
We embrace our responsibility to
understand and manage our own carbon
footprint. We upheld our commitment and
maintained carbon neutrality in our direct
operational carbon emissions status for
the fourth financial year by sourcing
100% of our Scope 2 energy consumption
from renewable energy through the
purchase of Renewable Energy
Certificates and offsetting the remaining
unavoidable residual emissions of 84%
through the purchase of verified and
high-quality carbon credits.
We acknowledge that the widest and
most impactful influence we can have is
to manage and reduce our carbon
emissions in the business we conduct
and more specifically in our lending and
investing portfolios (Scope 3-financed
activities). As such, we are members of
the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA)
and continue to work with the
Partnership for Carbon Accounting
Financials (PCAF) to measure our
financed emissions. Last year we
established a base line towards a net-
zero path and will continue to refine our
assumptions around Scope 3 emissions.
We continue to build capacity within our
specialist skills in advisory, lending and
investing to support our clients and
stakeholders to move as quickly and
smoothly as possible towards a zero
carbon economy.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
159
Nature-related financial disclosures (TNFD)
We have incorporated a high-level approach according to the
recommendations of the TNFD within our TCFD report. As our
knowledge and the recommended guidance on TNFD matures,
we aim to enhance these disclosures over time The table below
illustrates a summary of progress in terms of the
recommendations according to the TCFD and TNFD.
Climate-related financial disclosures (TCFD)
We publish a separate TCFD report that aligns with the Financial
Stability Board Taskforce on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures recommendations. The table below illustrates a
summary of progress in terms of the TCFDs.
Website.png
Refer to detailed information in the Investec Group’s
2023 climate and nature-related disclosures which are
published and available on our website:
Governance
Strategy
Risk management
Metrics
Achievements in prior years
•Established an Investec Group ESG
Executive Committee to align and
monitor the Group’s climate action
•Assigned Board and senior
management responsibility and
oversight for climate-related risks and
opportunities
•Became members of the Net-Zero
Banking Alliance (NZBA)
•IW&I submitted their first UN PRI
report
•IW&I joined Climate Action 100+
•The Investec Group tabled a voluntary
climate resolution at the August 2021
AGM, receiving 99.9% support.
•Acknowledged the Paris
Agreement’s aim of holding the
increase in the global average
temperature to well below 2°C
compared to pre-industrial
levels and of pursuing efforts
towards limiting it to 1.5°C
•Created a sustainable finance
framework
•Launched a number of ESG
and climate-specific products
and services.
•Evaluated our lending and
investment portfolios for
climate-related risks and
opportunities
•Automated ESG screening
incorporated into our risk
management process
•Assessed climate-related risks
within our operations and
lending activities.
•Achieved carbon
neutrality across our
direct operational
activities
•Joined PCAF and
measured our Scope
3 emissions within
our lending and
investing activities
•Assessed net-zero
pathways according
to SBTi guidance.
.
Achievements for the financial year ended March 2023
•Reviewed our ESG framework linked
to executive KPIs for remuneration
•Engaged with stakeholders on our
disclosures to get feedback on how
we can improve our governance and
oversight
•Provided some targeted training to
board members, executive
management, and staff.
•Joined the Partnership for
Biodiversity Accounting
Financials (PBAF)
•Performed a Pro-Climate
assessment to identify gaps
within our strategy
•Increased stakeholder
engagement from our IW&I
business on climate-related
matters
•Participated in a £110 million
facility for electric vehicle
charging company, Instavolt
• Incorporated high-level
disclosures as recommended
by the TNFD.
•Strengthened our climate
focus in the Investec plc and
IBP risk appetite assessment
resulting in a net-zero aligned
target set towards zero coal
exposure by 31 March 2027
•Reviewed and updated our
fossil fuel policy with the
primary change being
managing our thermal coal
exposure in line with our risk
appetite assessment
•Reviewed the
recommendations from the
SBTi on financial sector
science based target setting.
•Continued to refine
our assumptions
around Scope 3
emissions
•Engaged with SBTi
on their recently
released
recommendations for
Financial Institutions
with the aim of
reporting on verified
climate-related
targets.
Looking forward
•Activate a focused learning pathway
for management and staff, targeted
towards their unique requirements
within their respective areas
•Stronger focus on ESG and
sustainability (including climate and
nature-related) matters in the DLC
BRCC.
.
•Further engagements with our
clients to assist them in their
net-zero carbon ambitions
•Continue providing innovative
climate-related product
offerings
•Review and assess the
integration of climate-related
matters into business strategy
•Monitor the progress in terms
of the Group’s net-zero carbon
ambition
•Continue to strengthen the
Group’s climate-related and
sustainability disclosures.
•Review developments with
regards to climate-related
disclosure guidance in specific
recommendations by the
International Sustainability
Standards Board (ISSB) and
the Financial Reporting Council
(FRC)
•Enhanced focus on reporting
on biodiversity and nature-
related risks according to the
TNFD recommendations.
•Engage with
stakeholders to get
feedback on how we
can improve our
measurement and
methodologies used
•Continue to monitor
progress on the
Group’s net-zero
carbon ambitions
•Reporting verified
SBTi targets.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
160
Unaudited_information.png
62. Investment risk in
the banking book
Investment risk in the banking book
comprises 2.0% of total assets at 31
March 2023. We have refocused our
principal investment activities on clients
where we have and can build a broader
relationship through other areas of
activity in the Group.
We partner with management and other
co-investors by bringing capital raising
expertise, working capital management,
merger and acquisition and investment
experience into client-driven private
equity transactions as well as leveraging
third party capital into the Group’s funds
that are relevant to the Group’s client
base. Investments are selected based on:
•The track record and credibility of
management
•Attractiveness of the industry and the
positioning therein
•Valuation/pricing fundamentals
•Sustainability analyses
•Exit possibilities and timing thereof
•The ability to build value by
implementing an agreed strategy.
Investments in listed shares may arise on
an IPO, or sale of an investment to a
listed company. There is limited appetite
for listed investments.
Additionally, from time to time, the
manner in which certain lending
transactions are structured results
in equity, warrants or profit shares
being held, predominantly in unlisted
companies. We also source development,
investment and trading opportunities to
create value within agreed risk
parameters.
Following the distribution that took place
on 31 May 2022, Investec plc retains a
c.10% shareholding in Ninety One
(previously known as Investec Asset
Management) as an investment
(31 March 2022: c.15%).
Management of investment risk
As investment risk arises from a variety of
activities conducted by the Group, the
monitoring and measurement thereof
varies across transactions and/or type of
activity. Investment committees exist in
the UK which provide oversight of the
regions where we assume investment risk.
Risk appetite limits and targets are set to
manage our exposure to equity and
investment risk. An assessment of
exposures against limits and targets is
reported to IBP and DLC BRCCs.
As a matter of course, concentration risk
is avoided and investments are spread
across geographies and industries.
Valuation and sensitivity
assumptions and accounting
methodologies
Page_references.png
For a description of our valuation
principles and methodologies refer
to pages 67 to 73 and pages 94 to
101 for factors and sensitivities
taken into consideration in
determining fair value.
Page_references.png
An analysis of income and
revaluations of these investments
can be found in the investment
income note on page 79.
Summary of investments 
£’million
On-balance
sheet value of
investments
31 March 2023
On-balance
sheet value of
investments
31 March 2022
Category
Unlisted investments
315
336
Listed equities
2
2
Ninety One
172
356
Total investment portfolio
489
694
Trading properties
75
4
Warrants and profit shares
5
6
Total
569
704
An analysis of the investment portfolio (excluding Ninety One), warrants and profit shares
31 March 2023
£322 million
Finance and insurance
47.2%
Manufacturing and commerce
10.8%
Retailers and wholesalers
9.7%
Transport
9.1%
Real estate
6.8%
Construction
5.1%
Business services
5.0%
Other
3.8%
Communication
2.5%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
161
Unaudited_information.png
63. Securitisation/
structured credit
activities exposures
Overview
The Group’s definition of securitisation/
structured credit activities is wider than
the definition applied for regulatory
capital purposes. The regulatory capital
definition focuses largely on positions we
hold in an investor capacity and includes
securitisation positions we have retained
in transactions in which the Group has
achieved significant risk transfer. We
believe, however, that the information
provided below is meaningful in that it
groups all these related activities in order
for a reviewer to obtain a full picture of
the activities that we have conducted
in this space. Some of the information
provided below overlaps with the Group’s
credit and counterparty exposure
information.
In the UK, capital requirements for
securitisation positions are calculated
using either the standardised approach
(SEC-SA) or the external ratings-based
approach (SEC-ERBA). Given risk-
weightings under the SEC-SA approach
do not rely on external ratings, a
breakdown by risk-weight has also been
provided in the analysis below.
Securitisation transactions provide the
bank with a cost-effective, alternative
source of financing either through sale
to the market or through use of the notes
issued as collateral for other funding
mechanisms.
We hold rated structured credit
instruments. These are UK, US and
European exposures and amounted
to £650 million at 31 March 2023
(31 March 2022: £381 million) with 99%
being AAA and AA rated. Of the total
structured credit exposures, 99% have
a risk weighting of less than 40%.
Page_references.png
For accounting methodologies
refer to page 70.
Risk management
All existing or proposed exposures to a
securitisation are analysed on a case-by-
case basis, with approval required from
credit. The analysis looks through to the
historical and expected future
performance of the underlying assets,
the position of the relevant tranche in the
capital structure as well as analysis of the
cash flow waterfall under a variety of
stress scenarios. External ratings and
risk-weightings are presented, but only
for information purposes since the Group
principally relies on its own internal risk
assessment. Overarching these
transaction level principles is the Board-
approved risk appetite policy, which
details the Group’s appetite for such
exposures, and each exposure is
considered relative to the Group’s
overall risk appetite. We can use explicit
credit risk mitigation techniques where
required; however, the Group prefers
to address and manage these risks
by approving exposures for which
the Group has explicit appetite through
the consistent application of the risk
appetite policy.
Page_references.png
In addition, securitisations of
Investec own originated assets
are assessed in terms of the
credit risk management
philosophies and principles as
set out above.
Credit analysis
In terms of our analysis of our credit and
counterparty risk, exposures arising from
securitisation/structured credit activities
reflect only those exposures to which we
consider ourselves to be at risk.
Nature of exposure/activity
31 March
2023
£’million
31 March
2022
£’million
Balance sheet and credit risk
classification
Structured credit (gross exposure)
715
429
Other debt securities and
other loans and advances
<40% RWA
709
423
>40% RWA
6
6
Analysis of gross structured credit exposure
£’million
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BB
B and
below
Total
rated
Total
unrated
Total
US corporate loans
382
53
7
—
—
—
442
61
503
UK RMBS
58
23
1
—
—
—
82
4
86
European corporate loans
124
2
—
—
—
—
126
—
126
Total at 31 March 2023
564
78
8
—
—
—
650
65
715
<40% RWA
564
77
7
—
—
—
648
61
709
>40% RWA
—
1
1
—
—
—
2
4
6
Total at 31 March 2022
282
83
16
—
—
—
381
48
429
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
162
64. Market risk in the
trading book
Traded market risk profile
The focus of our trading activities is
primarily on supporting our clients. Our
strategic intent is that proprietary trading
should be limited and that trading should
be conducted largely to facilitate client
flow. Within our trading activities, we act
as principal with clients or the market.
Market risk exists where we have taken
on principal positions resulting from
market making, underwriting and
facilitation of client business in the
foreign exchange, interest rate, equity,
credit and commodity markets.
Unaudited_information.png
Traded market risk year in
review
The financial year in review has been
characterised by significant central bank
tightening and inflation, with associated
macro-driven market fluctuations, as well
as the more recent volatility from the
banking sector crisis. Although inflation
has started to temper, the impact of the
banking sector stress and the higher
interest rates is likely to feed into the
global economy over the next year.
Global yield curves are considerably
higher and more inverted than as at
31 March 2022.
In the UK, equity markets fell over the
first half of the financial year, with
declines in the FTSE100 and FTSE250
peaking at -9% and -21% during
October 2022, whereafter they
recovered to +1.5% and -10.5% for the
full year to 31 March 2023. The UK Bank
continues to wind down its structured
products book with IBP executive
management, risk management and the
business closely monitoring the risk in the
substantially reduced remaining book.
The macro hedge remains in place and
continues to be updated to ensure that it
continues to provide downside protection
in the event of an extreme market
dislocation.
The primary focus of all trading activity
continues to be managing and hedging
the market risk arising from client-related
activity, and directional exposures remain
at a minimum. Utilisation of risk limits
have remained moderate, and the desks
have remained prudent during the year.
Traded market risk
governance structure
Traded market risk is governed by
policies that cover the management,
identification, measurement and
monitoring of market risk. We have
independent market risk teams to
identify, measure, monitor and manage
market risk.
The market risk teams have reporting
lines that are separate from the trading
function, thereby ensuring independent
oversight. The Market Risk Forum,
mandated by the IBP ERC, manages
market risk in accordance with approved
principles, policies and risk appetite.
Trading desk risk limits are reviewed by
the Market Risk Forum and approved by
IBP ERC in accordance with the risk
appetite defined by the Board. Any
significant changes in risk limits are then
taken to Group ERC, IBP and DLC BRCCs
as well as IBP and DLC Boards for review
and approval. The appropriateness of
limits is continually reassessed, with
limits reviewed at least annually, in the
event of a significant market event or at
the discretion of senior management.
Measurement of traded
market risk
A number of quantitative measures are
used to monitor and limit exposure to
traded market risk. These measures
include:
•Value at Risk (VaR) and Expected
Shortfall (ES) as portfolio measures
of market risk exposure
•Scenario analysis, stress tests and
tools based on extreme value theory
(EVT) that measure the potential
impact on portfolio values of extreme
moves in markets
•Sensitivity analysis that measures the
impact of individual market risk factor
movements on specific instruments or
portfolios, including interest rates,
foreign exchange rates, equity prices,
credit spreads and commodity prices.
We use sensitivity measures to monitor
and limit exposure across portfolios,
products and risk types.
Stress and scenario analyses are used
to add insight into the possible outcomes
under severe market disruptions. The
stress testing methodology assumes that
all market factors move adversely at the
same time and that no actions are taken
during the stress events to mitigate risk.
Stress scenarios based on historical
experience as well as hypothetical
scenarios are considered and are
reviewed regularly for relevance in the
ever-changing market environment.
Stress scenarios are run daily with
analysis presented to IBP Review
Executive Risk Review Forum (IBP Review
ERRF) weekly and IBP BRCC when the
committees meet or more often should
market conditions require this.
Unaudited_information.png
Traded market risk
management, monitoring
and control
Market risk limits are set according to our
risk appetite policy. Limits are set at
trading desk level with aggregate risk
across all desks also monitored against
overall market risk appetite limits. Current
market conditions as well as stressed
market conditions are taken into account
when setting and reviewing these limits.
Market risk teams review the market risks
in the trading book with detailed risk
reports produced daily for each trading
desk and for the aggregate risk of the
trading book. The material risks identified
are summarised in daily reports that are
distributed to, and discussed with senior
management when required. The
production of risk reports allows for the
monitoring of all positions in the trading
book against prescribed limits.
Documented policies and procedures are
in place to ensure there is a formal
process for recognition and authorisation
for risk excesses incurred.
The risk management software is fully
integrated with source trading systems,
allowing valuation in risk and trading
systems to be fully aligned. All valuation
models are subject to independent
validation by market risk ensuring models
used for valuation and risk are validated
independently of the front office.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
163
Value at Risk
VaR is a technique that estimates the
potential losses as a result of movements
in market rates and prices over a
specified time horizon at a given level of
confidence. The VaR model derives
future scenarios from a historic time
series of market rates and prices, taking
into account inter-relationships between
the different markets such as interest
rates and foreign exchange rates. The
VaR model is based on a full revaluation
historical simulation and incorporates the
following features:
•Two-year historical period based
on an unweighted time series
•Daily movements in each risk factor
e.g. foreign exchange rates, interest
rates, equity prices, credit spreads and
associated volatilities are simulated
with reference to historical market
rates and prices, with proxies only
used when no or limited historical
market data is available
•Risk factor movements are based
on both absolute and relative returns
as appropriate for the different types
of risk factors.
VaR numbers using a one-day holding
period are monitored daily at the 95%
and 99% confidence intervals, with limits
set at the 95% confidence interval.
Expected shortfalls are also monitored
daily at the 95% and 99% levels, being
the average of the losses in the tail of
the VaR distribution.
The table below contains the 95% one-day VaR figures for the trading businesses.
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
95% one-day VaR
Year end
Average
High
Low
Year end
Average
High
Low
£’000
Equities
295
324
762
124
381
479
742
335
Foreign exchange
8
13
76
3
5
9
69
1
Interest rates
43
33
73
15
21
28
172
8
Credit
64
14
67
1
1
13
89
1
Consolidated*
352
331
770
103
370
469
699
340
*The consolidated VaR for each entity is lower than the sum of the individual VaRs. This arises from the correlation offset between various asset classes
(diversification).
Expected shortfall
The ES measure overcomes some of VaR’s shortcomings. ES seeks to quantify losses encountered in the tail beyond the VaR level.
The 95% one-day ES is the average loss given that the 95% one-day VaR level has been exceeded. The table below contains the
95% one-day ES figures.
95% one-day ES
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
£’000
Equities
366
530
Foreign exchange
15
7
Interest rates
68
36
Credit
163
1
Consolidated*
472
525
*The consolidated ES for each entity is lower than the sum of the individual ESs. This arises from the correlation offset between various asset classes.
Stressed VaR
Stressed VaR (sVaR) is calculated using the VaR model but is based on a one-year period through which the relevant market
factors experienced stress. The information in the table below contains the 99% one-day sVaR.
£’000
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
99% one-day sVaR
672
858
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
164
Backtesting
The performance of the VaR model is regularly monitored through backtesting. This is done by comparing daily clean profit and
loss against one-day VaR based on a 99% confidence level. Clean profit and loss excludes items such as intra-day transactions,
valuation adjustments, provisions, recoveries, commission, fees and hedge costs included in the new trade revenue. If a loss
exceeds the one-day VaR, a backtesting exception is considered to have occurred. Over time we expect the average rate
of observed backtesting exceptions to be consistent with the percentile of the VaR statistic being tested. This is conducted
at an aggregate and desk level on a daily basis.
The graph that follows shows the result of backtesting the total daily 99% one-day VaR against the clean profit and loss data
for our trading activities over the reporting period. Based on these graphs, we can gauge the accuracy of the VaR figures,
i.e. 99% of the time, losses are not expected to exceed the 99% one-day VaR.
The average VaR for the year ended 31 March 2023 was lower than for the year ended 31 March 2022. Using clean profit
and loss data for backtesting resulted in one exception over the period at the 99% confidence level, i.e. where the loss was
greater than the 99% one-day VaR. This is less than the two to three exceptions expected over a one-year period which reflects
the continued de-risking in the structured product book and the limited net market risk exposure in the trading book, as well
as the volatility experienced in 2020 still being captured in the historic two-year period of the VaR model for a portion of the
reporting period.
99% one-day VaR backtesting (£)
99% one-day VaR
Clean P/L
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
165
Unaudited_information.png
Clean profit and loss histogram
The histogram below illustrates the distribution of clean profit and loss during the financial year for our trading businesses. The
graph shows that a clean profit was realised on 176 days out of a total of 251 days in the trading business. The average daily clean
profit and loss generated for the year to 31 March 2023 was £87 798 (31 March 2022: £55 676).
Clean profit and loss
Frequency: Days in the year
Clean profit/loss earned per day (£’million)
Unaudited_information.png
Market risk – derivatives
The Group enters into various derivatives contracts, largely on the back of customer flow. These are used for hedging foreign
exchange, interest rates, commodity, equity and credit exposures and to a small extent as principal for trading purposes. Traded
instruments include financial futures, options, swaps and forward rate agreements.
Page_references.png
Information showing our derivative trading portfolio over the reporting period on the basis of the notional principal and the
fair value of all derivatives can be found on page 108.
The notional principal indicates our activity in the derivatives market and represents the aggregate size of total outstanding
contracts at year end. The fair value of a derivative financial instrument represents the present value of the positive or negative
cash flows which would have occurred had we closed out the rights and obligations arising from that instrument in an orderly
market transaction at year end. Both these amounts reflect only derivatives exposure and exclude the value of the physical
financial instruments used to hedge these positions.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
166
Unaudited_information.png
65. Balance sheet risk
management
Balance sheet risk encompasses the
financial risks relating to our asset and
liability portfolios, comprising liquidity,
funding, concentration, encumbrance
and IRRBB.
Balance sheet risk governance
structure and risk mitigation
Investec plc (and its subsidiaries,
including IBP) are ring-fenced from
Investec Limited (and its subsidiaries),
and vice versa. Both legal entities (and
their subsidiaries) are therefore required
to be self-funded, and manage their
funding and liquidity as separate entities.
Risk appetite limits are set at the relevant
Board level and reviewed at least on an
annual basis. The size, materiality,
complexity, maturity and depth of the
market as well as access to stable funds
are all inputs considered when establishing
the liquidity and non-trading interest rate
risk appetite for each relevant region.
Specific regulatory requirements may
further dictate additional restrictions to be
adopted in a region.
Under delegated authority of the
respective Boards, the Group has
established ALCOs within each banking
entity, using regional expertise and local
market access as appropriate. The
ALCOs are mandated to ensure
independent supervision of liquidity risk
and non-trading interest rate risk within
the risk appetite.
ALCOs meet on at least a monthly basis
to review the exposures within the
balance sheet together with market
conditions, and decide on strategies to
mitigate any undesirable liquidity and
interest rate risk. The Treasury function
within each banking entity is mandated to
holistically manage the liquidity mismatch
and non-trading interest rate risk arising
from our asset and liability portfolios on a
day-to-day basis.
The Treasury function, by banking entity,
is required to exercise tight control of
liquidity, funding, concentration,
encumbrance and non-trading interest
rate risk within the Board-approved risk
appetite limits. IRRBB and asset funding
requirements are transferred from the
originating business to the Treasury
function.
The Treasury function, by banking entity,
directs pricing for all deposit products,
establishes and maintains access to
stable funds with the appropriate tenor
and pricing characteristics, and manages
liquid securities and collateral, thus
providing prudential management and a
flexible response to volatile market
conditions.
We maintain an internal funds transfer
pricing system based on prevailing
market rates. Our funds transfer pricing
system charges the businesses the price
of liquidity taking into account the
behavioural duration of the asset. The
costs and risks of liquidity are clearly and
transparently attributed to business lines
thereby ensuring that price of liquidity is
integrated into business level decision-
making and drives the appropriate mix of
sources and uses of funds.
Balance sheet risk management is based
within Group risk management and is
responsible for identifying, quantifying,
monitoring and communicating risks
while providing daily independent
governance and oversight of the treasury
activities and the execution of the
Group’s policies.
There is a regular internal audit of the
balance sheet risk management function,
the frequency of which is determined by
internal audit.
Daily, weekly and monthly reports are
independently produced highlighting
Group activity, exposures and key
measures against thresholds and limits
and are distributed to management,
ALCO, Treasury, IBP Review ERRF, IBP
ERC, IBP BRCC, and DLC BRCC as well as
summarised reports for Board meetings.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is further broken down into:
•Funding liquidity risk: this relates to
the risk that the Group will be unable to
meet current and/or future cash flows
or collateral requirements in the normal
course of business, without adversely
affecting its solvency, financial position
or its reputation
•Market liquidity risk: this relates to the
risk that the Group may be unable to
trade in specific markets or that it may
only be able to do so with difficulty due
to market disruptions or a lack of
market liquidity.
Management and measurement of
liquidity risk
Cohesive liquidity management is vital
for protecting our depositors, preserving
market confidence, safeguarding our
reputation and ensuring sustainable
growth with established funding sources.
Through active liquidity management,
we seek to preserve stable, reliable and
cost-effective sources of funding.
As such, the Group considers ongoing
access to appropriate liquidity for all
its operations to be of paramount
importance, and our core liquidity
philosophy is reflected in day-to-day
practices which encompass the following
robust and comprehensive set of policies
and procedures for assessing, measuring
and controlling liquidity risk:
•Our liquidity management processes
encompass requirements set out within
BCBS guidelines and by the regulatory
authorities in each jurisdiction, namely
the PRA, EBA,GFSC and FINMA
•The risk appetite is clearly defined by
the Board and each geographic entity
must have its own Board-approved
policies with respect to liquidity risk
management
•We maintain a liquidity buffer in the
form of unencumbered cash,
government or rated securities (typically
eligible for repurchase with the central
bank), and near cash well in excess of
the regulatory requirements as
protection against unexpected
disruptions in cash flows
•Funding is diversified with respect to
currency, term, product, client type and
counterparty to ensure a varied overall
funding mix
•We monitor and evaluate each banking
entity’s maturity ladder and funding gap
(cash flow maturity mismatch) on a
‘liquidation’, ‘going concern’ and ‘stress’
basis
•The balance sheet risk management
team independently monitors and
communicates key daily funding metrics
and liquidity ratios to assess potential
risks to the liquidity position, which
further act as early warning indicators of
potential market disruptions
•The maintenance of sustainable
prudent liquidity resources takes
precedence over profitability
•The Group maintains contingency
funding plans designed to protect
depositors, creditors and shareholders
and maintain market confidence during
adverse liquidity conditions.
We measure liquidity risk by quantifying
and calculating various liquidity risk
metrics and ratios to assess potential risks
to the liquidity position. These include:
•An internal ‘survival horizon’ metric
which models the number of days it
takes before the Group’s cash position
is depleted under an internally defined
worst-case liquidity stress
•Regulatory metrics for liquidity
measurement:
–Liquidity Coverage ratio (LCR)
–Net Stable Funding ratio (NSFR)
•An array of liquidity stress tests, based
on a range of scenarios and using
historical analysis, documented
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
167
experience and prudent judgement to
model the impact on the Group’s
balance sheet
•Contractual run-off based actual cash
flows with no modelling adjustments
•Additional internally defined funding
and balance sheet ratios
•Any other local regulatory requirements.
This suite of metrics ensures the smooth
management of the day-to-day liquidity
position within conservative parameters
and further validates that we are able to
generate sufficient liquidity to withstand
a range of liquidity stresses or market
disruptions.
The parameters used in stress scenarios
are reviewed at least annually, taking into
account changes in the business
environments and input from business
units. The objective is to analyse the
possible impact of an economic event on
the Group’s balance sheet, so as to
maintain sufficient liquidity and to
continue to operate for a minimum period
as detailed in the Board-approved risk
appetite.
We further carry out reverse stress tests
to identify business model vulnerabilities
which tests ‘tail risks’ that can be missed
in normal stress tests. The Group has
calculated the severity of stress required
to breach the liquidity requirements. This
scenario is considered highly unlikely
given the Group’s strong liquidity
position, as it requires an extreme
withdrawal of deposits combined with
the inability to take any management
actions to breach liquidity minima that
threaten the Group’s liquidity position.
The Group operates an industry-
recognised third party risk modelling
system in addition to custom-built
management information systems
designed to measure and monitor
liquidity risk on both a current and
forward-looking basis.
Funding strategy
We maintain a funding structure of stable
customer deposits and long-term
wholesale funding well in excess of
funded assets. We target a diversified
funding base, avoiding undue
concentrations by investor type, maturity,
market source, instrument and currency.
As a result, we are able to generate
funding from a broad range of sources in
each geographic location, which ensures
a varied overall funding mix to support
loan growth.
We acknowledge the importance of our
retail deposit client base as the principal
source of stable and well diversified
funding. We continue to develop
products to attract and service the
investment needs of our client base in
line with our risk appetite.
Entities within the Group actively
participate in global financial markets and
our relationship is continuously enhanced
through regular investor presentations
internationally. Entities are only allowed
to have funding exposure to wholesale
markets where they can demonstrate
that the market is sufficiently deep and
liquid, and then only relative to the size
and complexity of their business as part
of a diversified funding mix.
The Group’s ability to access funding at
cost-effective levels is influenced by
maintaining or improving the entity’s
credit rating. A reduction in these ratings
could have an adverse effect on the
Group’s funding costs, and access to
wholesale term funding. Credit ratings
are dependent on multiple factors,
including operating environment,
business model, strategy, capital
adequacy levels, quality of earnings, risk
appetite and exposure and control
framework.
We remain confident in our ability to raise
funding appropriate to our needs.
Liquidity buffer
To protect against potential shocks, we
hold a liquidity buffer in the form of cash,
unencumbered high-quality liquid assets
(typically in the form of government or
rated securities eligible for repurchase
with the central bank), and near cash,
well in excess of the regulatory
requirements as protection against
disruptions in cash flows. These
portfolios are managed within Board-
approved targets, and as well as
providing a buffer under going concern
conditions, also form an integral part of
the broader liquidity generation strategy.
The Group remains a net liquidity
provider to the interbank market, placing
significantly more funds with other banks
than our short-term interbank
borrowings. We do not rely on overnight
interbank deposits to fund term lending.
From 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2023
average cash and near cash balances
over the period amounted to £8.7 billion.
Cash and near cash trend
£’million
Central bank cash placements
and guaranteed liquidity
Cash
Near cash (other
‘monetisable’ assets)
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
168
An analysis of cash and near cash
at 31 March 2023
Customers accounts (deposits) by type
at 31 March 2023
£8 550 million
£19 122 million
Central bank cash placements and guaranteed liquidity
83.0%
Individuals
63.6%
Cash
10.3%
Other financial institutions and corporates
28.2%
Near cash (other ‘monetisable’ assets)
6.7%
Small business
8.2%
Contingency planning
We maintain a contingency funding plan which details the
course of actions that can be taken in the event of a liquidity
stress. The plan helps to ensure that cash flow estimates and
commitments can be met in the event of general market
disruption or adverse bank-specific events, while minimising
detrimental long-term implications for the business. The plan
includes:
•Details on the required daily monitoring of the liquidity
position
•Description of the early warning indicators to be monitored,
and process of escalation if required
•Liquidity stress scenarios to be modelled for Contingency
Funding Plan (CFP) purposes (over and above daily stress
testing scenarios)
•Funding and management actions available for use in a stress
situation
•Roles and responsibilities
•Details of specific escalation entities and key contacts
•Internal and external communication plans.
The plan have been tested within our core jurisdictions via an
externally facilitated liquidity crisis simulation exercise which
assess the Group's sustainability and ability to adequately
contain a liquidity stress.
Page_references.png
Further information on recovery and resolution planning
can be found on page 176.
Asset encumbrance
An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as
collateral against an existing liability and, as a result, is no longer
available to the Group to secure funding, satisfy collateral
needs or be sold to reduce the funding requirement.
Risk management monitors and manages total balance sheet
encumbrance within a Board-approved risk appetite limit. Asset
encumbrance is one of the factors considered in the discussion
of new products or new funding structures, and the impact on
risk appetite is assessed.
The Group uses secured transactions to manage short-term
cash and collateral needs, and utilises securitisations in order to
raise external term funding as part of its diversified liability base.
Securitisation notes issued are also retained by the Group
which are eligible for the Bank of England’s Single Collateral
Pool to support central bank liquidity facilities.
Encumbered assets are identified in accordance with the
definitions under European Capital Requirements Regulation
(CRR), and regular reporting is provided to the PRA. Further
disclosures on encumbered and unencumbered assets can be
found within the Investec plc Pillar III document.
Page_references.png
On page 106 we disclose further details of assets that
have been received as collateral under reverse
repurchase agreements and securities borrowing
transactions where the assets are allowed to be resold
or pledged.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
169
Liquidity mismatch
The tables that follow show the
contractual and behavioural liquidity
mismatch.
With respect to the contractual liquidity
table that follows, we record all assets
and liabilities with the underlying
contractual maturity as determined by
the cash flow profile for each deal.
With respect to the behavioural liquidity
gap, we adjust the contractual profile of
certain assets and liabilities:
•Liquidity buffer: the actual contractual
profile of the assets in the liquidity
buffer is of little consequence, as
practically the Group would meet any
unexpected net cash outflows by
repo’ing or selling these highly liquid
securities. Consequently, for the
liquidity buffer:
–The time horizon to monetise our
regulatory liquid assets which are
guaranteed by the central bank has
been adjusted to ‘on demand’
–The time horizon for the cash and
near cash portfolio of discretionary
treasury assets has been set to one
month where there are deep
secondary markets for this elective
asset class.
•Customer deposits: the contractual
repayments of many deposits are on
demand, or at notice, but in reality
withdrawals vary significantly from this.
Historical observations of the products
are used to model the behavioural
lives, and this analysis has identified
significant additional sources of
structural liquidity in the form of core
deposits that exhibit stable behaviour.
Contractual liquidity at 31 March 2023
£’million
Demand
Up to one
month
One to
three
months
Three to six
months
Six
months to
one year
One
to five
years
>Five years
Total
Cash and short-term funds –
banks
6 196
93
—
—
—
5
—
6 294
Investment/trading assets
272
987
489
485
457
807
1 269
4 766
Securitised assets
—
—
1
—
1
23
53
78
Advances
110
686
756
1 148
1 799
7 890
3 321
15 710
Other assets
1
560
59
41
44
466
367
1 538
Assets
6 579
2 326
1 305
1 674
2 301
9 191
5 010
28 386
Deposits – banks
(347)
—
(1)
(5)
—
(1 819)
—
(2 172)
Deposits – non-banks
(6 401)
(682)
(4 534)
(2 970)
(3 127)
(1 404)
(4)
(19 122)
Negotiable paper
(1)
(3)
(26)
(67)
(71)
(796)
(485)
(1 449)
Securitised liabilities
—
(8)
(1)
—
(1)
(23)
(49)
(82)
Investment/trading liabilities
(137)
(589)
(7)
—
(54)
(21)
(65)
(873)
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
(70)
—
—
(661)
(731)
Other liabilities
(8)
(471)
(212)
(39)
(107)
(329)
(72)
(1 238)
Liabilities
(6 894)
(1 753)
(4 781)
(3 151)
(3 360)
(4 392)
(1 336)
(25 667)
Total equity
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2 719)
(2 719)
Contractual liquidity gap
(315)
573
(3 476)
(1 477)
(1 059)
4 799
955
—
Cumulative liquidity gap
(315)
258
(3 218)
(4 695)
(5 754)
(955)
—
Behavioural liquidity at 31 March 2023
As discussed above.
£’million
Demand
Up to one
month
One to
three
months
Three to six
months
Six
months to
one year
One
to five
years
>Five years
Total
Behavioural liquidity gap
5 712
419
(3 586)
(1 815)
(1 941)
303
908
—
Cumulative
5 712
6 131
2 545
730
(1 211)
(908)
—
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
170
Interest rate risk in the banking
book (IRRBB)
Measurement and management of
IRRBB
IRRBB is an inherent consequence of
conducting banking activities, and arises
from the provision of non-trading banking
products and services. The Group
considers the management of banking
margin of vital importance, and our non-
trading interest rate risk philosophy is
reflected in our day-to-day practices.
The aim of IRRBB management is to
protect and enhance net interest income
and economic value of equity in
accordance with the Board-approved risk
appetite and to ensure a high degree of
stability of the net interest margin over an
interest rate cycle. IRRBB is measured
and analysed by utilising standard tools
of traditional interest rate repricing
mismatch and net present value (NPV)
sensitivity to changes in interest rate risk
factors:
•Income metrics capture the change in
accruals expected over a specified
time horizon in response to a change in
interest rates
•Economic value metrics capture all
future cash flows in order to calculate
the Group’s net worth and therefore
can highlight risks beyond the short-
term earnings time horizon.
These metrics are used to assess and
to communicate to senior management
the financial impact of possible future
interest rate scenarios, covering:
•Interest rate expectations and
perceived risks to the central view
•Standard shocks to levels and shapes
of interest rates and yield curves.
The repricing gap provides a simple
representation of the balance sheet, with
the sensitivity of fair values and earnings
to changes to interest rates calculated
off the repricing gap. This also allows for
the detection of interest rate risk
concentration in specific repricing
buckets. Net interest income sensitivity
measures the change in accruals
expected over the specified horizon in
response to a shift in the yield curve,
while economic value sensitivity and
stress testing to macro-economic
movement or changes to the yield curve
measures the interest risk implicit change
in net worth as a result of a change in
interest rates on the current values of
financial assets and liabilities. Economic
value measures have the advantage that
all future cash flows are considered and
therefore assess the risk beyond the
earnings horizon.
Sources of IRRBB include:
•Repricing risk: arises from the timing
differences in the fixed rate maturity
and floating rate repricing of Group
assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
derivative positions. This affects the
interest rate margin realised between
lending income and borrowing costs
when applied to our rate sensitive
portfolios
•Yield curve risk: repricing mismatches
also expose the Group to changes in
the slope and shape of the yield curve
•Basis risk: arises from imperfect
correlation in the adjustments of the
rates earned and paid on different
instruments with otherwise similar
repricing characteristics
•Embedded option risk: arises from
optional elements embedded in items
where the Group or its customers can
alter the level and timing of their cash
flows
•Endowment risk: refers to the interest
rate risk exposure arising from the net
differential between interest rate
insensitive assets, interest rate
insensitive liabilities and capital.
The above sources of interest rate
risk affect the interest rate margin
realised between lending income and
borrowing costs when applied to our rate
sensitive asset and liability portfolios,
which has a direct effect on future net
interest earnings and the economic value
of equity.
Each banking entity has its own Board-
approved IRRBB appetite, which is clearly
defined in relation to both income risk
and economic value risk. The Group has
limited appetite for IRRBB.
Operationally, daily management of
interest rate risk is centralised within the
Treasury of each banking entity and is
subject to local independent risk and
ALCO review. Treasury mitigates any
residual undesirable risk where possible,
by changing the duration of the banking
book’s discretionary liquid asset portfolio,
or through derivative transactions. The
Treasury mandate allows for a tactical
response to market volatility which may
arise during changing interest rate cycles,
in order to hedge residual exposures.
Any resultant interest rate position
is managed under the market risk limits.
Balance sheet risk management
independently monitors a broad range
of interest rate risk metrics to changes
in interest rate risk factors, detailing the
sources of interest rate exposure.
Automatic optionality arising from
variable rate products with an embedded
minimum lending rate serves as an
income protection mechanism for the
Group against falling interest rates, while
behavioural optionality risk from
customers of fixed rate products is
mitigated by early repayment charges.
In December 2022 IBP and DLC Board
approved the initiation of a structural
hedging programme to reduce the
sensitivity of earnings to short term
interest rate movements. The Group
assigned an evenly amortising profile
to an eligible amount of tangible equity
with average duration of 2.5 years evenly
distributed over the period. The termed
equity is then hedged on a matched
basis. Given the short duration of time
in which the hedge has existed and the
path of interest rates to date, there has
been no material earnings impact.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
171
Net interest income sensitivity at 31 March 2023
IRRBB is measured and monitored using an income sensitivity
approach. The tables below reflect an illustrative annualised net
interest income value sensitivity to a 0.25% parallel shift in
interest rates, based on modelled assumptions, assuming no
management intervention.
million
All (GBP)
25bps down
(13.7)
25bps up
12.7
Economic value (EV) sensitivity at 31 March 2023
IRRBB is measured and monitored using the EV sensitivity
approach. The tables below reflect an illustrative economic
value sensitivity to a 2% parallel shift in interest rates, based on
modelled assumptions, assuming no management intervention.
This sensitivity effect would only have a negligible direct impact
on our equity.
million
All (GBP)
200bps down
16.6
200bps up
(13.1)
Audited_information.png
Interest rate risk - IBOR reform
During the financial year, the Group has progressed the
transition of the remaining USD assets referencing IBOR to
referencing alternative rates. We still continue to monitor the
transition of the remaining USD LIBOR linked products to
alternative rates, ahead of the cessation of the remaining USD
IBORs on 30 June 2023 with progress updates to DLC BRCC
and IBP BRCC.
Given progress to date, the Group has limited remaining risks
with respect to the ongoing IBOR reform. These risks include
but are not limited to the following:
•Conduct risk arising from discussions with clients and market
counterparties due to the amendments required to existing
contracts necessary to effect IBOR reform
•Business risk to the Group and its clients that markets are
disrupted due to IBOR reform giving rise to financial losses
•Pricing risk from the potential lack of market information
if liquidity in IBORs reduces and risk-free rates are illiquid
and unobservable
•Operational risk arising from changes to the Group’s
IT systems and processes, also the risk of payments being
disrupted if an IBOR ceases to be available
•Accounting risk if the Group’s hedging relationships fail and
from unrepresentative income statement volatility as financial
instrument.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
172
Regulatory requirements
Liquidity risk
The two minimum BCBS standards for
funding liquidity are:
•The Liquidity Coverage ratio (LCR)
which is designed to ensure that banks
have sufficient high-quality liquid
assets to meet their liquidity needs
throughout a 30-calendar day severe
stress
•The Net Stable Funding ratio (NSFR)
which is designed to capture structural
issues over a longer time horizon by
requiring banks to have a sustainable
maturity structure of assets and
liabilities.
Following the UK’s departure from the EU
and subsequent temporary transitional
power (TTP), liquidity and capital
regulations have been fully subsumed
into UK legislation.
As such, the Investec plc and IBP (solo
basis) LCRs are calculated based on the
rules contained in the PRA rulebook and
our own interpretations where the
regulation calls for it. Banks are required
to maintain a minimum LCR of 100%. As
at 31 March 2023 the LCR was 383% for
Investec plc and 432% for IBP (solo
basis).
Within the UK, the NSFR has become
a binding requirement for banks since
January 2022. Banks are now required
to maintain a minimum NSFR of 100%.
The NSFR at 31 March 2023 was 147%
for Investec plc and 138% for IBP
(solo basis).
Investec plc undertakes an annual ILAAP
SS 24/15 which documents the approach
to liquidity management across the firm,
including IBP (solo basis). This document
is reviewed and approved by IBP BRCC,
DLC BRCC and by the IBP and DLC
Boards before being provided to the PRA
for use, alongside the Liquidity
Supervisory Review and Evaluation
Process, to determine the bank’s
Individual Liquidity Guidance, also known
as a Pillar II requirement.
IRRBB
In 2016, the BCBS finalised their
standards for IRRBB which recommended
the risk is assessed as part of the Bank’s
capital requirements, outlined six
prescribed shock scenarios, and
recommended enhanced disclosure
requirements for supervisors to
implement.
The regulatory framework requires banks
to assess their Pillar II requirements,
including those related to IRRBB, as part
of their ICAAP in accordance with
PS22/21 and SS31/15. This is reviewed
on at least an annual basis and reviewed
and approved by IBP BRCC, DLC BRCC
and by the IBP and DLC Boards.
Balance sheet risk year in review
The Group maintained its strong liquidity
position and continues to hold high levels
of surplus liquid assets. Our liquidity risk
management process remains robust and
comprehensive.
Funding continues to be dynamically
raised through a mix of customer
liabilities diversified by customer type,
currency, channel and tenor, avoiding
reliance on any particular channel and
ensuring continued access to a wide
range of depositors. Those diversified
funding channels have proven to be
capable of raising funding throughout the
year supporting both strong asset growth
and the conclusion of our strategy to
transition our retail deposits to the new
lower cost platform and despite the
ongoing geopolitical uncertainties,
inflationary pressures and recent market
volatility. The new retail deposit products
have continued to demonstrate strong
growth in the market and have been
complemented by the launch of our
Notice Saver product in July 2022.
We have limited reliance on wholesale
funding but we maintain access and
presence, using such wholesale issuance
to strategically diversify our funding base
and complement the other liability
channels by focusing, where appropriate,
on tenor and currency.
Wholesale issuance in the year took
advantage of market windows to focus
on both additional opportunities and
refinance maturities to lengthen term,
with the added benefit of continuing
to diversify the debt capital markets
investor base. As a result we have
no requirement to issue in the wholesale
markets in the financial year to end
March 2024. As of March 2023, the
preferred resolution strategy for IBP
remained Modified Insolvency with no
MREL requirement in excess of its
minimum capital requirements. However
the BoE informed IBP at a meeting held in
June 2023 that the preferred resolution
strategy will be changed to bail-in and as
such a new, revised increased MREL
requirement will be imposed. End-state
MREL will apply from 1 January 2032. Any
additional requirements will be met as
part of increasing wholesale market
issuance from the existing established
base.
As at 31 March 2023, IBP had £1.2 billion
of drawings under the BoE Term Funding
Scheme with additional incentives for
Small and Medium Enterprises (TFSME)
maturing in late 2025.
Funding consists primarily of customer
deposits, with loans and advances to
customers as a percentage of customer
deposits at 81.4% at 31 March 2023.
We are therefore well positioned from
a funding and liquidity perspective
if there was to be further disruption
to financial markets given both the highly
diversified nature of Investec plc’s
deposit base and the reliance on term
and notice deposits rather than demand
deposits. Deposits grew by 4.5% over
the year to £19.1 billion. Granularity
of deposits is a key area of focus and
Investec plc has a substantial portion
of eligible deposits that are covered
by FSCS protection. The FSCS is a UK
government-backed scheme designed
to provide protection to eligible
customers, to the maximum value of
£85 000, in the event that a financial
institution is unable to meet its financial
obligations.
Cash and near cash balances at 31 March
2023 amounted to £8.6 billion (31 March
2022: £8.9 billion).
This overall approach has enabled the
Group to maintain a strong liquidity
position at the year end across a range
of metrics in line with our conservative
approach to balance sheet risk
management.
Looking forward, the focus remains
on maintaining a strong liquidity position
in light of overall market volatility.
Funding continues to be actively raised,
across a diverse funding base, in line with
a medium- to long-term strategy
to reduce the overall tenor-adjusted cost
of the liability base supported by stable
credit ratings.
Page_references.png
Refer to page 12 for further detail
on credit ratings.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
173
Unaudited_information.png
66. Operational risk
Operational risk is an inherent risk in the ordinary course of business activity. The impact could be financial as well as non-financial.
Possible non-financial impacts could include customer detriment, reputational or regulatory consequences.
Management and measurement of operational risk
The Group manages operational risk through an operational risk management framework that is embedded across all levels of the
organisation and is supported by a strong risk management culture. The key purpose of the operational risk management
framework is to define the policies and practices that provide the foundation for a structured and integrated approach to identify,
assess, mitigate/manage, monitor and report on operational risks.
The key operational risk practices are as follows:
Identify and assess
Risk and control
assessments
•Risk and control assessments are forward-looking, qualitative assessments of inherent and residual risk
that are performed on key business processes using a centrally defined risk framework
•These assessments enable business to identify, manage and monitor operational risks, incorporating other
elements of the operational risk management framework such as risk events and key indicators
•Detailed control evaluations are performed, and action plans developed and implemented where
necessary to ensure that risk exposure is managed within acceptable levels.
Internal risk
events
•Internal risk events provide an objective source of information relating to failures in the control
environment
•The tracking of internal risk event data provides an opportunity to improve the control environment
and to minimise the occurrence of future risk events
•In addition, internal risk event data is used as a direct input into the Pillar II capital modelling process.
External risk events
•External risk events are operational risk related events originating outside the organisation
•The Group is an active member of a global external data service used to benchmark our internal risk
event data against other local and international financial service organisations
•The external data is analysed to enhance the control environment, inform scenario analysis and
provide insight into emerging operational risks.
Mitigate/manage
Risk exposures
•Risk exposures are identified through the operational risk management processes, including but not
limited to risk assessments, internal risk events, key indicators and audit findings
•Residual risk exposure is evaluated in terms of the Group’s risk appetite and mitigated where
necessary by improving the control environment, transferring through insurance, terminating the
relevant business activity or accepting the risk exposure for a period of time subject to formal approval
and monitoring.
Monitor
Key risk indicators
•Indicators are metrics used to monitor risk exposures against identified thresholds
•The output provides predictive capability in assessing the risk profile of the business.
Operational risk governance framework
The operational risk governance structures form an integral part
of the operational risk management framework. Key
components of the governance structures are:
Roles and responsibilities
The Group, in keeping with sound governance practices, has
defined roles and responsibilities for the management of
operational risk in accordance with the three lines of defence
model, i.e. business line management, an independent operational
risk function and an independent internal audit function.
Specialist control functions are responsible for the management
of key operational risks. These include, but are not limited to:
compliance (including financial crime compliance), cyber,
finance, fraud, legal, technology and information security risks.
Committees
Operational risk is managed and monitored through various
governance forums and committees that are integrated with the
Group’s risk management governance structure and report to
Board level committees.
The Group’s operational risk profile is reported to the
governance forums and committees on a regular basis, which
contributes to sound risk management and decision-making
by the Board and management.
•Operational risk:
Management forums and committees are in place at each entity
level. Key responsibilities include the monitoring of operational
risk and oversight of the operational risk management
framework, including approval of the operational risk
management policies.
•Technology, information security and cyber risk:
The DLC IT Risk and Governance Committee is responsible
for the monitoring of current and emerging technology and
information security risks. In addition, this committee considers
the strategic alignment of technology within the business.
The UK Technology Management Committees monitor
technology risks for the UK entities and escalate current and
emerging risks to the DLC IT Risk and Governance Committee
and relevant local risk governance forums and committees.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
174
Risk appetite
Operational risk appetite is defined as the
level of risk exposure that is acceptable
to the Board in order to achieve its
business and strategic objectives. The
Board is responsible for setting and
regularly reviewing the risk appetite. The
operational risk appetite policy defines
the amount of operational risk exposure,
or potential adverse impact of a risk
event, that the Group is willing to accept.
Operational risks are managed in
accordance with the approved risk
appetite. Any breaches of limits are
escalated in accordance with the
appropriate governance structures.
Operational risk year in review
Key operational risk themes
During the year the Group remained
focused on the management of the
following key operational risks:
Business disruption and operational
resilience risk
•The growing global regulatory
requirements for operational resilience
increased the compliance expectations
and delivery of stakeholder value.
Information security and cyber risk
•Cognisant of the increasing volume
and sophistication of cyber-related
attacks, information security and cyber
risk continue to represent a key
concern for the Group
•New business models for ransomware
and cyber extortion were observed. In
response, the Group’s performed
targeted attack assessments and
control adequacy evaluations by
independent specialists
•Geopolitical tensions have resulted in
an increase in nation state cyber-
warfare risk
•The Group’s risk exposure was well
managed and no material impact or
losses attributed to cyber events were
recorded.
People risk
•An increasingly competitive skills
market necessitated targeted
strategies to source and retain human
capital.
Regulatory compliance risk
•Increasingly stringent regulatory
compliance obligations continued to be
a focus for the Group
•There has been a sustained focus by
regulators on resilience in the financial
services sector and emphasis placed
on working towards ensuring a
financial system that is fair, efficient
and resilient
•Material regulatory developments in
the UK for the Group are:
•The implementation of the new
Consumer Duty Act, which requires
higher standards of consumer
protection and ensures that firms
prioritise good customer outcomes
•The Edinburgh Reforms (c.30 policy
initiatives) which include a review of
the Senior Managers and
Certification Regime, consumer
credit legislation, retail investment
disclosures regime (PRIIPs), and
various wholesale regulations
including Short Selling, Prospectus
Regime and MiFIDII
•The implementation of the Basel 3.1
standards impacting the amount of
capital banks need to hold against
risks they are exposed to.
Third party risk
•The Group’s strategic intent towards
digitalisation placed increased reliance
on third party services and cloud
providers
•Enhanced third party review, due
diligence and risk management
practices were a key focus area
•Monitoring of financial health, adverse
media, and cyber posture of key third
parties was implemented
•Process improvements and staff
training remain areas of focus to
mitigate risk events in this category
•The Group enhanced its focus on
operational resilience, as well as
concentration risk, associated with our
third parties and their fourth parties.
Operational risk events
The Group continued to manage internal
risk events against the agreed Board-
approved operational risk appetite.
Causal analysis is performed on risk
events to determine the reason for the
failure and to assist with the effective
identification of actions required to
mitigate the reoccurrence of events.
Insurance
The Group maintains adequate insurance
to cover key insurable risks. The
insurance process and requirements are
managed by the Group insurance risk
manager. Regular interaction between
operational risk management and
insurance risk management ensures that
there is an exchange of information in
order to enhance the mitigation of
operational risk.
Page_references.png
Please refer to pages 78 to 81 of the
Investec Group's 2023 risk and
governance report for additional
information regarding compliance,
reputational risk and legal risk.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
175
Unaudited_information.png
67. Recovery and
resolution planning
The purpose of the recovery plans are
to document how the Board and
management will plan for Investec plc
to recover from extreme financial stress
to avoid liquidity and capital difficulties.
The plans are reviewed and approved
by the Board on an annual basis.
The recovery plan:
•Integrates with existing contingency
planning
•Identifies roles and responsibilities
•Identifies early warning indicators and
trigger levels
•Analyses how the Group could be
affected by the stresses under various
scenarios
•Includes potential recovery actions
available to the Board and
management to respond to the
situation, including immediate,
intermediate and strategic actions
•Identify the recovery capacity available
to avoid resolution actions
•Run externally facilitated simulations
or firedrill exercises as required by the
regulations.
The Bank Recovery and Resolution
Directive (BRRD) was implemented in the
UK via the UK Banking Act 2009. It was
amended by the BRRD (Amendment)
(EU Exit) Regulation 2020, which
implemented into UK law certain
amendments to the BRRD.
The BoE, the UK resolution authority has
the power to intervene in and resolve a
financial institution that is no longer
viable. This is achieved through the use
of various resolution tools, including the
transfer of business and creditor
financed recapitalisation (bail-in within
resolution) that allocates losses to
shareholders and unsecured and
uninsured creditors in their order of
seniority, at a regulator determined point
of non-viability that may precede
insolvency.
The PRA has made rules that require
authorised institutions to draw up
recovery plans and resolution packs.
Recovery plans are designed to outline
credible recovery options that authorised
institutions could implement in the event
of severe stress in order to restore their
business to a stable and sustainable
condition. The resolution pack contains
detailed information on the services
provided, as well as the structure and
operation of the authorised institution in
question which will be used by the BoE
to develop resolution strategies for that
specific institution, assess its current
level of resolvability against the strategy,
and to inform work on identifying barriers
to the implementation of operational
resolution plans.
In line with PRA and onshored EU
requirements, Investec plc maintains a
resolution pack and a recovery plan. Even
though the recovery plan is framed at
Investec plc level, given that IBP
constitutes over 76% of Investec plc’s
balance sheet, the focus of this
document is the recovery of IBP and the
protection of its depositors and other
clients.
Similarly, the resolution pack is drafted
for Investec plc. As Investec plc is an
approved UK Financial Holding Company
(FHC) and IBP is its most significant
entity, the Investec plc resolution
strategy is expected to be driven and
determined by IBP’s resolution strategy.
The BoE confirmed in March 2021 the
preferred resolution strategy for IBP
remains Modified Insolvency and the
Minimum Requirement for own funds and
Eligible Liabilities (MREL) requirement is
set as equal to IBP’s Total Capital
Requirement (Pillar 1 plus Pillar 2A). The
BoE informed IBP at a meeting held in
June 2023 that IBP’s preferred resolution
strategy will change to Bail-in and as
such a revised increased MREL
requirement will be imposed. End-state
MREL will apply from 1 January 2032.
Further details will be shared once the
formal letter has been received from the
BoE confirming the change.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
176
Unaudited_information.png
68. Capital management and allocation
Current regulatory framework
Investec plc is an approved UK Financial Holding Company (FHC), responsible for ensuring compliance with consolidated prudential
requirements on a consolidated basis. Investec Bank plc, the main banking subsidiary of the Investec plc Group, continues to be
authorised by the PRA and regulated by the FCA and the PRA. Investec plc calculates capital resources and requirements using the
Basel III framework, as implemented in the European Union through the CRR and CRD IV, as amended by CRR II and CRD V.
Following the end of the Brexit transitional period, the EU rules (including binding technical standards) were onshored and now
form part of domestic law in the UK by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018. 
A summary of capital adequacy and leverage ratios
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio**
11.7%
12.7%
11.4%
12.0%
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (fully loaded)***
11.4%
12.4%
11.0%
11.6%
Tier 1 ratio**
13.1%
14.1%
12.8%
13.6%
Total Capital ratio**
17.2%
18.5%
16.5%
18.2%
Risk-weighted assets (£'million)**
17 767
17 308
16 980
16 462
Leverage exposure measure (£'million)^
25 216
24 945
24 181
23 874
Leverage ratio^
9.2%
9.8%
9.0%
9.3%
Leverage ratio (fully loaded)^ ***
9.0%
9.6%
8.7%
9.1%
ºWhere: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP.
*The capital adequacy disclosures for Investec plc and IBP include the deduction of foreseeable charges and dividends when calculating CET1 capital. These
disclosures differ from the capital adequacy disclosures included in Investec Group’s 2023 and 2022 integrated and strategic annual report, which follow our normal
basis of presentation and do not include this deduction when calculating CET1 capital. Investec plc and IBP’s CET1 ratios would be 31bps (31 March 2022: 28bps) and
21bps (31 March 2022: 37bps) higher, respectively on this basis.
**The CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital ratios and RWAs are calculated applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements (including the CRR II changes introduced by the 'quick fix'
regulation adopted in June 2020).
***The CET1 ratio (fully loaded) and the leverage ratio (fully loaded) assumes full adoption of IFRS 9 (including the ‘quick fix’ regulation in the UK).
^The leverage ratios are calculated on an end-quarter basis.
Investec plc applies the Standardised
Approach to calculate credit risk and
counterparty credit risk, securitisation
risk, operational risk and market risk
capital requirements. Effective
1 January 2022, Investec plc
implemented the outstanding CRR II
changes to be implemented in the UK,
most notably the new Standardised
Approach for measuring Counterparty
Credit Risk (SA-CCR) and changes to the
large exposure regime.
Investec plc is not subject to the
minimum leverage ratio requirement of
3.25% under the UK leverage ratio
framework, but is subject to a
‘supervisory expectation’ to manage
excessive leverage by ensuring the
leverage ratio does not fall below 3.25%.
For simplicity, the same leverage ratio
exposure measure and capital measure
applies to all UK banks (including the
exemption of central bank reserves and
reflect updated international standards). 
Subsidiaries of Investec plc may be
subject to additional regulations as
implemented by local regulators in their
respective jurisdictions. Where capital is
a relevant consideration, management
within each regulated entity pays close
attention to prevailing local regulatory
rules as determined by their respective
regulators.
Year under review
During the year under review, Investec plc
complied with the capital adequacy
requirements imposed on it by the PRA.
Investec plc continues to hold capital in
excess of all the capital and buffer
requirements. At 31 March 2023, the
CET1 ratio increased to 11.7% from 11.4%
at 31 March 2022. CET1 capital increased
by £140 million to £2 billion, mainly as a
result of:
•CET1 capital generation of £293 million
through profit after taxation
•A decrease of £164 million in the
deduction applied to financial sector
entities which exceed the 10% threshold
The increases were partially offset by:
•A decrease in other comprehensive
income of £71 million, including the fair
value uplift on our investment in Ninety
One and the reversal of the cash flow
hedge reserve which is not recognised
in CET1 capital
•Dividends paid to ordinary
shareholders and Additional Tier 1
security holders of £197 million,
including the Ninety One distribution to
shareholders of £91 million
•An increase in foreseeable charges and
dividends of £11 million
•An increase in treasury shares of
£20 million
•A decrease of £28 million in the IFRS 9
transitional add-back adjustment.
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) increased
by 5% or £787 million to £17.8 billion over
the period, predominantly within credit
risk RWAs.
Credit risk RWAs, which include equity
risk, increased by £788 million. Exchange
rate differences caused a net increase in
RWAs of £228 million in the period,
reflecting mainly the strengthening of the
US Dollar and Euro against the British
Pound. The remaining increase reflects
asset growth in Fund Solutions, Growth
and Leveraged Finance and Corporate
Secured Project Finance.
Counterparty credit risk RWAs (including
credit valuation adjustment risk)
decreased by £144 million compared
to 31 March 2022, primarily driven by
a decrease in repurchase agreements
and derivative financial instruments.
Market risk RWAs decreased by
£95 million, mainly due to a decrease
in the collective investment undertaking
position risk.
Operational risk RWAs increased by
£238 million, due to an increase in the
three-year average operating income
used to determine the capital
requirement.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
177
The Group's leverage ratio increased to
9.2% from 9.0% at 31 March 2022. The
increase is primarily driven by an increase
in CET1 capital of £140 million, offset by
an increase of £1 billion in the leverage
exposure measure. The leverage
exposure measure increase is
predominantly attributable to foreign
exchange movements as well as asset
growth across multiple balance sheet line
items, most notably in derivative financial
instruments, loans to customers and
repurchase agreements.
Minimum capital requirement
Investec plc’s minimum CET1 requirement
at 31 March 2023 is 7.9% comprising a
4.5% Pillar 1 minimum requirement, a
2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB),
a 0.31% Pillar 2A requirement and a
0.63% Countercyclical Capital Buffer
(CCyB). The Group’s institution-specific
CCyB requirement is calculated based on
the relevant exposures held in
jurisdictions in which a buffer rate has
been set. As at 31 March 2023 the UK
CCyB rate is 1%.
Philosophy and approach
Investec plc Group’s approach to capital
management utilises both regulatory
capital as appropriate to that jurisdiction
and internal capital, which is an internal
risk-based assessment of capital
requirements. Capital management
primarily relates to management of the
interaction of both, with the emphasis on
regulatory capital for managing portfolio
level capital sufficiency and on internal
capital for ensuring that returns are
appropriate given the level of risk taken
at an individual transaction or business
unit level.
We intend to maintain a sufficient level of
capital to satisfy regulatory requirements
and our internal target ratios. On a
consolidated basis for Investec plc and
Investec Limited, we target a Total
Capital ratio range of between 14% and
17%, and we target a minimum Tier 1 ratio
of 11% and a CET1 ratio above 10%. The
determination of target capital is driven
by our risk profile, strategy and risk
appetite, taking into account the
regulatory and market factors applicable
to the Group. At the most fundamental
level, we seek to balance our capital
consumption between prudent
capitalisation in the context of the
Group’s risk profile and optimisation of
shareholder returns. Our internal capital
framework is designed to manage and
achieve this balance.
The internal capital framework is based
on the Group’s risk identification, review
and assessment processes and is used
to provide a risk-based approach to
capital allocation, performance and
structuring of our balance sheet. The
objectives of the internal capital
framework are to quantify the minimum
capital required to:
•Maintain sufficient capital to satisfy the
Board’s risk appetite across all risks
faced by the Group
•Provide protection to depositors
against losses arising from risks
inherent in the business
•Provide sufficient capital surplus to
ensure that the Group is able to retain
its going concern basis under relatively
severe operating conditions
•Inform the setting of minimum
regulatory capital through the ICAAP
and subsequent Supervisory Review
and Evaluation Process (SREP). The
ICAAP documents the approach to
capital management, including the
assessment of the regulatory and
internal capital position of each Group
•The ICAAP is reviewed and approved
by DLC BRCC and the Board
The framework has been approved by
the Board and is managed by the DLC
Capital Committee, which is responsible
for oversight of the management of
capital on a regulatory and an internal
capital basis.
Significant regulatory developments in
the period
On 30 November 2022, the PRA
published a consultation paper on the
Implementation of the Basel 3.1
standards, which set out the proposed
rules and expectations that cover parts of
the Basel 3 standards that remain to be
implemented in the UK and relate to the
calculation of RWAs. The rule changes
are expected to take effect from
1 January 2025. The Basel 3.1 standards
aim to restore credibility in risk-weighted
ratios, by introducing more robust and
risk-sensitive Standardised Approaches,
whilst curtailing the RWA benefits Internal
Models can provide. The proposals aim to
advance the PRA’s primary objective to
promote the safety and soundness of the
firms that it regulates. By improving the
measurement of risk, the PRA are of the
view that it will help ensure firms are
adequately capitalised given the risks
they are exposed to. Whilst the PRA are
proposing limited adjustments to the
international standards in order to adhere
to the global reforms, they have
proposed the removal of several
onshored EU discretions, such as the
SME supporting factor. The consultation
closed for comment on 31 March 2023.
On 12 December 2022, the Financial
Policy Committee (FPC) increased the UK
CCyB rate from 0% to 1%. On
5 July 2022, the FPC announced that it is
further increasing the UK CCyB rate from
1% to 2%, with effect from 5 July 2023.
From the FPC meetings held on
28 November 2022, 8 December 2022
and 23 March 2023 the FPC noted that,
despite the global and UK economic
outlooks having deteriorated and
financial conditions having tightened, the
UK banking system can absorb the
impact of the expected weakening in the
economic situation while continuing to
meet credit demand from creditworthy
households and businesses. The FPC
therefore confirmed they will be
maintaining the UK CCyB rate at 2%
(effective 5 July 2023).
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement
Website.png
The 31 March 2023 Pillar 3
disclosures for the Investec plc
Group are published in a standalone
disclosure report and can be found
on the Investec Group’s website.
Capital planning and stress/scenario
testing
A capital plan is prepared for Investec plc
and is maintained to facilitate discussion
of the impact of business strategy and
market conditions on capital adequacy.
This plan is designed to assess capital
adequacy under a range of economic and
internal conditions over the medium term
(three years), with the impact on
earnings, asset growth, risk appetite and
liquidity considered. The plan provides
the Board with an input into strategy and
the setting of risk appetite by considering
business risks and potential
vulnerabilities, capital usage and funding
requirements given constraints where
these exist.
Capital plans are prepared and presented
to the capital committees on a monthly
basis. The plans are updated with the
actual month-end position and forecast
out to the end of the fiscal year, taking
into account updated profit and loss and
asset growth forecasts. The goal of
capital planning is to provide insight into
potential sources of vulnerability of
capital adequacy by way of market,
economic or internal events. As such, the
three-year capital plans are stressed
based on conditions most likely to cause
Investec plc duress. The conditions are
agreed by the Investec plc Capital
Committee after the key vulnerabilities
have been determined through the stress
testing workshops. Such plans are used
by management to formulate balance
sheet strategy and agree management
actions, trigger points and influence the
determination of our risk appetite. At a
minimum level, each capital plan
assesses the impact on our capital
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
178
adequacy in an expected case and in downturn scenarios. On the basis of the results of this analysis, the PLC Capital Committee,
DLC Capital Committee and DLC BRCC are presented with the potential variability in capital adequacy and are responsible, in
consultation with the Board, for considering the appropriate response.
Reverse stress testing is performed annually as part of the ICAAP process.
Capital structure and capital adequacy
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
£'million
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Shareholders' Equity
2 373
2 486
2 340
2 215
Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests
2 468
2 539
2 429
2 296
Foreseeable charges and dividends
(55)
(36)
(44)
(61)
Perpetual preference share capital and share premium
(25)
—
(25)
—
Deconsolidation of special purpose entities
(15)
(17)
(20)
(20)
Non-controlling interests
—
—
—
—
Non-controlling interests per balance sheet
1
1
1
1
Non-controlling interests excluded for regulatory purposes
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis
16
15
71
71
Additional value adjustments
(5)
(5)
(6)
(6)
Cash flow hedging reserve
(28)
(28)
—
—
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
49
48
77
77
Deductions
(318)
(306)
(480)
(304)
Goodwill and intangible assets net of deferred taxation
(312)
(300)
(303)
(291)
Investment in capital of financial entities above 10% threshold
—
—
(164)
—
Deferred taxation assets that rely on future profitability excluding those
arising from temporary difference
(2)
(2)
(8)
(8)
Securitisation positions which can alternatively be subject to a 1 250% risk
weight
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
Amount of insufficient coverage for non-performing exposures
—
—
(3)
—
Common Equity Tier 1 capital**
2 071
2 195
1 931
1 982
Additional Tier 1 instruments
250
250
250
250
Tier 1 capital **
2 321
2 445
2 181
2 232
Tier 2 capital**
739
764
628
766
Tier 2 instruments
764
764
766
766
Non-qualifying surplus capital attributable to non-controlling interests
(25)
—
(138)
—
Total regulatory capital**
3 060
3 209
2 809
2 998
Risk-weighted assets**
17 767
17 308
16 980
16 462
ºWhere: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP.
*The capital adequacy disclosures for Investec plc and IBP include the deduction of foreseeable charges and dividends when calculating CET1 capital. These
disclosures are different to the capital adequacy disclosures included in Investec Group’s 2023 and 2022 integrated and strategic annual report, which follow our
normal basis of presentation and do not include this deduction when calculating CET1 capital. Investec plc and IBP’s CET1 ratios would be 31bps (31 March 2022:
28bps) and 21bps (31 March 2022: 37bps) higher, respectively on this basis.
** The CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital ratios and RWAs are calculated applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements (including the CRR II changes introduced by the 'quick fix'
regulation adopted in June 2020).
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
179
Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements
Investec plc º
IBP º
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
£’million
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Risk-weighted assets**
17 767
17 308
16 980
16 462
Credit risk
14 122
14 118
13 366
13 332
Equity risk
594
153
562
57
Counterparty credit risk
477
487
555
591
Credit valuation adjustment risk
37
37
103
103
Market risk
513
511
608
608
Operational risk
2 024
2 002
1 786
1 771
Capital requirements
1 421
1 385
1 358
1 317
Credit risk
1 130
1 129
1 069
1 066
Equity risk
47
13
45
5
Counterparty credit risk
38
39
44
47
Credit valuation adjustment risk
3
3
8
8
Market risk
41
41
49
49
Operational risk
162
160
143
142
Leverage
£’million
Investec plc º
IBP º
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Total exposure measure^
25 216
24 945
24 181
23 874
Tier 1 capital * **
2 321
2 445
2 181
2 232
Leverage ratio ^
9.2%
9.8%
9.0%
9.3%
Total exposure measure (fully loaded)
25 168
24 896
24 104
23 797
Tier 1 capital (fully loaded)***
2 273
2 396
2 104
2 155
Leverage ratio (fully loaded)*** ^
9.0%
9.6%
8.7%
9.1%
ºWhere: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP.
*The capital adequacy disclosures for Investec plc and IBP include the deduction of foreseeable charges and dividends when calculating CET1 capital. These
disclosures are different to the capital adequacy disclosures included in Investec Group’s 2023 and 2022 integrated and strategic annual report, which follow our
normal basis of presentation and do not include this deduction when calculating CET1 capital. Investec plc and IBP’s CET1 ratios would be 31bps (31 March 2022:
28bps) and 21bps (31 March 2022: 37bps) higher, respectively on this basis.
**The CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital ratios and RWAs are calculated applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements (including the CRR II changes introduced by the 'quick fix'
regulation adopted in June 2020).
***The CET1 and Tier 1 ratio (fully loaded) and the leverage ratio (fully loaded) assumes full adoption of IFRS 9 (including the ‘quick fix’ regulation in the UK).
^The leverage ratios are calculated on an end-quarter basis.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
180
Total regulatory capital flow statement
Investec plc º
IBP º
Investec plc º*
IBP º*
£'million
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Opening Common Equity Tier 1 capital
1 931
1 982
1 796
1 868
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders and Additional Tier 1 security
holders
(106)
(112)
(81)
(73)
Profit after taxation
293
314
236
233
Foreseeable charges and dividends
(11)
25
(19)
(36)
Treasury shares
(15)
—
(23)
—
Distribution to shareholders
(91)
—
3
—
Share-based payment adjustments
5
—
—
4
Movement in other comprehensive income
(43)
34
37
15
Investment in capital of financial entities above 10% threshold
164
—
15
—
Cash flow hedging reserve
(28)
(28)
Goodwill and intangible assets (deduction net of related taxation liability)
(9)
(9)
4
7
Deferred tax that relies on future profitability (excluding those arising from
temporary differences)
6
6
4
4
Deconsolidation of special purpose entities
5
3
(12)
(12)
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own
credit standing
—
—
(12)
(12)
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
(28)
(29)
(16)
(16)
Other, including regulatory adjustments and other transitional arrangements
(2)
9
(1)
—
Closing Common Equity Tier 1 capital
2 071
2 195
1 931
1 982
Opening Additional Tier 1 capital
250
250
274
250
Grandfathered Additional Tier 1 capital instrument
—
—
(24)
—
Closing Additional Tier 1 capital
250
250
250
250
Closing Tier 1 capital
2 321
2 445
2 181
2 232
Opening Tier 2 capital
628
766
370
472
Issued capital
346
346
348
348
Redeemed capital
(348)
(348)
—
—
Other, including regulatory adjustments and other transitional arrangements
113
—
(90)
(54)
Closing Tier 2 capital
739
764
628
766
Closing total regulatory capital
3 060
3 209
2 809
2 998
ºWhere: IBP is Investec Bank plc consolidated. The information for Investec plc includes the information for IBP.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
NOTES TO RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
CONTINUED
181
Balance sheet
At 31 March
Notes
2023
2022
£’000
Assets
Fixed assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
b
1 701 774
1 701 774
Securities and subordinated liabilities issued by subsidiary undertaking
c
1 115 737
599 967
2 817 511
2 301 741
Current assets
Investments in listed equities
172 285
355 801
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
541 948
523 320
Taxation
17 886
15 006
Prepayments and accrued income
2 740
1 471
Cash at bank and in hand
– with subsidiary undertakings
17 503
261 089
– balances with other banks
503
578
752 865
1 157 265
Current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Other liabilities
6 189
3 748
Accruals and deferred income
12 438
10 533
Net current assets
734 238
1 142 984
Creditors: amounts falling due after one year
Debt securities in issue
d
475 811
537 215
Subordinated liabilities
e
698 591
349 967
Net assets
2 377 347
2 557 543
Capital and reserves
Ordinary share capital
h
202
202
Ordinary share premium
h
555 812
806 812
Capital reserve
180 606
180 606
Fair value reserve
34 943
159 661
Retained earnings
1 330 990
1 135 468
Ordinary shareholders’ equity
2 102 553
2 282 749
Perpetual preference share capital and premium
h
24 794
24 794
Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests
2 127 347
2 307 543
Other Additional Tier 1 securities in issue
h
250 000
250 000
Total capital and reserves
2 377 347
2 557 543
The notes on pages 184 to 191 form an integral part of the financial statements.
The Company’s profit for the year, determined in accordance with the Companies Act 2006, was £114 940 942
(2022: £76 115 356). Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 June 2023 and signed on its behalf by:
Fani Titi
Group Chief Executive
27 June 2023
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
182
Statement of changes in shareholders’ equity
£’000
Ordinary
share
capital
Ordinary
share
premium
Capital
reserve
Fair value
reserve
Retained
earnings
Ordinary
shareholders’
equity
Perpetual
preference
share
capital and
premium
Shareholders’
equity
excluding
non-
controlling
interests
Other
Additional
Tier 1
securities
in issue
Total equity
At 31 March 2021
202
806 812
180 606
136 798
1 139 904
2 264 322
24 794
2 289 116
250 000
2 539 116
Total comprehensive
income
—
—
—
22 863
76 107
98 970
—
98 970
—
98 970
Dividends paid to
preference
shareholders
—
—
—
—
(347)
(347)
—
(347)
—
(347)
Dividends paid to
ordinary shareholders
—
—
—
—
(63 316)
(63 316)
—
(63 316)
—
(63 316)
Dividends declared to
Other Additional Tier 1
security holders
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
(16 880)
—
(16 880)
16 880
—
Dividends paid to Other
Additional Tier 1
security holders
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
(16 880)
At 31 March 2022
202
806 812
180 606
159 661
1 135 468
2 282 749
24 794
2 307 543
250 000
2 557 543
Total comprehensive
income
—
—
—
(124 718)
158 556
33 838
—
33 838
—
33 838
Employee benefit
liability recognised
—
—
—
—
(1 033)
(1 033)
—
(1 033)
—
(1 033)
Dividends paid to
preference
shareholders
—
—
—
—
(540)
(540)
—
(540)
—
(540)
Dividends paid to
ordinary shareholders
—
—
—
—
(88 463)
(88 463)
—
(88 463)
—
(88 463)
Dividends declared to
Other Additional Tier 1
security holders
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
(16 880)
—
(16 880)
16 880
—
Dividends paid to Other
Additional Tier 1
security holders
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16 880)
(16 880)
Transfer from share
premium to retained
income
—
(251 000)
—
—
251 000
—
—
—
—
—
Distribution to
shareholders
—
—
—
—
(107 118)
(107 118)
—
(107 118)
—
(107 118)
At 31 March 2023
202
555 812
180 606
34 943
1 330 990
2 102 553
24 794
2 127 347
250 000
2 377 347
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
183
a. Basis of preparation
The parent accounts of Investec plc are prepared in accordance
with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure
Framework (FRS 101) and in accordance with applicable
accounting standards. The Company is incorporated and
domiciled in England and Wales and the Company’s accounts
are presented in Pound Sterling and all values are rounded to
the nearest thousand (£’000) except where otherwise indicated.
The accounts have been prepared on the historical cost basis.
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.
The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure
exemptions under FRS 101, where applicable to the Company:
•The requirements of paragraphs 45(b) and 46-52 of IFRS 2
Share-based Payment
•The requirements of paragraphs 62, B64(d), B64(e), B64(g),
B64(h), B64(j) to B64(m), B64(n)(ii), B64(o)(ii), B64(p), B64(q)
(ii), B66 and B67 of IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Equivalent
disclosures are included in the consolidated financial
statements of Investec plc in which the entity is consolidated
•The requirements of paragraph 33(c) of IFRS 5 Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
•The requirements of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures
•The requirements of paragraphs 91 - 99 of IFRS 13 Fair Value
Measurement
•The requirement in paragraph 38 of IAS 1 Presentation of
Financial Statements to present comparative information in
respect of: (i) paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1, (ii) paragraph 73(e)
of IAS 16 Property Plant and Equipment, (iii) paragraph 118(e)
of IAS 38 Intangibles Assets, (iv) paragraphs 76 and 79(d) of
IAS 40 Investment Property and (v) paragraph 50 of IAS 41
Agriculture
•The requirements of paragraphs 10(d), 10(f), 16, 38A to 38D,
40A to 40D,111 and 134 - 136 of IAS 1 Presentation of
Financial Statements
•The requirements of IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows
•The requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 Accounting
Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors
•The requirements of paragraph 17 and 18A of IAS 24 Related
Party Disclosures
•The requirements in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures to
disclose related party transactions entered into between two
or more members of a group, provided that any subsidiary
which is a party to the transaction is wholly owned by such
a member
•The requirements of paragraphs 130(f)(ii), 130(f)(iii), 134(d) –
134(f) and 135(c) - 135(e) of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets
•The requirements of paragraph 52, the second sentence
of paragraph 89, and paragraphs 90, 91 and 93 of IFRS 16
Leases
•The requirements of paragraph 58 of IFRS 16, provided that
the disclosures of details of indebtedness required by
paragraph 61(1) of Schedule 1 to the Regulations is presented
separated for lease liabilities and other liabilities, and in total
•The requirements of paragraph 24(b) of IFRS 6 Exploration for
and Evaluation of Mineral Resources to disclose the operating
and investing cash flows arising from the exploration for and
evaluation of mineral resources
•The requirements of paragraph 74A(b) of IAS 16.
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage
of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard
in relation to share-based payments, financial instruments,
capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement,
presentation of comparative information in respect of certain
assets, standards not yet effective, impairment of assets,
business combinations, discontinued operations and related
party transactions.
Where required, equivalent disclosures are given
in consolidated financial statements of the Group.
On the basis of current financial projections and having made
appropriate enquiries, the directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to
continue in operational existence up to 31 March 2025, which is
a period greater than twelve months from the date of issue of
the financial statements that aligns with internal budgeting
processes. Accordingly, the going concern basis is adopted in
the preparation of the financial statements.
Foreign currencies
Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated
into Pound Sterling at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet
date. All foreign currency transactions are translated into Pound
Sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the time of the transaction.
Forward foreign exchange contracts are revalued at the market
rates ruling at the date applicable to their respective maturities.
Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates
subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an
exchange gain or loss in the income statement.
Investments
Investments in subsidiaries and interests in associated
undertakings are stated at cost less any accumulated
impairment in value.
Equity instruments measured at FVOCI
The Group measures equity instruments at FVOCI when it
considers the investments to be strategic or held for long-term
dividend yield. The equity instruments are not held for trading.
Gains or losses on the derecognition of these equity securities
are not transferred to profit or loss.
Otherwise, equity instruments are measured at fair value
through profit or loss (except for dividend income, which
is recognised in profit or loss).
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
184
Income
Dividends from subsidiaries are recognised when received.
Interest is recognised on an accrual basis.
Taxation
Current tax payable is provided on the amount expected
to be payable on taxable profit at rates that are enacted or
substantively enacted and applicable to the relevant period.
Deferred taxation is provided using the balance sheet method
on temporary differences between the carrying amount of an
asset or liability in the balance sheet and its tax base, except
where such temporary differences arise from:
•The initial recognition of goodwill
•The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which
is not a business combination and at the time of the transaction
has no effect on the income statement or taxable profit
•In respect of temporary differences associated with the
investments in subsidiaries and interests in associated
undertakings, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary
differences can be controlled and it is probable that the
temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future
•Deferred tax assets or liabilities are measured using the tax
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date
•Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that
it is probable that future taxable profit will be available
against which the deferred tax asset can be utilised
•Items recognised directly in other comprehensive income
are net of related current and deferred taxation.
Company’s own profit and loss account
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in 
Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 to not present its own
profit and loss account.
Financial assets
Financial assets are recorded at amortised cost applying the
effective interest rate method where they are classified as
amortised cost or fair value through profit and loss.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are recorded at amortised cost applying the
effective interest rate method.
b. Investments in subsidiary undertakings
At 31 March
2023
2022
£’000
At the beginning of the year
1 701 774
1 701 774
Additions
—
—
Disposals
—
—
At the end of the year
1 701 774
1 701 774
c. Securities issued by subsidiary
undertaking
On 16 October 2017, the Company acquired £200 million Fixed
Rate Reset Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Write Down Capital
Securities (AT1 securities) issued by Investec Bank plc. The
securities are perpetual and pay a distribution rate on
5 March, June, September and December, commencing from
5 December 2017. At each distribution payment date, Investec
Bank plc can decide whether to pay the distribution rate, which
is non-cumulative, in whole or in part. The distribution rate is
6.75% per annum until 5 December 2024; thereafter, the
distribution rate resets every five years to a rate 5.749% per
annum plus the benchmark gilts rate. The AT1 securities will
be automatically written down and the Company will lose their
entire investment in the securities should the CET1 capital ratio
of the Investec Bank plc Group, as defined in the PRA’s rules,
fall below 7%. The AT1 securities are redeemable at the option
of Investec Bank plc on 5 December 2024 or on each
distribution payment date thereafter. No such redemption may
be made without the consent of the PRA. On 22 January 2019,
the Company acquired a further £50 million of AT1 securities
issued by Investec Bank plc.
On 4 October 2021, Investec Bank plc entered into a
£350 000 000 subordinated loan with Investec plc at a fixed
interest rate of 2.625% (2032 Loan). Interest, after the initial
short period distribution paid on 4 January 2022, is paid
annually commencing on 4 January 2023 and ending on the
maturity date. The loan will mature on 4 January 2032. The
borrower may prepay the loan in full on any date in the period
from 4 October 2026 to (and including) 4 January 2027 subject
to conditions.
On 6 December 2022 Investec Bank Plc entered into
a £350 million loan with Investec plc at a fixed interest rate
of 9.1265% (2033 Loan). Interest, after the initial short period
distribution paid on 6 March 2023, is paid annually commencing
on 6 March 2024 and ending on the maturity date. The loan will
mature on 6 March 2033. The borrower may prepay
the loan in full on any date in the period from 6 December 2027
to (and including) 6 March 2028.
On 13 February 2023 Investec Bank plc entered into a
£200 million senior loan with Investec plc at a fixed interest rate
of 1.875%. The loan matures on 16 July 2028 and pays interest
at a fixed rate annually in arrears. The borrower may prepay
the loan in full on 16 July 2027.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
185
d. Debt securities in issue
On 5 May 2015, the company issued £300 million 4.50% Senior
Unsecured Notes from its European Medium Term Note
programme (EMTN). On 7 August 2017 the company issued
a further £100 million of the 4.5% Senior Unsecured Notes
due 2022, at a premium of 108.479 per cent, which has been
consolidated with and formed a single series with the existing
Notes. The notes were subject to a liability management
exercise in July 2021 leaving £200m outstanding, These
remaining notes matured on 5 May 2022 and paid interest
at a fixed rate annually in arrears.
On 16 July 2021, the company issued £350 million 1.875%
Senior Unsecured Notes from its EMTN. The notes mature
on 16 July 2028 and pay interest at a fixed rate annually in
arrears. On 13 February 2023 the company issued a further
£200 million of the 1.875% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022,
at a discount of 17.4070%, which has been consolidated with
and formed a single series with the existing Notes. The issuer
may redeem the notes at par on 16 July 2027.
e. Subordinated liabilities
On 4 October 2021, Investec plc issued £350 000 000
of 2.625% subordinated notes due 2032 at a discount
(2032 Notes). Interest, after the initial short period distribution
paid on 4 January 2022, is paid annually commencing on
4 January 2023 and ending on the maturity date. The notes
are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The notes will be
redeemed at par on 4 January 2032. The issuer may redeem
the notes at par on any date in the period from 4 October 2026
to (and including) 4 January 2027 subject to conditions.
On 6 December 2022, Investec plc issued £350 000 000
of 9.125% subordinated notes due 2033 at a discount
(2033 Notes). Interest, after the initial short period distribution
paid on 6 March 2023, is paid annually commencing on
6 March 2024 and ending on the maturity date. The notes
are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The notes will be
redeemed at par on 6 March 2033. The issuer may redeem the
notes at par on any date in the period from 6 December 2027
to (and including) 6 March 2028 subject to conditions.
f. Audit fees
Details of the Company’s audit fees are set out in note 7 of the
Group financial statements.
g. Dividends
Details of the Company’s dividends are set out in note 11 of the
Group financial statements.
h. Share capital
Details of the company’s ordinary share capital are set out in
note 40 of the Group financial statements. Details of the
perpetual preference shares are set out in note 41 of the Group
financial statements. Details of the Other Additional Tier 1
securities are set out in note 44 of the Group financial
statements.
i. Audit opinion
The audit opinion on the financial statements of the Investec plc
parent company is included within the independent auditor’s
report to the members of Investec plc within the Investec
Group's integrated annual report for the year ended
31 March 2023.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
186
j. Subsidiaries
At 31 March 2023
Principal activity
Interest
held
United Kingdom
Registered office: 30 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7QP, UK
Investec 1 Limited*
Investment holding company
100%
Investec Holding Company Limited*
Investment holding company
100%
Investec (UK) Limited
Holding company
100%
Guinness Mahon Group Limited
Dormant
100%
Investec Bank plc
Banking institution
100%
PIF Investments Limited
Dormant
100%
Beeson Gregory Index Nominees Limited
Dormant
100%
EVO Nominees Limited
Dormant
100%
Evolution Securities Nominees Limited
Dormant
100%
Investec Finance Limited
Dormant
100%
Investec Group Investments (UK) Limited
Investment holding company
100%
Investec Capital Solutions Limited
Lending company
100%
Diagonal Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
GFT Holdings Limited
Dormant
100%
Investec Investment Trust plc
Debt issuer
100%
Investec Investments (UK) Limited
Investment holding company
100%
Inv-German Retail Ltd
Property company
100%
Investec Securities Limited
Dormant
100%
Technology Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Torteval LM Limited
Investment holding company
100%
Torteval Funding LLP
Financing company
100%
Nars Holdings Limited
Property company
100%
Tudor Tree Properties Limited
Property company
100%
Willbro Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Evolution Capital Investment Limited
Dormant
100%
Investec Investments Limited
Investment holding company
100%
PSV Marine Limited
Shipping holding company
100%
PSV Anjali Limited
Shipping holding company
100%
PSV Randeep Limited
Shipping holding company
100%
Investec India Holdco Limited
Investment holding company
80.48%
Investec Alternative Investment Management Limited
Fund management activities
100%
Investec-Capitalmind Investment Limited
Non-trading
100%
*Directly owned by Investec plc.
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
187
j. Subsidiaries (continued)
At 31 March 2023
Principal activity
Interest
held
Registered office: 30 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7QN, UK
Investec Wealth & Investment Limited
Investment management services
100%
Anston Trustees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Bell Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Carr Investment Services Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Carr PEP Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Click Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Ferlim Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Investec Wealth & Investment Trustees Limited
Trustee services
100%
Investment Administration Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
PEP Services (Nominees) Limited
Non-trading
100%
R & R Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Rensburg Client Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Scarwood Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Spring Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Tudor Nominees Limited
Non-trading
100%
Murray Asset Management UK Limited
Investment management and financial
planning
100%
Murray Asset Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Murray Asset Nominees UK Limited
Nominee
100%
Castle Street Nominees UK Limited
Nominee
100%
Registered office: Reading International Business Park, Reading,
RG2 6AA, UK
Mann Island Finance Limited
Leasing company
100%
CF Corporate Finance Limited
Leasing company
100%
MI Vehicle Finance Limited
Leasing company
100%
Quantum Funding Limited
Leasing company
100%
Investec Asset Finance plc
Leasing company
100%
Registered office: Quartermile One, Lauriston Place, Edinburgh,
Scotland, EH3 9EN
Murray Investment Management Limited
Non-trading
100%
Murray Asset Management Limited
Non-trading
100%
Castle Street Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Australia
Registered office: Boardroom Pty Limited, Level 12, 225 George
Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia
Investec Holdings Australia Pty Limited
Holding company
100%
Investec Australia Finance Pty Limited
Lending company
100%
Investec Australia Pty Limited
Financial services
100%
Bowden (Lot 32) Direct Pty Limited
Development company
100%
IWPE Nominees Pty Limited
Custodian
100%
British Virgin Islands
Registered office: Palm Grove House, PO Box 438, Road Town,
Tortola, British Virgin Islands
Finistere Directors Limited
Corporate director
100%
GFT Directors Limited
Corporate director
100%
Registered office: Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola,
VG 1110, British Virgin Islands
Fertile Sino Global Development Limited
Holding company
100%
France
Registered office: 27 Rue Maurice Flandin – 69003 Lyon Cedex 03,
France
SCI CAP Philippe
Property company
100%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
188
j. Subsidiaries (continued)
At 31 March 2023
Principal activity
Interest
held
Guernsey
Registered office: Glategny Court, Glategny Esplanade, St. Peter
Port, GY1 1WR, Guernsey, Channel Islands
Investec Wealth & Investment (Channel Islands) Limited
Investment management services
100%
Torch Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Registered office: P.O. Box 188, Glategny Court, Glategny
Esplanade, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3LP, Channel Islands
Investec Bank (Channel Islands) Limited
Banking institution
100%
Investec Bank (Channel Islands) Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Investec Asset Finance (Channel Islands) Limited
Leasing company
100%
Registered office: PO Box 290, Glategny Court, Glategny Esplanade,
St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3RP, Channel Islands
Hero Nominees Limited
Nominee
100%
Bayeux Limited
Corporate director
100%
Finistere Limited
Corporate nominee
100%
Finistere Secretaries Limited
Corporate secretary
100%
ITG Limited
Corporate director
100%
Registered office: Heritage Hall, Le Marchant Street, St Peter Port,
Guernsey, GY1 4JH, Channel Islands
Investec Captive Insurance Limited
Captive insurance company
100%
Jersey
Registered office: 2nd Floor One The Splanade, St Helier,
Channel Islands, Jersey, JE2 3QA
Appleton Resources (Jersey) Limited
Holding company
100%
India
Registered office: B Wing, 11th floor, Parinee Crescenzo, Bandra
Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai – 400 051, India
Investec Credit Finance Private Limited
Lending platform
99%
Investec Global Services (India) Private Limited
ITES Outsourcing
100%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
189
j. Subsidiaries (continued)
At 31 March 2023
Principal activity
Interest
held
Ireland
Registered office: The Harcourt Building, Harcourt Street, Dublin 2,
Ireland
Aksala Limited
Property company
100%
Investec Holdings (Ireland) Limited
Holding company
100%
Investec Ireland Limited
Financial services
100%
Investec International Limited
Aircraft leasing
100%
Neontar Limited
Holding company
100%
Investec Securities Holdings Ireland Limited
Holding company
100%
Investec Private Finance Ireland Limited
Loan credit servicing
100%
Investec Ventures Ireland Limited
Investment management services
100%
Venture Fund Private Principals Limited
Investment services
100%
Investec Europe Limited
MiFiD firm
100%
Luxembourg
Registered office: 20 Boulevard de Kockelscheuer, L-1821
Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Investec Finance SARL
Dormant
100%
Luxembourg
Registered office: 15 Boulevard Friedrich Wilhelm Raiffeisen L-2411
Luxembourg
PDF II GP s.a.r.l.
Fund management activities
100%
Singapore
Registered office: 8 Wilkie Road, #03-01 Wilkie Edge, Singapore
228095
Investec Singapore Pte Limited
Securities services
100%
Switzerland
Registered office: 23 Avenue de France, CH – 1202, Geneva,
Switzerland
Reichmans Geneva SA
Trading company
100%
Registered offices: Löwenstrasse 29, CH-8001 Zurich, Switzerland
Investec Bank (Switzerland) AG
Banking institution and wealth manager
100%
United States of America
Registered office: 10 E. 53rd St., 22nd floor, New York, NY 10022,
USA
US Multifamily GP LLC
Investment holding company
100%
Investec USA Holdings Corp
Holding company
100%
Investec Inc
Investment holding company
100%
Fuel Cell IP 1 LLC Investment
Investment holding company
100%
Fuel Cell IP 2 LLC Investment
Investment holding company
100%
Investec Securities (US) LLC
Financial services
100%
Registered office: One Carbon Center-Suite 501,
13905 McCorkle Ave. SE, Chesapeake, WV 25315
Appleton Coal LLC
Investment holding company
100%
Carbon Resources Development Inc
Mining company
100%
Maben Coal LLC
Investment holding company
100%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
190
j. Subsidiaries (continued)
Associates and joint venture holdings
At 31 March 2023
Principal activity
Interest
held
British Virgin Islands
Registered office: Vistra Corporate Service Centre, Wickhams
Cay II, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands
imarkets (Holdings) Limited
Online trading platform
33%
British Virgin Islands
Registered office: Wattley Building, 2nd Floor, 160 Main Street,
P.O. Box 3410, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands
Templewater Holdings Limited
Holding company
50%
France
Registered Office: 151 Boulevard Haussman, 75008 Paris, France
Capitalmind SAS
Advisory services
30%
Guernsey
Registered office: 1st Floor Tudor House Le Bordage, St Peter Port,
Guernsey, GY1 1DB
Grovepoint Limited
Investment and advisory
41.9%
Germany
Registered Office: Sonnenberger Strabe 16, 65193 Wiesbaden
Capitalmind GmbH
Advisory services
30%
India
Registered office: 32/1. 14th Cross, 9th Main, 6th Sector H.S.R.
Layout, Bangalore, Karnataka 560102, India
JSM Advisers Private Limited
Fund management
55.0%
Registered office: B Wing, 11th floor, Parinee Crescenzo, Bandra
Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai-400051
Investec Capital Services (India) Private Limited
Merchant banking & Stock broking
80.3%
Netherlands
Registered Office: Reitschweg 49, 5232BX's-Hertogenbosch,
the Netherlands
Capitalmind Partner B.V.
Advisory services
30%
03
Annual Financial Statements
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
PARENT COMPANY ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED
191
We supplement our IFRS figures with alternative performance measures used by management internally and which provide
valuable, relevant information to readers. These measures are used to align internal and external reporting, identify items
management believes are not representative of the underlying performance of the business and provide insight into how
management assesses period-on-period performance. A description of the Group’s alternative performance measures and
their calculation, where relevant, is set out below.
Alternative performance measures are not measures within the scope of IFRS and are not a substitute for IFRS financial
measures. Alternative performance measures constitute pro-forma financial information. The pro-forma financial information
is the responsibility of the Board of Directors and is presented for illustrative purposes only and because of its nature may
not fairly present the Group’s financial position, changes in equity, and results in operations or cash flows.
Adjusted operating profit
Refer to the calculation in the table below
£’000
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Operating profit before goodwill, acquired intangibles and strategic actions
387 174
286 944
Add: Loss attributable to other non-controlling interests
—
—
Adjusted operating profit
387 174
286 944
Annuity income
Net interest income plus net annuity fees and commissions
Refer to pages 78 and 79.
Core loans
The table below describes the differences between “loans and advances to
customers” as per the balance sheet and gross core loans
£’million
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Loans and advances to customers per the balance sheet
15 568
14 426
ECL held against FVOCI loans reported on the balance sheet within reserves
(5)
(3)
Net core loans
15 563
14 423
of which amortised cost and FVOCI (“subject to ECL”)
15 012
13 814
of which FVPL
551
609
Add: ECL
146
134
Gross core loans
15 709
14 557
of which amortised cost and FVOCI (“subject to ECL”)
15 158
13 948
of which FVPL
551
609
Cost to income ratio
Refer to calculation in the table below
£’000
31 March 2023
31 March 2022
Operating costs (A)
854 875
775 866
Total operating income before expected credit loss impairment charges
1 308 801
1 087 969
Add: Loss attributable to other non-controlling interests
—
—
Total (B)
1 308 801
1 087 969
Cost to income ratio (A/B)
65.3%
71.3%
Coverage ratio
ECL as a percentage of gross core loans subject to ECL
Credit loss ratio
ECL impairment charges on core loans as a percentage of average gross core
loans subject to ECL
Gearing ratio
Total assets divided by total equity
Loans and advances to customers as a %
of customer deposits
Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts
(deposits)
Net interest margin
Interest income net of interest expense, divided by average interest-earning assets
Refer to calculation on page 78.
Return on average assets
Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by average total
assets excluding assurance assets
Return on risk-weighted assets
Adjusted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by average risk-
weighted assets
ALTERNATIVE
PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
192
Cash and near cash
Includes cash, near cash (other 'monetisable' assets) and
central bank cash placements and guaranteed liquidity
ECL
Expected credit loss
Funds under management
Consists of third party funds managed by the Wealth &
Investment business, and by the Property business (which
forms part of the Specialist Bank) in the prior year
FVOCI
Fair value through other comprehensive income
FVPL
Fair value through profit and loss
Legacy business in the UK Specialist Bank
('Legacy')
Legacy, as separately disclosed from 2013 to 2018, comprises
pre-2008 assets held on the UK bank’s balance sheet, that had
very low/negative margins and assets relating to business we
are no longer undertaking
Net-zero
Balancing the amount of emitted greenhouse gases with
equivalent emissions that are either offset or sequestered.
Ninety One and Ninety One group
All references to Ninety One and Ninety One group refer to
Ninety One plc and its subsidiaries plus Ninety One Limited and
its subsidiaries
Ongoing basis
Ongoing information, as separately disclosed from 2013 to
2018, excludes Legacy assets (refer to definition), as well as the
following businesses sold in previous years: Investec Bank
(Australia) Limited, Kensington Group plc and Start Mortgage
Holdings Limited
Strategic actions
Comprises the closure and rundown of the Hong Kong direct
investments business and financial impact of group restructures
Structured credit
Reflects the gross exposure of rated and unrated structured
credit classified within other debt securities and other loans and
advances on the balance sheet.
Refer to page 162 for detail.
Subject to ECL
Includes financial assets held at amortised cost and FVOCI
DEFINITIONS
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
DEFINITIONS
193
The following abbreviations have been used throughout this report:
AGMAnnual general meeting
ALCOAsset and Liability Committee
AT1Additional Tier 1
BCBSBasel Committee of Banking Supervision
BCRBanking Competition Remedies Limited
BIDBelonging, Inclusion and Diversity
BoEBank of England
BRCCBoard Risk and Capital Committee
BRRDBank Recovery and Resolution Directive
BSEBotswana Stock Exchange
CAChartered Accountant
CAMCombined Assurance Matrix
CCBCapital Conservation Buffer
CCyBCountercyclical Capital Buffer
CDOCollateralised debt obligation
CDSCredit default swap
CEOChief Executive
CET1Common Equity Tier 1
CFPContingency Funding Plan
CLOCollateralised loan obligation
CLRCredit Loss Ratio
COOChief Operating Officer
COVIDCorona Virus Disease
CPI                  Consumer Price Index
CRD IVCapital Requirements Directive IV
CROChief Risk Officer
CRRCapital Requirements Regulation
CRSCommon Reporting Standard
CSACredit Support Annex
CVACredit valuation adjustment
DCFDiscounted cash flow
DFMDiscretionary Fund Management
DLCDual listed company
DLC BRCCDLC Board Risk and Capital Committee
DLC NomdacDLC Nominations and Directors
Affairs Committee
DLC RemcoDLC Remuneration Committee
DLC SECDLC Social and Ethics Committee
EADExposure at default
EBAEuropean Banking Authority
ECEuropean Commission
ECLExpected credit loss
EIREffective interest rate
EPEquator Principles
EQAREngagement Quality Assurance Review
ERVExpected rental value
ESExpected shortfall
ESGEnvironmental, social and governance
EUEuropean Union
EVTExtreme value theory
FATCAForeign Account Tax Compliance Act
FCAFinancial Conduct Authority
FINMASwiss Financial Market Supervisory
Authority
FPCFinancial Policy Committee
FRCFinancial Reporting Council
FRTBFundamental Review of the Trading Book
FSCSFinancial Services Compensation Scheme
FUMFunds under management
FVOCIFair value through other comprehensive
income
FVPLFair value through profit and loss
G-SIB                  Global systemically important banks
GDPGross domestic product
GDPRGeneral Data Protection Regulation
GFSCGuernsey Financial Services Commission
GMGuinness Mahon
GMRAGlobal Master Repurchase Agreement
GMSLAGlobal Master Securities Lending
Agreement
Group ERC   Group Executive Risk Committee
GRRRMFGroup Risk Review and Reserves
Matters Forum
HNWHigh net worth
HRHuman resources
HQLAHigh quality liquid assets
IAMInvestec Asset Management Limited
IASsInternational Accounting Standards
IBLInvestec Bank Limited
IBORInterbank offered rate
IBPInvestec Bank plc
IBP BRCCIBP Board Risk and Capital Committee
IBP ERCIBP Executive Risk Committee
IBP Review ERRFIBP Review Executive Risk Review Forum
ICAAPInternal Capital Adequacy
Assessment Process
IFAIndependent Financial Adviser
IFCInternational Finance Corporation
IFRICInternational Financial Reporting
Interpretations Committee
IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standard
IIAInstitute of Internal Auditors
ILAAP Internal Liquidity Adequacy
Assessment Process
IRB  Internal Ratings Based
IRRBBInterest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
ISDAInternational Swaps and Derivatives
Association
ITInformation technology
IW&IInvestec Wealth & Investment
JSEJohannesburg Stock Exchange
LCRLiquidity Coverage ratio
LGDLoss given default
LHSLeft hand side
LIBOR                   London Inter-bank Offered Rate
LSELondon Stock Exchange
LTILong-term incentive
LTVLoan-to-value
MDRMandatory Disclosure Rules
MLROMoney Laundering Reporting Officer
MRELMinimum Requirements for Own Funds
and Eligible Liabilities
MRTMaterial Risk Taker
NCINon-controlling interests
NSFRNet Stable Funding ratio
NSXNamibian Stock Exchange
NZBA                    Net-Zero Banking Alliance
OCIOther comprehensive income
ODOrganisation development
OECDOrganisation for Economic Co-operation
and Development
OTC                   Over the counter
GLOSSARY
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
GLOSSARY
194
PBAFPartnership for Biodiversity Accounting Financials
PCAFPartnership for Carbon Accounting
Financials
PDProbability of default
PRAPrudential Regulation Authority
RHS Right hand side
ROU Right of use asset
RPA technologiesRobotic Process Automation technologies
RRPRecovery Resolution Plan
RWARisk-weighted asset
RFRRisk-free rate
SA-CCRStandardised Approach for
                                    measuring Counterparty Credit Risk
S&PStandard & Poor’s
SBTiScience Based Targets initiative
SDGsSustainable Development Goals
SICRSignificant increase in credit risk
SIPPSelf Invested Personal Pension
SMESmall and Medium-sized Enterprises
SMMEsSmall, Medium & Micro Enterprises
SPPISolely payments of principal and interest
SREPThe Supervisory Review and Evaluation
Process
STIShort-term incentive
sVaR                  Stressed VaR
TCFDTask Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures
tCO2eTonnes of CO2 emissions
TFSMEBank of England Term Funding Scheme for
Small and Medium Enterprises
UNUnited Nations
UN GISDUnited Nations Global Investment for
Sustainable Development
UK United Kingdom
UKLAUnited Kingdom Listing Authority
VaRValue at Risk
YESYouth Employment Service
GLOSSARY
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
GLOSSARY
CONTINUED
195
Secretary and registered office
David Miller
30 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP
United Kingdom
Telephone  (44) 20 7597 4000
Facsimile  (24) 20 7597 4491
Website
www.investec.com
Registration number
Reg. No. 3633621
Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP
Transfer secretaries
Computershare Investor Services plc
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
United Kingdom
Telephone  (44) 879 702 0003
Directorate as at 22 June 2023
Executive directors
Fani Titi (Chief Executive)
Nishlan Samujh (Group Finance Director)
Richard Wainwright (Executive Director)
Ciaran Whelan (Executive Director)
Non-Executive directors
Philip Hourquebie(Chair)
Zarina Bassa (Senior Independent
Director)
Henrietta Baldock
Stephen Koseff
Nicky Newton-King
Jasandra Nyker
Vanessa Olver
Philisiwe Sibiya
Khumo Shuenyane
Brian Stevenson
Contact details
Contact details for all our offices
can be found on the group’s
website at: www.investec.com
For queries regarding information in this document
Investor Relations
Telephone
(44) 20 7597 5546
(44) 20 7597 4493
Email
Website
www.investec.com/en_gb /welcome-to-investec/about-us/
investor-relations.html
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Investec plc  Annual Financial Statements 2023
CORPORATE INFORMATION
196
investec.com
Studio 5 imprint.png